® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 01 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 MAH/MUL/ 03051/2012 ISSN :2319 9318
TMTM
April To June 2020 Special Issue-04 DateImpact of Factor Publication 3.102 (IIJIF) 31 May 2020
Chief Editor Dr. Bapu g. Gholap (M.A.Mar.& Pol.Sci.,B.Ed.Ph.D.NET.)
fo|kokrkZ ;k vkarjfo|k’kk[kh; cgwHkkf”kd =Sekfldkr O;Dr >kkysY;k erka’kh ekyd] izdk’kd] eqnzd] laiknd lger vlrhyp vls ukgh- U;k;{ks=%chM
“Printed by: Harshwardhan Publication Pvt.Ltd. Published by Ghodke Archana Rajendra & Printed & published at Harshwardhan Publication Pvt.Ltd.,At.Post. Limbaganesh Dist,Beed -431122 (Maharashtra) and Editor Dr. Gholap Bapu Ganpat.
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 VidyawartaImpact Factor 3.102 (IIJIF) 02 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed InternationalDate Journal of PublicationSpecial Issue-04 31 May 2020
Vidyawarta is peer reviewed research journal. The review committee & editorial board formed/appointed by Harshwardhan Publication scrutinizes the received research papers and articles. Then the recommended papers and articles are published. The editor or publisher doesn’t claim that this is UGC CARE approved journal or recommended by any university. We publish this journal for creating awareness and aptitude regarding educational research and literary criticism.
The Views expressed in the published articles,Research Papers etc. are their writers own. This Journal dose not take any libility regarding appoval/disapproval by any university, institute, academic body and others. The agreement of the Editor, Editorial Board or Publicaton is not necessary. Editors and publishers have the right to convert all texts published in Vidyavarta (e.g. CD / DVD / Video / Audio / Edited book / Abstract Etc. and other formats). If any judicial matter occurs, the jurisdiction is limited up to Beed (Maharashtra) court only.
Govt. of India, Trade Marks Registry Regd. No. 2611690
http://www.printingarea.blogspot.com
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 03 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Editorial Board & review Committee
KLE SOCIETY’S GUDLEPPA HALLIKERI DEGREE COLLGE HAVERI, KK. INDIA KONKAN GEOGRAPHERS’ ASSOCIATION OF INDIA Online International Interdisciplinary Conference (OUR EARTH - OUR RESOURCES-31/05/2020)
Editorial Board
Dr. Rajaram Patil Prof. Deepak Kolhapure Dr. Shivram Thakur Dr. M. S. Yaragoppa Editor Editor Editor Editor
Panel of Experts
Dr. Praveen Saptarshi, Visiting Faculty, Salisbury University, USA Dr. Inibehe Ukpong, Fed. Polyt. Uni. Ekowe Bayelsa State, Nigeria Prof. Prashant Sawant, Bahrain Training Institute, Bharain Dr. Idoko Ojochenemi, Prince Abubakar Audu University, Anyigba, Nigeria Dr. C. Mallanna, Gudleppa Hallikeri Degree College, Haveri, KK, India Dr. Hemant Pednekar, University of Mumbai, MS, India Dr. Niladri Dash, M.S. University, Vadodara, Gujarat, India Prof. B.N Yaligar, Gudleppa Hallikeri Degree College, Haveri, KK. India Dr. Darikhan Kamble, Assistant Advisor, NAAC Bengaluru, KK. India Dr. Nandkumar Sawant, Goa Univerisy, Goa, India Dr. Sambhaji Patil, Kankavli College, Sindhudurg, MS, India Dr. Balaji Survase, University of Mumbai, MS, India Dr. Sushil Dalal, Central University of Haryana, Mahendergarh, India Dr. Prakash Holer, Shri. Kumareshwar A & C College Hangal, Haveri, KK.India
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 04 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Dr. M.SURESH BABU, Dr. Nilendra Lokhande Librarian, Head-Department of Commerce, C.M.R. College of Engineering & Technology S.N.D.T. College of Arts & S.C.B.College of Comm. & (Autonomous). Kandlakoya, Medchal Road, Sci., S. N. D. T. Women’s University, Hyderabad - 501 401 Mumbai-20. Mobile: 98 21 230 230 Mobile : 9492759646 Email: [email protected] [email protected]
Dr. Bhairulal Yadav Dr. DEEPAK NEMA Assistant Professor, S/O Dr. B.D. Nema, Near Prem Nagar Power House, Department of Geography Satna-485001,Contact No.8989469156, Visva-Bharati University,Santiniketan, Email: [email protected] West Bengal 731 235,Mob. +91 8670027217 [email protected] Dr. Neeraj Kumar Shukla HEAD, Department of B.Ed. Government Dr. Madan Mohan Joshi Post Graduate College Kashipur, Udham Asst.Professor of History, School of Social Sciences Singh Nagar, Uttarakhand, India 244713 Uttarakhand Open University, Haldwani (Uk) 9450223977 Cell nos. 09690676632,09412924858 [email protected] [email protected] Sunil S Trivedi Dr.Seema Sharma (Tiwari) Rameshwar Park,B/h Navarang Society, Assistant Professor-Political Science, Mogri-388345 Ta & Di: Anand Govt. M.L.B. Girls P.G. College, KilaBhavan, Indore-66 Mob: 9727290344, 8866465904 Mob: 9425904160 [email protected] [email protected] Dr. Anil Kumar Singh Dr. N.D. Choudhari H.O.D. Library & Information Science Dept. of Marathi Nandini Nagar P.G. College Anandrao Dhonde Alias Babaji College, Nawabganj, Gonda Kada, Tal-Ashti, Dist- Beed (India) Mobi. 7350474989 [email protected] [email protected] Mob-09793054919
Dr. Yallawad Rajkumar Dr. Preeti Sarda, Lt. Laxmibai Deshmukh Mahila College, Flat No.505Amrapali Arcade, Street Parli v. Dist. Beed,Pin. 431515, No.10, Himayat Nagar, Hyderabad.-500029, Mobi. 9881294195 Telangana . Mob.08374378080 [email protected] Dr. Awasthi Sudarshan Navgan college, Parli Vaijnath Ramakant Ambadas Choudhari Dist. Beed Pin.431515, Mobi.9960127866 Plot No. 43 B / Vidyavihar Colony Part -01, [email protected] SHIRPUR , DIST- DHULE (MH) 425405 Mobi – 7588736283 Dr. Ravindranath Kewat [email protected] Teacher Colony, Bamni- Bllarpur, TQ. Ballarpur Dist. Chandrapur Pin 442701, Mobi- 9421715172 Dr. Dinesh Kumar Charan [email protected] Associate Professor and HOD-History Dept., Govt.Lohia College Churu (Rajasthan) India DR.PIYUSH PANDDEY Pin- 331001 371 H POCKET II, MAYUR VIHAR PHASE I Mob. No.-9414305804 NEW DELHI 110091,Mobi:9871415353 [email protected]
Dr. Vishal purohit 111, dwarkadhish colony near airport road, Indore (MP) Pin 452005 Mobile- 9303225368 Email- [email protected] [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 05 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 06 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 n xW>sV v‚Q bafM;k] 18 tqysS 2018 dks çdkf’kr fd;s x;s jkti= essa fo’ofo|ky; vuqnku vk;ksxus f’k{kdksa vkSj vU; f’k{kd deZpkjh;kas dks U;wure vgrkZ ds ckjs esa fofu;e tkjh fd;k gS] ftlesa i`“B la[;k 105 ij peer reviewed tuZYl API Ldksvj ;k çeks’ku ds fy, ekU; fd;s tk,sxs ,slk fy[kk gS A ;s jkti= fuEu fyad ij vOgsyscy gS —i;k MkmuyksM djds nsf[k;sA https://www.ugc.ac.in/pdfnews/4033931_UGC-Regulation_min_Qualification_Jul2018.pdf
More Details https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g_fzq2Mi7yM&t=4s
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 07 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 https://www.ugc.ac.in/pdfnews/4033931_UGC-Regulation_min_Qualification_Jul2018.pdf
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 08 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04
Editors Message...
Educational Research as nothing but cleansing of educational Research is nothing but cleaning of educational process. Many experts think Educational Research as under- According to Mouly, - Educational Research is the systematic application of scientific method for solving for solving educational problem. Travers thinks, - Educational Research is the activity for developing science of behavior in educational situations. It allows the educator to achieve his goals effectively. According to Whitney, - Educational Research aims at finding out solution of educational problems by using scientific philosophical method. Thus, Educational Research is to solve educational problem in systematic and scientific manner, it is to understand, explain, predict and control human behavior. Name of Educational Research changes with the gradual development occurs with respect to knowledge and technology, so Educational Research needs to extend its horizon. Being scientific study of educational process, it involves : - individuals (student, teachers, educational managers, parents.) – institutions (Schools, colleges, research – institutes) It discovers facts and relationship in order to make educational process more effective. It relates social sciences like education. It includes process like investigation, planning (design) collecting data, processing of data, their analysis, interpretation and drawing inferences. It covers areas from formal education and conformal educations as well. This part locates the research enterprise in several contexts. It commences with positivist and scientific contexts of research and then proceeds t show the strengths and weaknesses of such traditions for educational research. As an alternative paradigm, the cluster of approaches that can loosely be termed interpretive, naturalistic, phenomenological , interactions and ethnographic are brought together and their strengths and weaknesses for educational research are examined. The rise of critical theory as a pardiam in which educational research is conducted has been spectacular and its implications for the research undertaking are addressed in several ways here, resonating with curriculum research and feminist research (this too has been expanded and updated) Indeed critical theory links the conduct of educational research with politics and policy-making, and this is reflected in the discussions here of research and evaluation, arguing how much educational research has become evaluative in nature. A more recent trend has been the rise of complexity theory, originally from the natural sciences, but moving inexorably into social science research. This part introduces the field of complexity theory and steers readers to the accompanying web site for further details. That educational research serves a political agenda is seen in the later sections of this part. The intention here is to introduce readers to different research traditions, with the advice that ‘fitness for purpose’ must be the guiding principle: different research paradigms for different research pruposes.
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 09 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 I N D E X ...... 01] Effects of Women’s Income on the Amount of Money they Contribute to the Household.. Zechariahs Benapugha OWUTUAMOR/Kurotimi Maurice FEMS/Kate Bokie OWUTUAMOR ||13 ...... 02] Benefitting from Environmental Pollution through a Carbon Tax: The Nigerian Perspective Kingsley O. Itam - Nigeria ||21 ...... 03] EFFECT OF ELECTRODE PREPARATION TEMPERATURE ON THE PERFOMANCE OF ..... Livinus A. Obasi/Neminebor John/Okechukwu D. Onukwuli ||26 ...... 04] Feminization of Elderly Population in Karnataka Dr.Saritha.K, Assistant -Mysore ||33 ...... 05] Changes in Education System: Effects of COVID19 Mr. Sachin Hiremath-Belagavi ||39 ...... 06] CO-OPERATIVE MOVEMENT- A BOON TO ARECANUT GROWERS WITH .... Komala Bhat-Sirsi ||42 ...... 07] MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE GENERATION, PROCESS AND PRESENT ASSOCIATE ...... Dr.L.T.Nayak -Dharwad /Mr.B.R.Jarakunti-Hubballi ||45 http://www.printingarea.blogspot.com
...... | 08] COVID-19 Lockdown and Decline in Global Warming Kalidas K-Bengaluru ||53 ...... 09] Poverty and Natural Resource Management Prof. P.B.Chari-Dharwad ||56 ...... 10] Environmental concerns and existing gaps in the legal enforcement Ms Mani Govil-Navi Mumbai ||60 ...... 11] PRAGMATIC APPROACH TOWARDS TELEVISION IN MUSLIM COMMUNITY Shri.Shekhaabdul Kareemasab. Adoni/Dr. Nagaraj Halliyavar ||65 ...... www.vidyawarta.com/03 12]www.vidyawarta.com/03 INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY COMPETENCIES AMONG TEACHER... DR. DISALE MAHADEO SADASHIV-SOLAPUR ||69 ...... 13] Study of Tourist Places and Related Job Opportunities in Raigad District (M.S) Mrs. A. R. Kamble- Raigad ||71 ...... [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 010 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 14] ARCHAEOLOGY OF MUNDARGI TALUK DR. VANAJAKSHI BHARAMAGOUDAR-Gadag ||75 ...... 15] AWARENESS OF TECHNOLOGICAL AND TRENDS IN TECHNOLOGY Mrs. Kalpana B S-Shivagangotri, Davanagere ||82 ...... 16] A Study of Tourist Satisfaction in TadobaAndhari Tiger Reserve in Chandrapur District.. Dilip Baburao Choudhari-Chandrapur ||85 ...... 17] Analytical Study of Impact of Covid-19 on Indian Economy Dr. Amruta Suryawanshi-Pune ||88 ...... 18] Challenges and Opportunities to DevelopSmart Cities in India: Case Study of KAVAL Arun Pratap Mishra* Dr. Subhash Anand* ||92 ...... 19] GEOGRAPHICAL STUDY OF OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE IN HAVERI DISTRICT OF .... Dr.C.Mallanna/Prof, D.A.Kolhapure ||96 ...... 20] Significance of Hydrogen for Replacement of Fossil Fuel Dr. Tanaji Pol-Mumbai. ||100 ...... 21] A Geographical Analysis of Growth Rate Index of S. T. Population in Nandurbar District... Dr. Vijay. R. Baviskar-Chalisgaon ||103 ...... 22] AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENTINBRITISH PERIOD DR. YOGESH JAGANNATH KORDE-Dahivel ||108 ...... 23] INDIA’S POPULATION GROWTH AND URBAN ISSUE: A CRITICAL STUDY Mr. Kamble Rajkumar Dnyanoba/Dr. Rajaram Patil ||113 ...... 24] WOOD LOAD WORKERS IN RUBBER PLANTATIONS: A STUDY OF INFORMAL SECTOR... Professor Dr. Dolly Sunny-Mumbai | | 112 ...... 25] A Geographical analysis of Gender Parity Index in Mysore Division Dr. S. Srikanta Prasad,-Mysuru. Karnataka. ||118 ...... 26] Benefits and Detriments of Public Sector Units Dr. Sanjay Patil- Pune. ||122 ...... 27] Gandhian Political Economy Thought and Sustainable Development Mr. Deshmukh Appasaheb M -Akkalkot ||127 ......
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 011 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 28] A Study on influence of Smartphone in effective Teaching and Learning Process as .... Dr. Raju G.-Dharwad ||129 ...... 29] Socio-Economic status of small entrepreneurs (Tailors) Mumbra-Kausa, Thane ..... Kaneeze Ibrahim K.A.R.Sayed-Mumbai ||134 ...... 30] Artificial Intelligence – A perspective towards Tourism Satyaki Bhattacharya-Kolkata ||138 ...... 31] Panchaganga River Pollution: A Geographical Study Prof. Sanjaykumar A. Menashi-Kolhapur ||143 ...... 32] Garbage Disposal in Dharwad City: An Environmental Issue Dr. I. A. Mulla Associate Professor-Dharwad ||146 ...... 33] URBAN GROWTH: ISSUES AND CHALLENGES IN MARGAO TOWN OF GOA; PEOPLES .... Adrian Ferro/Dr. Nandkumar Sawant ||149 ...... 34] STRATEGIES FOR THE PROMOTION OF HERITAGE TOURISM Vishnupriya, Kalady ||154 ...... 35] GEOMORPHIC INFLUENCES OF THE CLIFF FORMATION AND DESTRUCTION IN..... Athulya R.V, Kalady ||158 ...... 36] SOCIAL SECURITY LAWS FOR ORGANISED SECTOR IN INDIA: AN OVERVIEW MUNDARGI. M.B-Bagalkot ||163 ...... 37] CLIMATE CHANGE AND WATER CRISIS Dr. Ravi S. Naik-Haunsbhavi ||168 ...... 38] ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION AND SUSTAINABL DEVELOPMENT Dr. Shashidhar.S. Mathapati-Haunshbavi ||172 ...... 39] An Overview of Temperature and Rainfall Trends in Maharashtra: A Regional Approach... Dr. Sunita Maral - Mumbai ||176 ...... 40] Tourism Potential and Challenges in Ratnagiri District Mr. Hanamantrao Ratnappa Yadav/Mr. Rajesh Sidhartha Kamble ||179 ...... 41] Level of Urbanization in Haryana State – A Geographical Study Jitender Kumar / Dinesh Kumar/ Praveen Kumar ||182 ...... [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 012 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 42] Rural settlement – A case study of Mandya Taluk IN KARNATAKA HEMALATHA. H.M. - KARNATAKA ||189 ...... 43] Geospatial Technology for Disaster Management – A case study of Meteorological Drought .... Mahesha D B-Mangalore ||193 ......
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 013 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 regression. Results show thatmost respondents 1 (married women) fall within the age range of 21-60 year olds, with an average of 42 years. Effects of Women’s Income on Households in SILGA still maintain the settings the Amount of Money they of the traditional African society. Regression results revealed that age of the woman, Contribute to the Household in marriage duration, household size, level of Southern Ijaw Local education, working spouses, income from primary and secondary occupations accounted Government Area of Bayelsa for about 37.2% of the factors responsible for State, Nigeria. the amount of money women contribute, with level of education having a significant negative relationship, while income earned by the women Zechariahs Benapugha OWUTUAMOR had significant positive relationship with their Department of Agricultural Extension and financial contribution to household. The study Management, Federal Polytechnic concluded that empowerment programmes Ekowe,Bayelsa State, Nigeria. should be targeted at less educated women to increase their earning power, whilst more Kurotimi Maurice FEMS income generating opportunities are made Department of Accountancy available. Federal Polytechnic Ekowe. Keywords: Education, empowerment, gender, income, Southern Ijaw, women. JEL Codes: Q12 Kate Bokie OWUTUAMOR Introduction Department of Accountancy Enete and Amusa (2010) hinted that Federal Polytechnic Ekowe. despite the major role women play in the ======***********======agricultural sector (which is very critical to the Abstract Nigerian economy) of most developing Statistics show that active and countries, men have reportedly continued to productive female population in Nigeria is high. dominate, even in areas where women should Coincidentally, abundant literature, coupled hold sway. But this narrative has changed and withrecent trends in women emancipation and is still changing, as many researchers have empowerment,as well as gender equality, already proven in the subsisting arguments. indicatethat women’s contributions to Globally, there is a transition from traditional to household income are equalizing with that of modern social values, that is linked to women’s men. Hence, this study sought to uncover the income and education levels, which are status of women in Southern Ijaw Local instrumental in reshaping economic, political, Government Area (SILGA) of Bayelsa State, by and social values and perceptions in societies identifying gender roles, the amount of income around the world that has consequently resulted women contribute, as well as factors affecting in the changing roles and status of women in women’s contribution and the likely problems society, through their inclusion in social, political caused by the income women contribute to the and economic spheres of our society (Riaz, household income. Primary data collected 2017). through the use of questionnaire were analyzed The objective of this work is to analyze using descriptive statistics and multiple the effect of women’s income on the amount of [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 014 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 money they contribute to the household in the Igbos, Hausas, Akwa Ibom, Isoko and Urhobo Southern Ijaw Local Government Area (SILGA) people carrying out fishing, trading, lumbering, of Bayelsa State, Nigeria. The specific objectives wine tapping and local gin distilling activities. are to determine the socioeconomic parameters Apart from the industrial activities taking place of homes in SILGA; identify the various gender in the oil and gas industry, just like the other roles in the household; identify the amount of LGAs in Bayelsa State, the people of Southern income women contribute to the household; Ijaw LGA mostly engage in fishing, farming, boat determine the effect of women’s income and building, water transportation, lumbering, some variables on the amount of money trading, civil service, palm wine tapping and local contributed by women to the household; identify gin distilling(Owutuamor, 2018). the factors affecting women’s contribution to Data Collection household income; and identify likely problems The study population comprises all caused by the income women earn in the home. households in SILGA, with each household acting as a sampling unit and the woman (wife) as the The null hypothesis (H0) for this study states that the income women earn from their primary respondent. Primary data was collected economic activities has no significant effect on with the aid ofa well-structured questionnaire, the amount they (women) contribute to the that was tested for reliability using the test- household. retest method in a pilot survey, and was Methodology validated using the content (face) validity The Study Area method. This study was carried out in Southern Sample Size and Sampling Procedure Ijaw Local Government Area (SILGA) of Bayelsa 60 respondents (households) were State, Nigeria, which covers a land area of 2,682 selected as the sample size in a modified multi- KM2. It is located on the south western part of stage random sampling procedure. In the first Bayelsa State, between latitudes 4o42’ and stage, 2 semi-urban (Oporoma and Amassoma 4.700oN of the equator and 5o58’ and 5.967oE of towns, since there are no urban areas in the the Greenwich Meridian, with a coastline of LGA) and 2 rural areas (Ekowe and Nangiama approximately 60km on the Bight of Bonny and villages) were selected, due to ease of is watered by many rivers and creeks, with the accessibility and openness to accept major one being the River Nun(Latitude.com, researchers, making it 4 towns in all. In the N.D.). Southern Ijaw LGA is the biggest LGA in second stage, 15 households were randomly Bayelsa State in terms of land area and selected from different parts of the towns/ population, with headquarters in Oporoma villages as respondents from each of the 4 towns Town, one of the semi-urban areas. Most of the and villages, hence, making a total of 60 LGA is rural, being located in the creeks and respondents in all. mostly accessed by water, although access Data Analyses and Presentation through air is also possible, apart from a few Both descriptive (in the form of places like Amassoma, another semi-urban area percentages, frequencies, means, tables, that can be accessed by road. Brinkhoff (2017) charts, graphs and figures) and inferential reported that the population of Southern Ijaw statistics (multiple regression) were used in LGA is projected to grow to 430,100 people from empirically analyzing and presenting data and the 2006 National Population Census figure of the hypothesis was tested using the F-test. 321,808 people. SILGA is indigenous to the Ijaw Model specification (Izon) people, with other ethnic groups such as The multiple regression model was used [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 015 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 to determine which of the variables affected the Source: Authors’ computation from field amount of money contributed by women to the survey, 2020 household, in line with the methodologies Results presented in table 1 shows that adopted by Ahmed, Siwar and Idris (2011) and majority of the women in the households (95.0%) Roy, Haque, Jannat, Ali and Khan (2017). The sampled were within the age range of 21-60 model is defined as follows: years, with an average age of 42 years, thus, (1) indicating that they fall within the active and Where: productive population group. Majority of the Y = Amount of money woman contributes to women in the households(sampling units) have household income in Nigerian Naira (N) been married for an average of 15 years, = Intercept on Y-axis (Constant) indicating that data was collected from the right respondents who have enough experience and , =Coefficients of the independent variables the right information required for the study. An = Age of the woman in years (age) approximate 97% of the respondents had had = Marriage duration in years (marr_dur) formal education, with a great proportion =Household size (hh_size) (72.4%) having attained at least secondary school education. This indicates that almost all =Level of education (lvl_edu) the respondents are educated and as such, are = Working husband (hus_wrk) abreast with a lot of modern living ways and = Income from primary occupation (prim_inc) trends, in consonance with the submissions of = Income from secondary occupation Ukwuaba, Owutuamor and Ogbu(2020) that education opens up the mind, allowing for the (sec_inc) acceptance of change. The sampled population = Stochastic error term have an average household size of 6 persons, Results and Discussions which is slightly above the National Population Socio-economic characteristics of Commission (NPC) and ICF (2019) average households in SILGA family size of 5 persons, with a greater The socio-economic characteristics of percentage of the households (70%) having at the respondents are presented in table 1. The most six (6) members, which is defined in the respondents were married women in SILGA. Nigerian context as normal, where everything Table 1: Socio-economic characteristics of the Government does, allows for a family of six households in SILGA (6), i.e. a man, a wife and four (4) children. This Table 1: Socio-economic characteristics of households in SILGA Frequency Percentage S/N Socio-economic Variable Mean indicates that the families are moderate and not (N) (%) 1. Age 20 years old and below 0 0.0 21-60 years old 57 95.0 over-laden or overburdened with 42 61 years old and above 3 5.0 Total 60 100.0 responsibilities, since they are within the 2. Duration of 10 years and below 25 41.7 marriage 11 – 20 years 23 38.3 15 21 years and above 12 20.0 officially accepted family size. Most (73.3%) of Total 60 100.0 3. Level of No formal education 2 3.3 the women are self-employed, who have worked education Primary 16 26.7 Secondary 24 40.0 for an average of approximately 12 years, thus, Tertiary 18 30.0 Total 60 100.0 4. Household Small family (6 persons and 42 70.0 indicating that the respondents are productive size below) Large family (7 persons and 18 30.0 6 and have steady sources of income to meet above) Total 60 100.0 5. Primary Private organizations 6 10 family obligations and expenditures, if they occupation Work for Government 10 16.7
Self employed 44 73.3 wish. Total 60 100.0 6. Duration of 5 years and below 24 40.0 primary 6-35 years 35 58.3 12 occupation 35 years and above 1 1.7 Total 60 100.0 Source: Authors’ computation from field survey, 2020
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 016 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Gender roles in the household of the family, irrespective of the changing roles The results of the roles played in the in gender responsibilities and the recent gains household by the various gender in SILGA are and trends in women emancipation, summarized in table 2. empowerment and gender equality. In most Table 2: Gender roles in the household homes(88.3%), men do not partake in cleaning Percentage S/N Role Frequency the house, as this responsibility is left for women, (%) 1. Earns more in the home? Man 52 86.7 however, in some homes (11.7%), this is a shared Woman 6 10.0 Both 2 3.3 responsibility for both sexes. Cooking is handled Total 60 100.0 2. Provides the major money for Man 51 85.0 by women in majority of the homes (93.3%), with expenditures Woman 6 10.0 Both 3 5.0 both sexes sharing this responsibility in a Total 60 100.0 3. Provides food in the home Man 39 65.0 negligible number of homes (6.7%). Both men Woman 8 13.3 Both 13 21.7 and women take care of the children, but in a Total 60 100.0 4. Cleans the house Man 0 0.0 greater percentage of the households, women Woman 53 88.3 Both 7 11.7 are solely responsible (70.0%) for this role. This Total 60 100.0 5. Cooks in the house Man 0 0 indicates that the trend in gender equality is yet Woman 56 93.3 Both 4 6.7 to catch on, in SILGA, corroborating the Total 60 100.0 6. Takes care of children Man 6 10.0 submission by Alesina, Giuliano and Nunn Woman 42 70.0 Both 12 20.0 (2011), who are of the opinion that there are Total 60 100.0 7. Carries out handy/maintenance works Man 31 51.7 clear specialization of tasks along gender lines Woman 23 38.3 Both 6 10.0 in many homes. In about half of the homes Total 60 100.0 8. Responsible for securing the home Man 47 78.4 (51.7%) surveyed, maintenace works around the Woman 5 8.3 Both 8 13.3 house is being carried out by men, however, Total 60 100.0 9. Represents the family in the Man 57 95.0 women’s participation is also commendable, as community Woman 2 3.3 Both 1 1.7 either women alone (38.3%) or both men and Total 60 100.0 10. Takes care of extended family affairs Man 46 76.7 women (10.0%) were responsible for this role. Woman 2 3.3 Both 12 20.0 Securing of the homes were left entirely to the Total 60 100.0 Source: Authors’ computation from field survey, 2020 men in a good number of households (78.4%),
Source: Authors’ computation from field survey, while in a low proportion of households (8.3%), 2020 women were responsible for security, yet, in The study discovered that men (86.7%) some of the homes (13.3%), it was a shared earn more income than women (10%).85.0% and responsibility between the man and woman. 65.0% of men provide the major money Representation of the household in the expended and food respectively, for the community is a responsibility for the man in household. This is in line with apriori almost all the homes (95.0%), however, in a very expectations and existing norms, that men small percentage of the homes, women (3.3%) generally earn more than woman, take care of and both gender (1.7%) are in charge of household expenditures and provide food for the representing the household. In Africa, the household. It can therefore be said that,the extended family is often seen as part of the situation in SILGA adheres to that in the family, even though they may not be living traditional African society, as reported by the together. In this regards, it is the duty of the United Nations Economic and Social Council man (76.7%) to take care of extended family (UNESCO) (1963), where men earn more than members. This notwithstanding, a very low women and take the lead in providing for the percentage (3.3%) of women handle this household. Hence, men are the breadwinners [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 017 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 responsibility, while in some homes, care for Effects of variables on women’s extended family is done by both gender. contribution to household income Income contributed by women to the (Multiple regression analysis) household As shown in table 4, the fitted model has Women play certain economic roles, especially an R2 of 0.372, adjusted R2 of 0.284, F-statistic in contributing to the household income and this value of 4.233,a highly significant probability information is captured in table 3. (Prob > F) of 0.001.TheDurbin-Watson d-statistic Table 3: Contributions of women to household of 1.846, which falls between 1.5 and 2.5, income signifies that the values of the independent
Percentage S/N Variable Frequency Mean variables are relatively normal and BLUE (best (%) 1. Earn income from primary Yes 48 80.0 linear unbiased estimators). Hence, the model occupation No 12 20.0 640,269.20 Total 60 100.0 does not suffer from estimation bias arising from 2. Earn income from secondary Yes 5 8.3 occupation No 55 91.7 469,300.00 wrong specification of the model and spurious Total 60 100.0 3. Contributes to household Yes 47 78.3 regression as suggested by Owutuamor and income No 13 21.7 308,653.80 Total 60 100.0 Arene(2018). 4. Have spouse that is working Yes 54 90.0 No 6 10.0 Table 4: Results of the multiple regression Total 60 100.0 analysis
Variable Coefficient Standard error t-statistic P > |t| Source: Authors’ computation from field Constant 125802.408 200375.105 0.628 0.533 survey, 2020 age 1529.330 5192.043 0.295 0.770 marr_dur 2426.770 5564.120 0.436 0.665 A good proportion (80%) of the women hh_size 5779.559 7258.561 0.796 0.430 lvl_edu -91889.298 36656.066 -2.507 0.015* were engaged in productive activities and hus_wrk 82442.335 112071.359 0.736 0.465 prim_inc 0.150 0.039 3.871 0.000* earning income from them, averaging the sum sec_inc 0.376 0.163 2.310 0.025* R2 0.372 of N640,269.20 per annum. This amount is over Adjusted R2 0.284 F-statistic value 4.233 and above the minimum wage (N30,00.00 per Prob> F 0.001 Durbin-Watson d-statistic 1.846 month or N360,000.00 per annum) in Nigeria. Some of the women (8.3%) even have secondary Source: Authors’ computation from field data, occupations from which they earn an income, 2020 averaging N469,300.00 per annum. This is most * indicates significance at the 5% probability probably because most of the respondents fall level within the age bracket of 21-60 years, being the The estimated equation most productive age group. 78.3% of the women From the results displayed in table 4, the contribute part of their income to the household, multiple regression equation can be specified averaging a sum of N308,653.80 per annum, as: Y = 125802.408+ 1529.330 age + corroborating the submission by Opoku- 2426.770marr _ dur + 5779.559hh_size (0.533) Ware(2014) that women contribute substantially (0.770)(0.665)(0.430)“ 91889.298lvl_edu* + to the economic survival of their households in 82442.335hus_wrk+ 0.150prim_inc* (0.015) particular. Almost all the respondents (90.0%) (0.465)(0.000) + 0.376sec_inc* + å (2) have spouses that work, implying that there are (0.025) other sources of household income and what As seen in table 4 and expressed in the women earn or contribute might not be the equation 2, the level of education (lvl_edu), major source of income or be enough to sustain amount of income contributed by women from the household, where it is the main income their primary occupation (prim_inc) and amount source. of income contributed by women to the household from their secondary occupation [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 018 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 (sec_inc) were all significant at the 5% Effect of income from primary occupation probability level (p > 0.05). Whereas, other on women’s contribution to household variables such as age of the head of the income household (age), duration of marriage The income women earn from their (marr_dur), household size (hh_size) and primary occupation has a positive significant (p whether their spouses work or not (hus_work) > |t| = 0.00) coefficient of 0.150. That is to say were not significant in affecting the amount of that for every extra N1.00 the woman earns, she money women contribute to the household. contributes an extra N 0.15 to the household Effect of level of education on women’s and vice versa, ceteris paribus. Thus, indicating contribution to household income that the more money women earn in their primary With a coefficient of -91889.298 and a occupation, the more money they contribute to probability (p > |t|) of 0.015, the level of the household income. This is probably based education of women affects the amount they on the fact that, as women earn more money in (women) contribute to the household income. their primary occupations, they have more With a ranking of 0 for no formal education, 1 money to dispose and as such, are bound to for primary education, 2 for secondary school increase their expenditure on every item, education and 3 for tertiary education, it including that of the household, hence, therefore indicates that there is a significant contributing more to the household income. inverse relationship between level of Effect of income from secondary occupation educational attainment and the amount of on women’s contribution to household income women contribute to the household. income That is to say that, the more educated the Having a positive significant (p > |t| = woman is, the less money she would contribute 0.025) coefficient of 0.376, the income women to the household income and that the less earn from their secondary occupation also educated the woman is, the more money she enables them to contribute more to the would contribute to the household income. This household income. As the woman’s secondary is probably because education brings about a income increases by N1.00, she increases her whole new level of exposure, thereby making contributions to the household by an extra N 0.38 the woman, especially the educated ones, feel and vice versa, ceteris paribus. This is in line that she can do other things with her money, with the earlier postulation that the more money rather than contributing it to the household. Or women earn, the higher the disposable income even more probably, that the uneducated or they have, as such, they are bound to increase lowly educated woman sees herself as an expenditures on all fronts, including that of the appendage of the man and believing that all she household, hence, increasing their contribution has, is owned by the man, and as such, to the household. contributes all or almost all of her income to Test of hypothesis the household. Similarly, in terms of family Since the calculated value of the F- responsibilities, men and women have their statistic (Fcal), 4.233, is greater than its tabulated responsibilities, the more educated the woman value (Ftab), 2.17, we therefore reject the null is, the more she is aware and able to determine hypothesis(H0), which states that the income her limits in terms of household financial women earn from their economic activities has responsibilities, hence, she may not be willing no significant effect on the amount they to contribute more than is necessary. (women) contribute to the household income
and accept the alternative hypothesis(H1), which [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 019 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 states that the income women earn from their works, represents the family in the community and economic activities has significant effect on the takes care of the extended family, while the woman amount they contribute to the household income. cooks, cleans the house and takes care of the Factors affecting women’s financial children. Most women earn an average income of contribution to household income N640,269.20 per annum from their primary The respondents suggested that certain occupations and contribute about N308,653.80 factors make it possible or impossible for women (48.2%) to the household income, even though to contribute to the household income in Southern they have spouses that earn higher incomes. Ijaw LGA of Bayelsa State. The factors that make Results from the empirical analysis revealed that it possible for women to contribute to the the more education the woman receives, the lesser household income are: the amount of money she would contribute to the i. Engagement in income generating activities. household income. Nonetheless, the more money ii. Love for the family. the woman earns, the more money she contributes While the factors that make it impossible to the household. If the women contribute more for women to contribute to household income are: money, the money available to the household i. Misunderstanding in the family. would definitely increase, making it possible for ii. Annoyance and vexation by the man or woman. families to be able to meet more of their needs iii. Delay or non-receipt of salaries or wages. and escape poverty. iv. Love of material things. Recommendations v. Pregnancies. From the outcomes of the empirical vi. Health of children. analysis, this study recommends that, to raise the vii. Insecurity. standard of living and alleviate poverty, viii. Lack of savings from personal income empowerment programmes should be targeted at ix. Discouragement from other women. the less educated women, because the lower the x. Ill health of the woman herself. level of education and the more money a woman xi. Child birth or delivery. makes, the more money she would contribute to xii. Household size. the household. Furthermore, more income xiii. Husband earning high income. generating opportunities should be made available Problems caused by the income women to women, especially in the rural areas, with less contribute in the household education, with a view to increasing their income, The respondents were of the opinion that so they can contribute more to the household, the income the woman contributes to the because the more money women earn, the more household often brings about certain issues in the money they contribute to the household. home and they enumerated these problems as: References i. Unhealthy spousal competition and rivalry in the - Ahmed, F., Siwar, C., & Idris, N. A. (2011). house. Contribution of rural women to family income ii. Disrespecting the man. through participation in microcredit: An iii. Strife in the home, in the form of empirical analysis. American Journal of misunderstanding between the man and woman. Applied Sciences, 8(3), 238-245. iv. Excessive and unnecessary spending. - Alesina, A., Giuliano, P., & Nunn, N. (2011). Conclusion On the Origins of Gender Roles: Women and In SILGA, households still maintain the the Plough. Los Angeles, USA: Institute for the settings of a traditional African society, where the Study of Labor (IZA). man earns more money, provides for the family, - Brinkhoff, T. (2017). Bayelsa State in Nigeria. secure the family, carries out maintenance/repair Retrieved November 11, 2018, from [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 020 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Citypopulation.de:https://www. citypopulation. - National Bureau of Statistics (NBS). (2018). 2017 de/php/nigeria-admin.php/adm1id=NGA006 Demographic statistics bulletin. Abuja: NBS. - CIA. (2018). Africa: Nigeria. The World Factbook. Retrieved from https://www.nigerianstat.gov.ng Retrieved from https://www.cia.gov/library/ - National Population Commission (NPC) and ICF. publications/the-world-factbook/geos/ (2019). Chapter 2: Household population and print_ni.html housing characteristics. In Nigeria demographic - Dieckhoff, M., Gash, V., Mertens, A., & Gordo, L. and health survey 2018 (pp. 11-21). Abuja, R. (2019). Partnered women’s contribution to Nigeria, and Rockville, Maryland, USA: NPC and household labor income: Persistent inequalities ICF. among couples and their determinants. Social - Opoku-Ware, J. (2014). Women’s productive and Science Research, 85(2020), 1-17. doi:https:// economic roles towards household poverty doi.org/10.1016/j.ssresearch.2019.102348 reduction in Ghana. A survey of Bongo District in - Enete, A. A., & Amusa, T. A. (2010). Determinants Northern Ghana. Research on Humanities and of women’s contribution to farming decisions in Social Sciences, 4(19), 148-155. cocoa based agroforestry households of Ekiti - Owutuamor, Z. B. (2018). Roles women play in State, Nigeria. Field Actions Science Reports, 1- contributing to household income: A study of 6. Retrieved January 5, 2020, from http:// homes in Bayelsa State. A research proposal journals.openedition.org/factsreports/396 submitted to the Department of Agricultural - Freguja, C., Cardinaleschi, S., Coppola, L., & Extension and Management, Federal Polytechnic Demofonti, S. (2007). Women and economics: Ekowe, Bayelsa State for TETFund Funding. Household, enterprise and decision-making Ekowe, Bayelsa State, Nigeria: Department of bodies. Global Forum on Gender Statistics, 1-9. Agricultural Extension and Management, Federal - Gornick, J. C., Ragnarsdóttir, B. H., & McCall, L. Polytechnic Ekowe. (2019). The interplay between women’s earnings - Owutuamor, Z. B., & Arene, C. J. (2018). The and the income distribution: A cross-national Impact of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) on analysis of Latin American and Anglophone Agrciultural Growth in Nigeria (1979 - 2014). countries. New York, USA: Stone Center on Socio- Review of Agricultural and Applied Economics Economic Inequality, The Graduate Center - City (RAAE), 21(1), 40 - 54. doi:doi: 10.15414/ University of New York. raae.2018.21.01.40-54 - Harkness, S. (2010). The contribution of women’s - Riaz, R. (2017). Does Income and education of employment and earnings to household income working-women transform societal values: An inequality: A cross-country analysis. Bath, UK: evidence from Pakistan. Munich Personal RePEc Centre for Analysis of Social Policy and Archive (MPRA)(80798), 23pp. Retrieved January Department of Social and Policy Studies, 5, 2020, from https://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/ University of Bath. 80798/ - Hoque, M., & Itohara, Y. (2008). Participation and - Roy, P. K., Haque, S., Jannat, A., Ali, M., & Khan, decision making role of rural women in economic M. S. (2017). Contribution of women to household activities: A comparative study for members and income and decision making in some selected non-members of the micro-credit organizations areas of Mymensingh in Bangladesh. in Bangladesh. Journal of Social Sciences, 4, 229- Progressive Agriculture, 28(2), 120-129. 236. doi:10.3844/jssp.2008.229.236 - Latitude.com. (N.D.). Satellite map of Southern Ijaw in Nigeria. Latitude.com. Retrieved January 6, 2020, from https//latitude.to/satellite-map/ ng/nigeria/145386/southern-ijaw [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 021 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Nations Environment Programme in its recent 2 report presented a staggering fact, stating that pollution of the air, freshwater, oceans, and land Benefitting from kills more than 12 million people every year-that is nearly one in four deaths globally. Pollution Environmental Pollution also threatens vulnerable wildlife and plants and through a Carbon Tax: The can devastate the entire ecosystems. Further estimates show that each year over 6.5 million Nigerian Perspective people die prematurely because of poor air quality, while some are attributed to indoor air Kingsley O. Itam pollution from cooking mostly in low and middle- Department of Agricultural Economics, income countries like Nigeria, quite a high University of Calabar, Nigeria percentage of these deaths are largely owed to respiratory infections caused by air pollution ======***********======(Amusa, 2017). Also, it has been observed that Abstract about 600,000 deaths in Africa are traceable to Although Nigeria contributes minimally poor air quality premised on air pollution to climate change, there is a need for resulting from carbon dioxide emission government to embrace climate change policies (Oyedepo, 2012). Nigeria with a population of to combat the potential adverse impact of over 180 million people and a status of climate change on food security, health, poverty developing nation is exploring every aspect of reduction, inequality, as well as future economic development in a great deal. Over 80 million growth and development. Carbon tax is one of Nigerians own either an electricity generating the policies canvassed for in this regards. This set or a means of transportation like study was undertaken to examine the benefits automobiles (Igwenagu, 2016).Okeke (2018), of the implementation of a carbon tax in Nigeria. posited that about 60 million Nigerians invested Carbon tax has the potentials to not only reduce about N1.6 trillion to purchase and maintain standby generators annually according to CO2 emissions and reduce pollution but would increase government revenue, and put Nigeria statistics by the Centre for Management on the path of achieving green development. Development. These generating sets and Keywords: Carbon tax, environment, pollution, automobiles all depend on fossil fuels for their Nigeria operation. Nigeria’s electricity consumption per Introduction capita is the lowest in Africa as over 80% of about Environmental pollution has been one of 30 million households in the country lack access the greatest problems confronting Nigeria and to electricity from the national grid (Ehirim, there is hardly any information regarding this. 2017). The economic implication of this amounts However, data collected by a few individuals and to about N9 trillion spent annually on fueling corporate organizations though not automobiles and generating sets as comprehensive enough, shows the hazard and industrialization largely demands. Although deleterious effects of pollution on the Nigeria lacks any standard national emission ecosystems and people in the region. Increase inventory like developed nations, which shows in emission associated with greenhouse gas the contributory indices of pollution sources and have grave consequences both on the climate emissions, it is estimated that two of the main and the environment. For example, the United sources of carbon emission are generating sets [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 022 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 and automobiles (International Trade Statistics situations of carbon emission in Nigeria.
(ITS), 2015). Figure 1 shows the sector-by-sector Although Nigeria CO2 emissions fluctuated
CO2 emission in Nigeria with electricity substantially in recent years, it tended to contributing the highest amount (39.1%) of the decrease through 1997 – 2016 period, reaching total emission. an all -time high value of 104,304.1mt in 2004 ending at 82,634.2mt in 2016 as shown in figure 2. This could be due to increase use of electricity generating sets by households and industries as the country witnessed the greatest shortage in power generation in 2004.
Fig. 1: Percentage sector contribution of CO2 emission in Nigeria (2016) Source: FAOSTAT, EPA and UNFCCC National Communication Key EP – Electricity Production Fig. 2: Total carbon emission in Nigeria RB – Residential building (million tonnes) (1960 – 2016) Tp – Transport Source: Trading economics LFC – Liquid Fuel Consumption The challenges posed by the emission GFC – Gaseous Fuel Consumption of greenhouse gases and the worsening quality SFC – Solid Fuel Consumption of the environment has become a growing MIC – Manufacturing Industries and concern to environmentalists and policy makers Construction alike. In response to mounting scientific Ag – Agriculture evidence that human activities are contributing OS – Other Sectors significantly to global climate change, decision The erratic and likewise epileptic makers are devoting considerable attention to megawatts of power generated fluctuates in public policies to reduce greenhouse gas Nigeria coupled with the huge sums on record emissions and thereby prevent or reduce such to have so far been invested in the power sector change. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate leaves much to be desired. Due to the relative Change (IPCC, 2007) stated that the important importance of power in contemporary urban anthropogenic greenhouse gases which can be society, a lot of homes generate their own power traced to human activities include carbon at least from electricity generating sets to meet dioxide (CO ), methane (CH ), nitrous oxide their basic demands. The proliferation of 2 4 (N O), chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs), electricity generating sets have grown to an 4 perflourocarbons (PFCs), and alarming level due to the continuous dwindling hydroflourocarbons (HFCs). Ghorbani, Koocheki power generation in the country. Indiscriminate and Motallebi (2008) noted that many countries use of generators and gas flaring by oil of the world have entered into many producing companies has also worsened [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 023 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 international agreements including the Kyoto Carbon tax is one of the policy Protocol, which commits its Parties by setting instruments canvassed for the reduction of internationally binding emission reduction greenhouse gas emission (Bosquet, 2010). It targets. The Protocol places a heavier burden refers to a tax on activities or production on developed nations as major emitters of processes that can give rise to greenhouse gas carbon under the principle of “common but emissions. The carbon tax system is anchored differentiated responsibilities”. The Global on the Polluter Pays principle which states that, Commission on the Economy and Climate National authorities should endeavour to recommends that all developed and emerging promote the internalization of environmental economies, and others where possible, commit costs and the use of economic instruments, to introducing or strengthening carbon pricing taking into account the approach that the by 2020 and should phase out fossil fuel polluter should, in principle, bear the cost of subsidies. Therefore, setting a price for carbon pollution, with due regard to the public interest emission, either through a specific tax or the and without distorting international trade and requirement to acquire a permit is necessary. investment (Akinwande, 2014). The goal of What is Carbon Tax? carbon tax is to reduce environmentally harmful A carbon tax is a tax specifically levied behavior by ensuring that emitters of on the carbon content of fuels. It is usually greenhouse gases bear the full costs of their designed in terms of currency per tons of CO2, actions. Carbon tax is expected to increase the so it generates incentives to reduce carbon cost of fossil fuel and subsequently influence emissions in a Pigouvian sense. Since carbon is organizations to switch to cleaner fuel, which is present in hydrocarbons (coal, oil and natural currently expensive, thereby forcing businesses gas), the economic activities related to the and households to reduce energy use (Kaygusuz, extraction and use of these fuels are directly 2012 in Fakoya, 2014). affected by such a tax, even though there are Developed countries have since indirect effects throughout the economic embraced carbon tax policy. For example, system. The objective of a carbon tax is to Sweden was the first country to introduce reduce the levels of CO2 emissions and to environmental tax reforms by implementing internalize a negative externality, like global carbon tax in 1991 (Heady, 2002). The tax was warming and climate change. In this regards, originally imposed at a rate of about €43 per the social benefits of this tax could exceed its ton of carbon. The rates were increased to €100 costs. It is considered one of the best and most and €106 per ton of carbon by 2007 and 2008 cost effective economic instruments for respectively. These reforms represented a key combating climate change (Baranzini, van den component in a broader tax-shifting operation Bergh, Carattini, Howarth, Padilla and Roca, that strengthened indirect taxes, particularly the 2016). Most countries apply taxes on energy Value Added Tax (VAT), and environmental products or motor vehicles to tackle the problem taxes, and that reduced taxes on labour. The of emissions, while others have implemented British Columbia (BC) government on the other different forms of carbon taxes. In all these hand imposed a carbon tax in 2008 on over 75 cases, the tax rates are diverse. World Bank percent of the greenhouse gases emitted in the reported carbon taxes range between US$1/tCO2 province as a means of reducing carbon dioxide and $131/tCO2 in 2015. However, most of the emissions by 1/3 of their 2007 level by 2020 and values range between US$1/tCO2 and $26/tCO2 to be 80% below 2007 levels by 2050. Norway (World Bank, 2016). and Finland introduced carbon tax in 1990 [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 024 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 (Bovenberg, Lans and Mooij, 1994). Denmark when introduced, would help in regulating the started the implementation of carbon tax in 1992 effect of environmental pollution resulting from (Greene, 2011). In Asia, Singapore was to the activities of emission producing companies. commence the implementation of a carbon tax The tax would encourage reductions in on the emission of greenhouse gases in 2019. emissions of CO2 and increase federal revenues, These countries have benefitted from carbon more so, as government seek alternative taxation through the reduction of CO2emissions revenue sources in order to pay the proposed and in most cases have experienced a raise in Thirty thousand (N30,000.00) naira minimum revenue (a double dividend). wage. Carbon tax would either tax those
Several African countries are emissions directly or tax fuels that release CO2 implementing domestic carbon pricing when they are burned (fossil fuels, such as coal, mechanisms, with South Africa being one of the oil and natural gas). A low carbon strategy would very few countries in Africa that have developed position Nigeria as a regional and international concrete plans to implement the carbon tax leader on climate action. Adopting a low-carbon system. As an integral policy instrument for strategy in the power sector, for example, reaching South Africa’s goal of reducing including energy efficiency, solar and wind emissions by 34% below business-as-usual energy; and combined cycle technology in gas- (BAU) by 2020 and by 42% below BAU by 2025, fired generation, could provide the electricity the tax was proposed to start at 120 Rand Nigeria needs to grow, but with cost savings in
(approximately US $8.80) per ton of CO2 the order of 7% and avoiding the emission of equivalent in January 2017 and increase over close to 2 billion tons of CO2 (Nwaichi and time. The tax will promote crediting mechanisms Uzazobona, 2011). In the oil and gas industry, a by allowing covered entities to reduce their low-carbon strategy that focuses on reducing carbon tax liability by purchasing credits natural gas flaring and capturing the gas for generated by South African projects that are commercial use (in the power and other sectors) verified under international standards. The draft could generate as much as US$7.5 billion in net South African Carbon Offsets Regulation additional gains. In all, this low-carbon scenario indicates carbon offsets verified under the CDM, could generate net benefits in the order of 2% the verified Carbon Standard and the Gold of GDP over 25 years (Nigeria Economic Review, Standard will be eligible for use in the 2016). programme. Benefits of a carbon tax Evidence has shown that setting a price Recent decline in oil prices occasioned on carbon emissions either through emissions by the COVID 19 pandemic calls for trading or taxation; is considered an essential diversification of the Nigerian economy towards and the most effective policy tool for: minimizing lower carbon activities and energy sources. The
CO2emissions, raising revenue, controlling air implementation of carbon pricing will reduce pollution and mitigating anthropogenic climate dynamic efficiency: as it offers financial and change (Carbon Pricing Leadership Coalition, economic incentives for emitters to invest in 2016; Parry et al., 2016; Baranziniet al., 2016). emission-reducing innovation and adopt new The case for carbon taxation in Nigeria emission reducing technologies. When imposed, Carbon trading does not exists in Nigeria, a carbon tax will not only influence a positive neither is there any deliberate policy to change among emitters to have a positive effect introduce carbon tax as a means of reducing on climate change but will also correct the emissions. Carbon tax as a policy instrument existing prices of goods and services that [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 025 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 generate excessive levels of anthropogenic - Bovenberg, A., Lans, A. and de Mooji (1994). greenhouse gas emissions, so that it reflects Environmental Levies and Distortionary the social costs of such emissions. Taxes. American Economic Review, 84(4): In line with the objective of the National 1085-1089. Generator Emission Control Programme (NGECP) - Ehirim, N.C. (2017). Agricultural land use in to address pollution from generator sources, the peri-urban communities in Nigeria: A review, implementation of a carbon tax would enhance International Journal of Tropical Agriculture a cleaner environment to achieve at least 30% and Food Systems, 1(3): 262-266. energy efficiency in houses, industries, homes - Environmental Protection Agency (United etc, and in turn translate to economic growth. States), 2016 review. Conclusion - Fakoya, M.B. (2014). Carbon Tax Policy Since Nigerian government has shown Implications for Economic Growth and interest in pursuing a (lower carbon) sustainable Unemployment Rates in South Africa: A development pathway, through its Intended Conceptual Thought, Environmental Nationally Determined Contribution (INDC) on Economics, 5(3): 92-98. greenhouse emissions, concerted effort must be - FAOSTAT Nigeria (2017). Emissions by sector made to translate its INDC commitment into (CO2 equivalent) Average 1990-2017. actions. Nigerian government should consider Retrieved from www.fao.org/faostat/en/ carbon tax as a policy instrument in reducing country/159 emissions and provide a revenue stream for the - Ghorbani, M, Koocheki, A.R. and Motallebi, government, that when ‘recycled’ would finance M. (2008). Estimating the Greenhouse transitional support measures and general Gases government expenditure, or reduce distortive - Emission and the Most Important Factors taxes (if there are any) such as payroll taxes. in Diary Farms (Case study of Iran). Journal Such recycling of revenues would help to of improve the efficiency of the carbon pricing - Applied Science, 8(23): 4468-4471. Doi: instrument in managing the transition to a low- 10.3923/jas.2008.4468.4471 carbon economy (green economy). - Greene, W.H. (2011). Econometric Analysis, References 5th Edition, 234-236, New York University. - Akinwande, G. (2014). The Prospects and - Heady, C. (2002). Tax Policy in Developing Challenges of the proposed carbon tax Countries: What can be learned from OECD regime in South Africa: Lessons from the experience? A paper presentation at the Nigeria Experience. Journal of Sustainable seminar “Taxing Perspectives: A Democratic Development, Law and Policy, 3(1): 177-188. Approach to Public Finance in Developing - Amusa, T.O. (2017). The Role of the Forests Countries”, at the Institute of Development in the amelioration of the Nigerian Studies, University of Sussex, on 28-29 Environment, The Nigerian Field, 67: 31-43 October, 2002. - Baranzini, A., Jeroen van den - Igwenagu, C.M. (2016). Trend Analysis of Bergh.,Carattini, S., Howarth, R., Padilla, E. Rainfall Pattern in Enugu State, Nigeria, and Roca, J. (2016). European Journal of Statistics and - Seven reasons to use carbon pricing in Probability, 4(2): 70-76. climate policy. Center for Climate Change - Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change - Economics and Policy. Working paper No. (2007). Climate Change 2007: Impacts, 253. Adaptation and Vulnerability. Contribution [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 026 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 of Working group II to the fourth Assessment Report. Cambridge University Press, 3 Cambridge, United Kingdom. - International Trade Statistics Yearbook EFFECT OF ELECTRODE (2015), Volume 1. Trade by Country. PREPARATION TEMPERATURE ON - Kaygusuz, K. (2012). Energy for Sustainable Development: A Case of developing THE PERFOMANCE OF MICROBIAL countries. Renewable and Sustainable FUEL CELL OPERATED WITH Energy Reviews, Elsevier, 16(2): 1116-1126. CHARCOAL-CEMENT COMPOSITE Doi: 10.1016/- j.rser.2011.11.013. - Nigeria Economic Review. Second Quarter ELECTRODE. Report 2016. Africa Portal. - Nwaichi, E.O. and Uzazobona, M.A. (2011). Livinus A. Obasi, Federal Polytechnic Ekowe, Estimation of the CO2 level due to Gas Flaring in the Niger Delta, Research Journal Bayelsa sate, Nigeria of Environmental Sciences, 5(6): 565-572. Doi: 103923/rjes.2011.565.572 Neminebor John - Okeke, I.C. (2018). Implications of wetlands Federal Polytechnic Ekowe, degradation for water resources Bayelsa sate, Nigeria management: Lessons from Nigeria, GeoJournal, 61(2): 151-154. Doi: 10.1007/ Okechukwu D. Onukwuli s10708-004-2868-3. Nnamdi Azikiwe University, Awka, - Oyedepo, S.O. (2012). Energy and Anambra State Sustainable Development in Nigeria: The way forward. Energy, Sustainability and ======***********======Society, 2(15): 1-17. Doi: 10.1186/2192- ABSTRACT 0567-2-15. This study examines the effect of electrode - Parry, I., Veung, C. and Heine, D. (2014). preparation temperature on the performance of How much Carbon Pricing in Countries’ Own a microbial fuel cell in terms of bioenergy Interest? The Critical Role of Co-Benefits. production and environmental bioremediation IMF Working Paper prepared, in parts as a using charcoal-cement composite as electrodes. contribution to the New Climate Economy The charcoals made from sugar cane peel, saw project. International Monetary Fund, dust and ground nut shell, electrodes were Washington, DC. prepared at muffle furnace temperatures 2000C, - UNFCC (2015). United Nation Framework on 4000C, 6000C and 8000C at different ratios (2:5, Climate Change 3:5, 4:5, 5:5, 5:6). Geobacter sp. was used as - World Bank (2015). State and trends of inoculum at the anaerobic anode chamber carbon pricing. World Bank publications containing poultry waste solution. Due to the electrochemical nature of the activity of this anaerobe, the process is usually accompanied by the release of electrons which can be detected and recovered via electrically conductive network. In this study the average amount of oxygen consumed during microbial [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 027 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 utilization of the organic compounds in the biodegradable organics (biomas) present in effluent (waste water) by G. sulfurreducens wastewater to produce electricity while innoculum known as the Biochemical Oxygen accomplishing wastewater treatment (Liu and Logan, 2004; Logan, 2005). This oxidation Demand (BOD5) removal efficiency was found to be 82% with a corresponding COD removal (electron removal) process is possible because efficiency of 57%. The maximum recorded these bacteria, referred as exoelectrogens, cumulative power density obtained from the cell possess respiratory enzymes which catabolize with 2:5 ratio of charcoal-cement electrode these organics with a release of electrons which prepared at 400OC was 303.65mW/m2 and are transferred to the surface of the bacteria current density of 636.23mA/m2. These results cells (Kim et al, 2008). The efficiency of this therefore show the potentials of charcoal- electron recovery mechanism depends on the cement based electrodes in MFCs for electricity extent of the electrochemical activity of the generation and environmental remediation, bacteria. The Cytochromes located at the outer thereby making it a useful device highly membrane of the bacteria cells are what recommended for industrial processes. facilitate the direct transfer of the electron to Keywords: Bioremediation, Electrode, the electrode. If the recovery level becomes low, Electrosynthesis, Geobacter sp, Microbial Fuel the need for an assisted recovery mechanism cell. by the use of mediators (e.g neutral red, humic INTRODUCTION acid, thionine, methyl blue, and methyl viologen) The ever growing social, economic and then arises. The operation of microbial fuel industrial activities of man often lead to the (MFC) takes advantage of the catalytic action introduction of unwanted by-products into the of microbes (especially bacteria) which converts environment. Some of these substances tend to biological constituent in an environment free of disturb the prevailing natural biochemical oxygen called the anode chamber generating equilibria that characterize the environment to protons and electrons (Park and Zeikus,2003; the disadvantage of the biological diversity. Das and Mangwani, 2010). The electrons then Environmental pollution has been an issue of flow to the cathode chamber with a load utmost concern to the society globally. Several connected across the two chambers, the cathode measures have been adopted to tackle this chamber is the sink where the protons that growing menace. Many nations in the recent passes through the Proton exchange membrane past have invested huge amount of resources (PEM), combine with oxygen to produce water. to build, operate and maintain wastewater At the cathode the protons are reduced by treatment facilities employing chemical agents accepting an electron, mainly from oxygen. with the aim of returning the environment to its Different bacteria have found useful original state. Unfortunately, some of these application in microbial fuel cells. These include, measures ended up introducing substances that but not limited to some iron reducing bacteria have the potential to cause harm into the same such as, Geobacter metallireducens (Lovely et environment. Hence, frantic effort is in top gear al, 2011), Shewanella putrefaciens (they reduce to develop a more viable and environmentally Fe(III) to Fe(II) ion). Geobacter sulfurreducens friendly alternative to chemical waste water was later found in a soil sample contaminated treatment. by hydrocarbons in Oklahoma. In general, Microbial fuel cell is a biotechnological Geobacter species possess variety of c-type process that leverages the potentials of cytochromes which makes it possible for them microorganisms (bacteria) to oxidize [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 028 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 to reduce metals and create electricity (Reguera contaminated by hydrocarbons oil spill at et al, 2006). Imiringi, Bayelsa State. The G.Sulfurreducens Difference Species of genus Geobacter was identified and obtained from our laboratory have been identified and found to be useful in through culture conducted at incubation the biodegradation, bioremediation and temperature of 300C as described in (Bond and biotransformation of certain organic wastes that Lovely, 2003). cause environmental pollution with its attendant The bridge applied between the two chambers negative effect on socio-anthropological and was the agar-agar proton exchange membrane industrial processes. They include: G. (PEM). The anode and cathode chambers were argillaceus, G. bemidjiensis , G. sulfurreducens, of equal volumes, each measuring 200ml. The G, thiogenes, G. bremensis, G. Chapellei, G. cells were run for 28 days. The voltage and grbiciae, G. pickeringii. Geobacter current generated were measured using the metallireducens in a bioremediation process digital multimeter (ALDA, DT-830D). has been found to actively participate in The methodology of this experimental study is anaerobic degradation of certain aromatics, designed based on the use of sawdust, sugar especially benzene (Lovely et al, 2011) with cane peels and ground nut shell for the oxygen demand reduction in wastewater (Kim production of charcoal, the oven temperature et al, 2006). been operated at 2000C intervals between 200oC In addition to microorganism, electrode to 800oC. The effect amount of electricity nature and material type is another major factor generated by electrode with varying that affects the performance of an MFC (Oh et compositions of charcoal and cement in the al, 2004, Liu and Logan, 2004). This is predicated electrodes was carried-out at constant cement on the fact that the number of electrochemically weight of 5g and varied charcoal weight at 1kg active microorganisms present on the electrode intervals from 2g to 6g. self-mediate electron transfer and also Preparation of Proton Exchange Membrane determines the amount of electrons likely to be For each microbial fuel cell reactor, PVC recovered from the cell (Rabaey et al, 2004; pipe of 0.003m diameter was cut into a length Momoh and Neayor, 2010). Carbon electrode, of 0.08m each and coupled with PVC straight wood charcoal electrode have variously been flanges giving a total length of 0.103m. Epoxy applied in this direction (Chai et al, 2010). adhesive was used fit each end of the PEM Hence, this study therefore examines the tightly to the two chambers (reactors). performance of the cement-charcoal electrode The pipes were first sterilized by cleaning as a channel of electron recovery from the anode the surface with alcohol to eliminate any compartment of a microbial fuel cell. possible presence, growth and degradation by MATERIALS AND METHODS microorganisms; the open ends were sealed This study was aimed at examining the with masking tape and kept until it was needed relative performance of a locally manufactured for other steps. electrode from selected waste materials Agar-agar dissolved in distilled water at a (charcoal-cement based) on the operation of a concentration of 40g/l. 7.5g of salt was added dual-chambered microbial fuel cell (MFC) with to the solution to improve its proton conductivity. 880 resistor using poultry waste solution as The agar-agar mixture was put into an autoclave substrate. This wastewater sample was set at a regulated temperature of 1210C for inoculated with G. sulfurreducens present in a 15mins after which the hot agar-agar paste was soil solution collected from soil sample pressured into the 0.103m sterilized cylindrical [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 029 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 PVC pipe through one end of the PVC keeping The pollution parameters measured the other closed. The PEM was allowed to cool include; BOD, COD, Conductivity, Salinity, pH and and solidify. Total Dissolved Solids of Water Samples Electrode Preparation These parameters were measured in-situ The electrode material used was the biotic using the Multi-Parameter Water Quality type constituting of charcoal, a plant product Monitor (model 6000 UPG). The samples were (Behera et al, 2009). This was heated in a collected in 50ml glass beakers and the furnace at 200oC, 400oC, 600oC and 800oC equipment used to take the measurements temperatures to obtain the charcoal. The directly. biomass charcoal was ground to power and Determination of BOD mixed with cement at ratios (w/w) of 2:5, 3:5, The following method was used for the 4:5, 5:5, 5:6. Approximately 100ml of water was BOD determination. 200cm3 of the filtrate above added with vigorous agitation to form a paste. was measured into a conical flask and added The mixture was poured into a PVC trunk cut at with 1cm3 each of 2.24M manganese (II) length of 24.2cm inserted with low resistance sulphate solution and alkali-iodide-azide flexible wire. The electrodes were dried at a solution. The resulting solution was well shaken temperature of 100ÚC and allowed to cool for and then the precipitate was allowed to settle. about 48 hours. The electrode was tested with The clear liquid above the precipitate was 3 a digital multimeter apparatus. A resistance of decanted. 2cm of conc. H3PO4 and some water about 6-10Ù was recorded between the terminal were added to dissolve the precipitate. The point and the wire at the bottom of the electrode. sample was titrated against 0.025M sodium Cathode Electrolyte Preparation thiosulphate. The titre value was recorded as
The cathode chamber is the oxidant the initial dissolved oxygen (DOi). chamber which houses the oxygen, the proton The remaining 200cm3 of the filtrate above acceptor. The cathode electrolyte preparation was measured into an incubation bottle and involves the dissolution of 10g of NaCl(s) in added with 1cm3 each of 2.24M manganese (II) 6liters of distilled water. The solution was sulphate solution and alkali-iodide-azide properly stirred. The prepared solution was solution. The resulting solution was well shaken poured into the cathode chamber as the and incubated for 5days at 20ºC. The clear liquid catholyte for the MFC set-up. above the precipitate was decanted and 2 cm3
MFC Experimental Set-up of conc. H3PO4 and some water was added to The anode chamber containing the dissolve the precipitate. The sample was titrated substrate (wastewater) solution was connected against 0.025M sodium thiosulphate. The titre to the cathode chamber containing brine with a value was recorded as the final dissolved oxygen salt bridge inter-connection and load (Resistor, ( DOf). The BOD concentration was then 880Ù). The microbial fuel cell voltages for the calculated using the following equation: eight reactors were monitored daily and the BOD (mg/l) = Final DO – Initial DO sample and readings taken appropriately The BOD removal efficiency of the MFC including daily current and voltage reading and was determined using the equation. samples for physiochemical analysis taken every five(5) days. BOD BOD % BOD removed i f Determination of Wastewater Pollution BOD parameters i (1) [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 030 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04
Where BODi (mg/l) = BOD concentration the amount of bacteria on the anode surface. of raw poultry waste solution before MFC The Power Density P, (mW/m2 or mW/m3) can treatment. be calculated using the expression: BOD (mg/l) = BOD concentration of f IV Current(mA)Volts(v) treated poultry waste solution from MFC unit P cell D A Surfaceareaof projectedanode(m2 ) after treatment. Determination of COD (2) 50.0 mL of sample and 1 g of HgSO was 4 Where; PD = current density, I = the added to 5.0 ml conc. H2SO4 and swirled until Current in miliAmperes, mA, Vcell = Cell Voltage the mercuric sulfate has dissolved. A reflux flask (v), A = Electrode projected surface area, m2. was placed in an ice bath and slowly added with The current density is normally recorded swirling 25.0 mL of 0.025N K Cr O . Then 70 ml 2 2 7 as produced current per unit projected anode of sulfuric acid-silver sulfate solution was added surface area. The expression for the current to the cooled reflux flask, again using slow density is Equation (3) (Huaining, 2009) addition with swirling motion. The heat was Current producedmA applied to the flask and refluxed for 2 hours after C which it was allowed to cool and wash down Surfacearea of projected anodem 2 the condenser with about 25 ml of distilled water. (3) The mixture was transferred to a 500 ml Where C = Current density, mA/m2 , I = Erlenmeyer flask, washing out the reflux flask 4 Cell current, mA, A = Electrode projected times with distilled water. The acid was diluted surface area, m2. to about 300ml with distilled water and allowed Table 1: Maximum experimental values of to cool to about room temperature. 9 drops of voltage, current, current density and power ferroin indicator was added to the solution and density from MFCs with electrodes of titrated in excess dichromate with 0.25N ferrous various charcoal-cement ratios. ammonium sulfate solution to the end point. The Electrode Maximum values Cement/Charcoal ratio(w/w) color change will be sharp, changing from a Voltage (v) Current (mA/) Current Power Density Density (mW/m2) blue-green to a reddish hue. Calculate the COD (mA/m2) 2:5 0.48 0.61 29.47 14.14 in the sample in mg/L as milliliters of 3:5 0.46 0.73 35.27 16.22 4:5 0.57 0.60 28.99 16.52 Fe(NH ) (SO ) solution required for titration of 5:5 0.79 0.45 21.74 17.17 4 2 4 2 5:6 0.51 0.59 28.50 14.54 the blank. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Table 2: Cumulative voltage, current density Power and Current Densities. and the power density at the different One of the cardinal potentials of MFCs is Temperature (0C) Cummulative values Voltage (v) Current Density Power Density (mA/m2) (mW/m2) electrosynthesis with concurrent degradation of 200 10.85 636.23 253.12 400 14.19 562.32 303.65 wastewater pollution parameters (Ahn and 600 13.72 454.59 235.71 800 13.48 434.29 232.32 Logan, 2009). Power density is the relationship between the produced power per unit of anode surface area or chamber volume. This parameter is used to compare power production efficiency of different MFC systems (Franks and Nevin Waste water treatment: BOD and COD 2010). The power density generated depends removal efficiency majorly on the type of electrode applied in a The MFC reactors used for the study of given MFC configuration as this greatly affects physicochemical parameter of the three different [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 031 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 electrode materials (Reactor Tag: Sugar cane The power and current densities obtained peels – MFC-SC, saw dust –MFC-SD, and from using electrode of charcoal prepared at 400oC Groundnut shell – MFC-GS, charcoal-cement) and charcoal-cement ratio of 2:5 recorded operated at influent BOD and COD of 493 mg/l 5.87mW/m2 and 17.37mA/m2 respectively on the and 2052 mg/l respectively. After running the 1st day. The trend showed two peaks (current MFC reactor for each 5day interval of analysis density 25.0517.37mA/m2 and power density and a total of 20days, the removal efficiency of 10.555.87mW/m2) on 9th and a 2nd peak (current the reactors were 72%, 82% and 84% for the GS, density 28.98mA/m2 and power density 16.52mW/ SC and SD reactor respectively. m2). The values recorded dropped in recorded The COD removal efficiency of the device value to the last day (current density 28.98mA/m2 using the different electrode materials was 38%, and power density 16.52mW/m2). 57% and 60% for the GS, SC and SD respectively. The values of voltage and current generated Effect of electrode charcoal prepared by MFC with electrode prepared at 600oC temperature on MFC performance temperature on the first day were 0.18mA and 0.22v The values of voltage and current generated respectively and gradually rose to a maximum (see Figure 1 above) from the MFC unit assembled value to the tune of 0.72V and 0.56mA. The with charcoal electrode prepared at temperature operational results later showed a steady fall up of 200oC and charcoal-cement ratio of 2:5 showed until the last day with minimum voltage and current a steady rise from 0.25V and current of 0.35mA values of 0.58V and 0.35mA respectively. from the 1st day to a peak voltage of 0.55V and The result of MFC performance with the current of 0.61mA on the 11th day and then electrode prepared at prepared at 600oC over the gradually started declining to the last day of the 28days period showed that: on the 1st day of the experiment, where it recorded voltage and current experiment the power density and current density of 0.32V and 0.38mA respectively. The graph shows recorded 8.7mA/m2 and 1.91mW/m2 respectively. a steep rise before the 11th day and after the 11th The values increased gradually and showed a steep day, the voltage generation started reducing in an climb after the 20th day to a peak of current density undulating for m until the last day. 16.91mA/m2 and power density 9.81mW/m2. The voltage and current generated using For the MFC operating with electrode of electrode of charcoal prepared at 400oC and charcoal prepared at the 800oC and charcoal- charcoal-cement ratio of 2:5 showed relatively cement ratio of 2:5, the values obtained on the 1st undulating trend after every 4 days starting at a day the current density recorded 4.83mA/m2 and voltage of 0.32V and current of 0.21mA. Then on power density 1.01mW/m2. The values rose the second day the voltage and current generation steadily up to the last day with recorded values of rose to 0.35V and 0.38mA respectively and then current density 22.22mA/m2 and power density had fell on the 4th day to voltage and current generation a peak value of 16.67mW/m2 on the 24th day of 0.30V and 0.22mA on the 9th day. The second before getting to the final value of 15.33mW/m2. highest peak of current generation of 0.56mA was Conclusion observed on the 10th day with a voltage of 0.46volts. The research study showed that it is possible Voltage and current generation fluctuated and then to develop a Microbial Fuel Cell operating with got to a peak of voltage and current generation of cement-charcoal based electrodes produced from 0.57V and 0.60mA. It was then followed by a different biomass materials at various thermal gradual decrease in value from that day to the last conditions. Such materials as used in the study include day at voltage and current generation of 0.37V and sawdust, sugar cane peel and ground nut shell with 0.32mA respectively. poultry waste water as substrate. The results obtained [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 032 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 revealed the MFC optimal performance with electrode - Kim, B. H., Chang, I. S., Moon, H., (2006). produced at a temperature of 400oC from charcoal- Microbial Fuel Cell-Type Biochemical Oxygen cement ratio of 1:1w/w (5/5) producing a voltage of Demand Sensor. Encyclopedia of Sensors. 0.79v and power density of 17.17mW/m2. www.aspbs.com/eos (X) 1-12 All the biomass prepared at the optimal process - Liu, H., Logan, B.E., (2004). Electricity generation conditions also showed potentials for bio-treatment using an air-cathode single chamber microbial of poultry waste solution with reduction in the physico- fuel cell in the presence and absence of a proton chemical pollution parameters. exchange membrane. Env. Sci. Tech., 38, 4040– REFERENCES 4046. - Ahn, Y., Logan, B.E., (2009). Domestic - Logan, B.E., (2005). Simultaneous wastewater wastewater treatment using microbial fuel cells treatment and biological electricity generation. and electrical energy production. Bioresour. Wat. Sci. Technol. 52(1-2):31-37. Technol. 101, 469–475. - Lovley D. R., Ueki T., Zhang T. ( 2011). - Behera, M., Jana, P. S., Ghangrekar, M. M., Geobacter: The Microbe Electric’s Physiology, (2009). Performance evaluation of low cost Ecology, and Practical Applications. Advances microbial fuel cell fabricated using earthen pot in Microbial Physiology. 59: 1-100 DOI: 10.1016/ with biotic and abiotic cathode. Bioresour. B978-0-12- 387661-4.00004-5 Technol, 101, 1183–1189. - Momoh, O. L. Y., Neayor, B., (2010). Generation - Bond D.R and Lovley D.R (2003), Electricity of Electricity from Abattoir Waste Water with Production by Geobacter sulfurreducens the Aid of a Relatively Cheap Source of Attached to Electrodes; Applied and Catholyte. J. Appl. Sci. Environ. Manage. Vol. 14 Environmental Microbiology, vol. 69 no. 3 1548- (2) 21 - 27 1555 - Oh, S. E., Min, B., Logan, B. E., (2004). Cathode - Chai, L. F., Chai, L. C., Suhaimi, N., Son, R., (2010). Performance as a Factor in Electricity Generation Perfomance of air-cathode microbial fuel cell in Microbial Fuel Cells. Environ. Sci. Technol, 38, with wood charcoal as electrodes. Inter. Food 4900 - 4904. Research Jorn. 17: 485–490 - Park, D. H., Zeikus, J. G., (2003). Improved fuel - Das, S., Mangwani, E., (2010). “Recent cell and electrode designs for producing Developments in Microbial Fuel Cells: A electricity from microbial degradation. Review”. Journal of Scientific and Industrial Biotechnol. Bioeng., 81, 348–355. Research, 69, 727-731. - Rabaey, K., Boon, N., Siciliano, S. D., Verhaege, - Franks A. E., Nevin K. P., (2010). Microbial Fuel M. and W., V., (2004). Biofuel Cells Select for Cells, A Current Review, Energies , 3, 899-919. Microbial Consortia That Self-Mediate Electron - Huaining, H., (2009). Development of Transfer. Appl. Environ. Microbiol., 70, 5373- Continuous Microbial Fuel Cell for renewable 5382. energy production from wastewater, Thesis - Reguera, G., Nevin, K. P., Nicoll, J. S., Covalla, submitted to the University of Nottingham for S. F., Woodard, T. L., Lovley, D. R., (2006). the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Biofilm and Nanowire Production Leads to - Kim I. S., Chae K. J., Choi M. J., and Verstratete Increased Current in Geobacter sulfurreducens W., (2008). Microbial Fuel Cells: Recent fuel cells. Appl and enviro. microbio, 72, 7345- Advance, bacterial Communities and Application 7348. beyond Electricity generation. Environ. Eng. Res Vol 13, (2) 51-65
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 033 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 It extends Latitudinally from 11031’ to 4 18045’ North and longitudinally from 74012’ to 78040’ East. The total geographical area of the Feminization of Elderly state is about 1, 91,791 Sq.kmAs per 2011 census Karnataka has 6.1 crore population with Population in Karnataka 3.1 crore males and 3.0 crore females. It has 5.31% of India’s total population and ranks ninth Dr.Saritha.K, Assistant, in the country. The total Elderly population in Professor, P.G. Department of Geography, 2001 was 4.1 million with 1.9 million males and Maharani’s Arts College for Women, Mysore 2.1 million females. As per 2011 census ======***********======Karnataka has 9.55% of elderly population in 1.0. Introduction: 21th century is the total population is 8 95% in males and 10.17 % aged and elderly population century because in female. It shows that the in Karnataka, several countries of the world come out from population ageing process is feminizing the ‘younging’ stage and entered to the ‘Old 3.0. Objectives: The objectives of the Stage’ in the process of population ageing. present study are: Although still children out number of the aged · To examine the Feminization nature of in the persons but this situation remove shortly process of Population ageing in Karnataka. because in the world level every month 8.70.000 · To examine the Implication of feminization of people added the adult age group or old age Elderly Population in Karnataka. group or third age categories. The adding number 4.0. Methodology: The present study is of the elderly people varies from male to female based on the secondary source of information and it’s creating many socio-economic and collected from different sources like the reports health problems in elderly women in Karnataka. and tables of Karnataka on age, census of India 2.0 Study area: The Southern state of and other sources related to elderly population. Karnataka is pioneer in many fields among the The feminization of elderly population has been Indian states. It is located in the Western part understood with the help of Gender wise percent of the Deccan plateau. It is surrounded by and decennial growth of elderly population. It Maharastra in the North, Andhra Pradesh in the has been worked out using the following formula East, Tamilnadu in the South and Southeast, Number of Persons aged Kerala in the Southwest and Goa in the 60 years and above in the same period Northwest. In the Western part it is flanked by Elderly population = ———- X 100 the Arabian Sea. Total Number of Persons in Particular period Study area Map Decennial growth= Present population-previous population= Difference, Difference X100 Previous Population 5.0 Discussions: 5.1: Feminization of Elderly population in Karnataka. Developed countries have high percent of elderly population but developing countries have huge number of total elderly population. For example, India has only 8.4 percent of elderly population although it is the [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 034 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 second nation in the world in terms of absolute favouring Masculine in general population and number of elderly population in 2011with feminine nature in Elderly population. 10.8crore. Table. 5.2: Sex wise Per day Average adding In Karnataka, the number of elderly number of General and elderly from 1971 to population has been growing at a remarkable 2011 Table. 5.2: Sex wise Per day Average adding number of General and elderly rate. In 1971 the total number of elderly from 1971 to 2011 General Population Elderly Population population was 17.8 lakhs. However it is almost Total Male Female Total Male Female doubled with in a period of 20 years with 33.86 1739 880 858 110 99 120 Source: Compiled by the researcher by use of census data. lakh in 1991 and by 2011 the elderly population Lunged: T-Total, M-Males, F-Females has reached to 58.3 lakh. In Karnataka on an Source: Compiled by the researcher by use of average every day 277 persons and Annually census data. Lunged: T-Total, M-Males, F- 1.01 lakh people add to the later life in Females Karnataka. 5.1.1: Trend of Feminization in Different Age Karnataka is one of the state in India, Cohorts of the Elderly population: where men out numbered the women in general Elderly population is not a homogeneous population but it is opposite in the case of group. So demographers and others often elderly population with females are predominant classify then into different groups or cohorts among elderly population. In 1971 Karnataka’s based on the socio-economic factors. In total number of elderly male was 9.1 lakhs an developed countries, they commonly classify against 8.7 lakhs female and rose 16.95 and into 3 classes such as young old (65 to 74 years), 16.91 in 1991, to 27.7 and 30.64 lakhs in 2011, Middle old (75 to 84 years) and oldest old (85 (Fig 4.2). It shows that in Karnataka and the years and above). Recently United Nation growth of elderly population is gradually tilting population division and US census bureau of in favour of female elderly than male leading population division begin to think extend of the ageing process towards feminization. oldest old categories from 80 or 85 years and Table: 5.1 of General and Elderly in above to 100 years and above. In India the Karnataka: a comparison from 1971 to 2011 elderly population is classified into three age Table: 5.1 of General and Elderly in Karnataka: a comparison from 1971 to 2011 cohorts. They are ‘Young old’ with 60-69 years, Elderly population General population Decades Total (in Male (in Female Total (in Male (in Female ‘Old-old’ with 70-79 years and ‘Oldest old’ lakhs) lakhs) (in lakhs) crore) crore) (in crore) 1971 17.8 9.1 8.7 2.92 1.49 1.43 cohorts with 80 years and above aged group 1981 24.6 12.2 12.4 1991 33.86 16.95 16.91 population. The present study has adopted the 2001 41.1 19.5 21.6 2011 57.84 27.2 30.64 6.10 3.10 3.00 census of India’s criteria for classifying the Difference 40.04 18.1 21.94 3.17 1.60 1.56 from 1971 to elderly population into different age cohorts. 2011 Source: Compiled by the researcher by use of from 1971 and 2011census data In Karnataka, elderly population itself is
Source: Compiled by the researcher by use of ageing in terms of number although the percent from 1971 and 2011census data of oldest old age cohort is positive and From 1971 to 2011 the total elderly male remaining is negative. In Karnataka from 1981 and female added are 18.1 and 21.94 lakhs to 2011 the percent of young old among the total respectively. On an average every day 99 men elderly was slightly decreases from 63.2 to 61.3 and 120 women have been entering into the later percent but old- old and oldest old age cohorts life. At the same period every day 880 men and elderly are gradually are increased from 26.9 to 858 women added to the general population in 27.2 and 9.9 to 11.5 (Fig: 5.1 ) respectively due Karnataka. It had shown in our study area to slow increases of life expectancy. In 1981 life expectancy at birth was 60.4 years as a result [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 035 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 more number of elderly concentrated in young balance between two sexes in terms of numbers old age group, it is increases 68.8 years in 2011 of different age groups. It is also called ‘Gender with increase of nearly 9 years. Therefore, ratio’ which is the number of female per 100 elderly population distributed into higher age males. The sex ratio is above 100 indicates the group as a result total elderly increased but dominance of female over men and below 100 within the different age cohorts proportion of indicates the male dominance in the society. Young old elderly slightly decreases others are There is a variation in the sex ratio between the increase between 1981 and 2011. However in western and eastern countries. In the western Karnataka from 1981 to 2011 the growth of countries the trend of sex ratio has been in young old is least with 133 percent, old-old are favour of female both in general and elderly 141 and oldest old group is highest with 155 population however, in east, especially in India, percent. the general population sex ratio favours male Fig 5.1: Distribution of Elderly in Different Age and it adverse in old age, it became more Cohorts in Karnataka in 1981 and 2011 adverse at higher age groups. In Karnataka the sex ratio among the elderly population is becoming feminine. The General population sex ratio is 97.2 and it is 110.5 among elderly population in 2011 (Fig: 4.14). This reveals the fact that there are more than 110.5 female elderly populations for every 100 male elderly populations. This is due to the Table:5.3: Gender Wise Growth of Elderly in low female child mortality and high female Different Age Cohorts in Karnataka elderly life expectancy. Table:5.3: Gender Wise Growth of Elderly in Different Age Cohorts in Karnataka Fig: 5.2: Sex ratio of General and Elderly and Age 1981 2011 Changes Growth of Elderly between 1981 and 2011 Cohorts (Total) (Total) Male Female Total elderly in Different Age Cohorts in Karnataka Young old 1537476 3580171 2042695 122.6 143.2 132.9 Old - old 658048 1585551 927503 134.8 146.9 141.0 Oldest old 263265 671161 407896 132.0 176.2 154.9 Source: Compiled by the researcher by use of census data Source: Compiled by the researcher by use of census data In terms of gender, in the last four decades (1981 and 2011) different age cohort elderly growth rate is in favour to female and more favour to female in higher age group than their counter part. In Karnataka it is 122.6 and 143.1 percent in young old male and female elderly and increased 134.8 and 146.9 percent The sex ratio among the elderly in old- old, 132.0 and 176.1 percent in oldest population has been increasing with the old age cohorts respectively. increase of age. It is 108.4 in young old, 108.6 5.2: Implication of feminization of Elderly in Old- old and 128.4 among oldest old age Population: group in 2011(Fig:4.15) in Karnataka. This 5.2.1 Change in the Sex Composition: indicates the stronger biological strength of In Karnataka feminization of elderly women to survive. A larger number of women changing the sex composition of the elderly are surviving the risks of maternal mortality and population. Sex ratio indicates the nature of they are also less susceptible to the life style [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 036 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 risk factors characterizing the male population. interest about their marriage in old age. The As a result the sex ratio of elderly population in percent of never married female was low in Karnataka has becoming feminine. young old age group and high in oldest old age 5.2.2: Change in the Marital Status : group. The similar trend can be observed in their Feminization of elderly Population change the counterparts. social status of the elderly women from married 5.2.2.2: Married and Widowed: Loss of to widowed, head of the family to member of spouse is a major disorder in old age and an the family and others. Marital status of any individual although Striking differences are population includes Married, Widowhood, Never observed between widows and widowers at the married, Separated and Divorced population in age of 80 years and above. The percent of respect of both male and female. married elderly women increased from 33.8% Table .6.2.1. Marital status of Elderly in to 39.5% and 43.3% from 1991 to 2001and 2011 Karnataka (in %) from 1991to 2011 (Table: 6.2.1) and the percent of widowed came Table .6.2.1. Marital status of Elderly in Karnataka (in %) from 1991to 2011 down from 59.2% to 57.8% and 53.9% in the Decades Marital status Persons Males Females 1991 7.8 9 6.6 same period in Karnataka. This is an indication 2001 Never married 2.4 2.8 2.1 2011 2.3 2.5 2.2 of the increase in the life expectancy of females 1991 56.4 79.1 33.8 2001 Married 62.3 85.2 39.5 and reduction in age difference of couples. 2011 63.7 86.3 43.3 Compared to the percent of widowed 1991 35.6 11.6 59.7 2001 Widowed 34.7 11.6 57.8 males with married males at the same age group 2011 33.4 10.8 53.9 1991 0.3 0.3 0.3 or total is substantially higher. For example in 2001 Separated/divorced 0.4 0.3 0.5 2011 0.5 0.4 0.7 2001 widowed elderly male was 11.6% and Total 100 100 100 married male was 85.2% in Karnataka. It was Source: Compiled by the researcher by use of census data opposite in their counterpart female in the same Source: Compiled by the researcher by use of period widowed and married female percent is census data 57.8 and 39.5 percent respectively, because 5.2.2.1: Never Married: Marriage plays females have longer life span compared to the an important role in Indian family because male, women to marry men older than family formation through the marriage. Marriage themselves and widowed men are much more is expected to provide inbuilt security for the likely to re-marry and thus they overcame this care of the older persons and other vulnerable situation. Women generally did not re-marry as groups. In Karnataka never married males compared to the men, except when she is young among elderly population has decreased from and no children. Although a remarried woman’s 9.0% in 1991 to 2.8% in 2001 and 2.5 in 2011 social status is not same as that of remarried among female it was decreased from 6.6% to men. 2.1% during 1991 to 2001 and 2.2 in The marital status data relating to the 2011(Table:6.2.1). 60 years and above shows that there is a Although decrease trend is very slow in progressive reduction in the percent of the women than the men. It shows in Karnataka widowed in both sexes which is the reflection the feminization of elderly population increase of the improvements of the life expectancy. the never married elderly women than the men. However the bulk number of female widowhood Due to the lack of availability of the partner in compared to the male in 2011 the percent of old age, the tradition and family system to widower was 11.6% and widows ware 57.8%. It restricts marriage of the aged population and is 11.6% among male and 57.8% in females in never married aged people themselves no 2001. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 037 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 5.2.2.3: Divorced /Separated: The Compared to the female, Males are incidence of Divorce /separation among the taking treatment for seeing and hearing aged female is found to be more because most problems as a result less number of elderly male of the divorced/ separated females never get population suffering from these problems. The married due to the social restrictions unlike in problem of movement was less in female in all the case of male Divorced /separated regions because females engage in the house population. In Karnataka the percent of hold activities until to their death, this trend was Divorced male was 0.3 in 1991 and it was same very negligible in their male counterparts and even in 2001 and little increased in 2011 with most of the male elderly retired from their job 0.4, although compare to female it is slow. In formally or informally they did not do the house the case of female it was 0.3 % in 1991 and hold activities. increased 0.5% in 2001 and further increased in Table: 4.Physical Disabled Elderly in Total 2011 with 0.7. it shown men are more lucky to Disabled Elderly in Karnataka – 2011 re-marry female are most lucky to live alone. Table: 4.Physical Disabled Elderly in Total Disabled Elderly in Karnataka – 2011 5.2.3: Implication on Health: Physical disabilities Persons (%) Males (%) Females (%) Early in life infections are still the leading Seeing problem 30.43 26.39 34.57 Hearing problem 18.34 17.69 19 causes for death but in the old age most of the Speech problem 3.31 3.56 3.05 death caused by the non-communicable Movement problem 22.06 26.72 17.3 Source: Compiled by the researcher by use of census data diseases like physical disability, physical and mental problems. From 2001 to 2011 elderly Source: Compiled by the researcher by use of disabled population has increased Karnataka census data from 17.3 to 19.1 with 1.8 percent decadal 5.2.3.2: Psychological Disability: In this increase. section the mental illness and mental The present study used the census data retardation are considered as the Psychological grouped the disabled elderly into two broad problems of elderly population because these groups such as Physical and psychological are related to the mind and brain function. In disability on the basis of physical and Karnataka the percent of Psychological disability psychological functions of the human bodies. among the elderly is low. It could be explained Physical disabilities are more common among by the fact that existing social cultural milieu the elderly and physical problems are frequently which discourage the family members to magnitude the serious mental disability among disclose the problems in the public. Therefore the elderly. The physical disability includes the the percent psychological disabled elderly seeing, hearing, speech, and movement people were very low and it is decreased form disability of the elderly. 6.6% to 3.5% from 2001 to 2011 in Karnataka. 5.2.3.1: Physical Disability: In Karnataka Compared to the male and female Psychological among the total disability a great number of problem was high in female in Karnataka and elderly populations are physically disabled than because males are more likely to married and the psychological disability. In 2001, 93.4 females are most likely to widow. The percent of total disabled elderly population are widowhood status create the psychological physically disabled and it increased 96.5 percent problem in the females because after the loss in 2011. The problem of seeing and hearing are of spouse majority of the female elderly predominate in female, speech and movement suffering from isolation, loneliness and living problems are dominate in males. alone situation. Females are more emotional than the male and society is also to restrict the [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 038 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 widowed, divorced and separated female elderly men older than themselves and widowed men to participate the some traditional programmes. are much more likely to re-marry and thus they 6.0: Findings: In Karnataka the elderly overcame this situation. Women generally did population is increasing from decade to decade not re-marry as compared to the men, except with a variation in gender and Different age when she is young and no children. Although a cohort. The General population has more remarried woman’s social status is not same as number of male and among the elderly that of remarried men. population female are more in number. 7. In Karnataka the percent of Divorced 1. In Karnataka the growth of elderly male was 0.3 in 1991 and it was same even in population is gradually tilting in favour of female 2001 and little increased in 2011 with 0.4, elderly than male leading the ageing process although compare to female it is slow. In the towards feminization. On an average every day case of female it was 0.3 % in 1991 and 99 men and 120 women have been entering into increased 0.5% in 2001 and further increased in the later life. 2011 with 0.7. It shown men are luckier to re- 2. In Karnataka, elderly population itself marry female are most lucky to live alone. In is ageing in terms of number although the different cohorts the percent of divorced percent of oldest old age cohort is positive and population decreases with increasing the age remaining is negative. in both sexes although compared to the females, 3. In the last four decades (1981 and the young old males divorced percent increases 2011) the growth of different age cohort elderly and oldest old percent decrease along with the is in favour to female and more favour to female increase the decades. in higher age group than their counter part. 8. Compared to the male and female 4. The feminization of elderly Population Psychological problem was high in female in change the social status of the elderly women Karnataka and because males are more likely from married to widowed, head of the family to to married and females are most likely to widow. member of the family, social participation to 7.0: Conclusion: isolation and others. This paper has examined and analysed 5. In Karnataka the process of population the feminization in process of population ageing ageing increase the never married elderly with the help of gender wise percent of elderly women than the men. Due to the lack of population during the last five decades in availability of the partner in old age, the tradition Karnataka. It changing the sex composition and and family system to restricts marriage of the creates the gender disparities in the marital and aged population and never married aged people increases the disabled elderly female population themselves no interest about their marriage in in total and general disabled old age. population.Therefore the Government and other 6. Compared to the percent of widowed agency should be give more importance to the males with married males at the same age group elderly women welfare programme. or total is substantially higher. In 2001 widowed 8.0: Reference: elderly male was 11.6% and married male was · Bimal K.Kar (2001) “Women population of 85.2% in Karnataka. It was opposite in their North East India” Regency Publications, 20/ counterpart in the same period widowed and 36-c, Old Markat, West Patel Nagar, New married female percent is 57.8 and 39.5 percent Delhi-110008. respectively, because females have longer life · Bose.A.B. (2006) “Social security for the old span compared to the male, women to marry Myth and reality” Ashok Kumar Mittal, [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 039 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Concept Publishing Company A/15-16, Commercial Block, Mohan Garden, New 5 Delhi-110059. ISBN-81-80-86-277-9 · “Census of India” (1971) series 11- Changes in Education System: Karnataka, part IVA-C Series, Social and Cultural Tables “Census of India” (1981) Effects of COVID19 series 11- Karnataka, part IVA-C Series, Social and Cultural Tables Mr. Sachin Hiremath · “Census of India” (1991) series 11- Full Time Guest Faculty Karnataka, part IVA-C Series, Social and Department of Sociology Cultural Tables, Sangolli Rayanna First Grade Constituent · “Census of India” 2001 C Series, Social and College, Belagavi. Cultural Tables, · “Census of India” 2011 C Series, Social and ======***********======Cultural Tables, COVID19, a national pandemic, has · Ehsanul Haq (2007) “Sociology of made all the educational schools across the population in India”, Rajiv Beri for world to adopt online teaching. Courses, Macmillan India Ltd, 2/10 Ansari Road, examinations are conducted online, Darya Ganj, New Delhi-11002 assignments are submitted through email. For · R.Geetha Gowri, P.J.Reddy,D.Usha Rani countries like India, this is a good opportunity (2003) “Eldely Women: A Study of the to strengthen the internet connectivity across unorganized Sector” Discovery Publication rural India. Every village and towns in India house 4831/24, Ansari Road, Prahlad should be digitally connected for better Street, Darya Ganj, New Delhi-11002(India), interaction between the students and teachers. ISBN-81-7141-649-7, ISBN 10: 023-63013- Some of the students are quick to adjust to this 8. system and some take little longer time to · S.Irudya rajan, Carla Risseeuw, Myrtle accustom with this system. India should perera (2011) “Institutional Provisions and establish a good infrastructure for online Care for the aged “Anthem press India, education like some of the advanced countries. www.anthem press. Com. ISBN- The greatest advantage of such a system is 13:9789380601090. education can become international. Advance · Paramjeet Kumar Dillon (1992) “Psycho- institutes should globalize online education Social aspects of ageing in india”, Ashok while Universities, initially, nationalize online kumar mittal, concept publishing company, education. Essential structural changes should A/15-16, Commercial Block, Mohan garden, be made in the curriculum and curriculum should New Delhi-110059(India), ISBN 81-7022- be popularized to attract students across the 426-8. countries. Skill development should be part of the curriculum in Engineering and science degree programmes. This will create future entrepreneurs. This is one way to beat unemployment and increase business skills amongst the youth. The business community should play a leading role in this new educational system. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 040 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 The strength lies in the faculty and Online education does not mean institute nurture. Faculty need to change their students should be deprived of laboratory ordinary teaching methods and adapt to evolving experience. Skill development needs technology-centered teaching. The faculty laboratories/workshops. There could be centers should establish themselves as “competent” across the countries to support skill individuals who can deliver what the students development activities. These centers could be expect. To establish faulty should be active in institutes, colleges, universities. On the research and research publications and gain research front: it is all collaboration and not experience /skills in online teaching. In a way, competition. Projects need to be designed the learning institutes become virtual institutes. through collaboration so that laboratory/ Every student’s home becomes his institute. This research facilities could be shared. This will lead will reduce the demand for the infrastructure of to strong centers of research laboratories on the the institute. However, research labs should scale of a region. function as usual to support research. Research Post Covid-19 is an opportunity to collaboration can go online and can be change the higher education system. Institutes/ internationalized. universities should utilize this opportunity to Higher education in India needs to be transform themselves. Curriculum design, more international; more flexible (curriculum) collaborations, skill development and faculty should be innovative and should be open for involvement —all should focus on more collaboration. internationalizing higher education. Today it is According to Dr Francisco Marmolejo, Covid-19…we don’t know what lies ahead in advisor to Qatar Foundation in India, during his future for the million youngsters. webinar, held by the Jio International Institute, Corona virus-related disruption can give India, higher education should be re-designed. educators time to rethink the sector. It should be flexible, more innovative, more • Technology has stepped into the violation, and international but more locally connected and will continue to play a key role in educating socially responsible, more collaborative and less future generations. risk-averse. Innovative models should be • In a world where knowledge is a mouse-click introduced. Universities/institutes could be away, the role of the educator must change too. online- providing internet-based flexible Since World War II not many countries around offerings (open universities); traditional learning the world had seen schools and educational with hand-on work; collaboration with other institutions go into lockdown at around the same schools. Of course, there are challenges one has time and for the same reason. While we know to face at the initial stages: e.g. leveraging that the impact of this virus will be far-reaching, technology to deliver better and more inclusive what it might imply in the longer term for education, contributing to digital economy and education is still not known. society and responding to global demand but For a while now, educators around the shifting demographics. Faculties play the most world have been talking about the need to important role in such a system. According to reorganize how we educate future generations. Dr Francisco, true international engagement This might just be the commotion that the sector comes with curriculum integration and active needed to get us all to rethink how we educate, participation by the faculty. Faculty need to be and question what we need to teach and what motivated and actively involved in curriculum we are preparing our students for. So, as we integration. educators struggle with the new ways of [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 041 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 communicating with our students away from our intended. In the current crisis, the shift to online classrooms and lecture theatres, it is a good tools may also have indirect effects. time to reflect on how this disturbing crisis can Schools are now making much greater help us define what learning should look like use of online tools. Most students around the for Generations. world will soon have laptops and some type of While we educate students through technology, internet access. Teachers are going to like many we are re-organizing and re-educating ourselves of the tools out there, and they will have an on modern technological innovative ways of easier time using them now that students have teaching and education system. some experience with them. As Dave Deming Some are predicting that this will change the recently pointed out, online tools can be helpful way we live; one even predicts that it will complements to in-person instruction—instead “change us as a species.” We will certainly of a replacement for it—allowing teachers to remember this time for the rest of our lives. At focus more on engaging students and mentoring least momentarily, we will be grateful for the them. smaller things in life a bit more. But it will really A shift to some online tools could shift change anything fundamentally, for the long- the role of teachers, making them more like term. With COVID-19, schools are rapidly coaches and mentors. They can point students changing the basic way they do their work. Some to very good online lectures and then be there have become old-fashioned correspondence to provide guidance and feedback, and to make schools, with the vast majority of interaction connections across topics. The roles of students happening by written mail. Others have tried to and parents could also shift. Now that they have re-establish the school background online using more places to look, they may be more likely to digital tools like Zoom. Rest of them are in- try and address learning needs on their own. between, directing students to online tutoring When roles change, everything else can change and practice programs, and posting videos. with it, in less predictable ways. Most people think that they just want to get In the current crisis, we are still wading things back to normal. through the dark fog. It is hard to know how So what does this teach us? millions of students, millions of teachers, and First, crisis force us to adapt. In the thousands of educational organizations will act current crisis, COVID is forcing parents to be in the months and years ahead. However, it is teachers and forcing everyone : students, useful to start thinking about what might be parents, and teachers to adapt to online learning coming and which of these changes we should tools. be encouraging. Let’s be prepared for the future. Second, people get comfortable with References: some of these changes. Families are now www.weforum.org/agenda/2020/03/4-ways- stressed out trying to educate their children; covid-19-education-future-generations/ they are also experiencing educational methods https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/blogs/ and tools that they’ve never seen before. They dornadula-c/post-covid-19-education-system/ are getting more accustomed to them. Third, our adaptations have indirect effects that lead to other changes. The necessary shift to school choice has changed our neighborhoods in ways that were not
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 042 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Arecanut and other spice crops like pepper, 6 cardamom etc; grown in the district. The major food crop is paddy and rice is the staple food of CO-OPERATIVE MOVEMENT- the people. The area is surrounded by lush green A BOON TO ARECANUT GROWERS forest and the region is popular for a large WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO SIRSI number of waterfalls. Kumta and Talguppa and Haveri are being the nearest rail-link to Sirsi, TALUK, UTTARA KANNADA introduction of Konkan Railway has improved DISTRICT, KARNATAKA STATE connectivity to other parts of the country. The taluk has a tropical climate and is Komala Bhat mainly influenced by south west monsoon. The Associate Professor average temperature is around 25°C. The area Head Department of Geography has a pleasant climate between October and M. M. Arts and Science College, Sirsi February and receives an average rainfall of 2000 mm. ======***********======Though traditional methods of farming are still in practice, several farmers have Introduction: adopted to modern technology also. Earlier, the The study of the literature available sale of the commodity was in the grip of money reveals that co-operative movement was lenders, traders, commission agents and their introduced into India by the Government to village representatives. Farmers were selling overcome the burden of debt of farmers and their products through middle men and money they can sell their products easily and can get was kept with middle men only. There was no the maximum profit. In today’s growing world, supply of good seeds, fertilizers and for the co-operatives do more activities for the purchase of agricultural requirements there was development of farmers and due to which the no credit system. Due to this the poverty has agriculture, marketing and processing, increased and that led to embrace bad habits distribution and supplies are made easier. Rural like gambling and drinking alcohol etc. In this India is progressing and joining the main stream crucial situation Totgars’ Co-operative Sale through co-operative marketing system. Society Ltd founded in 1923 with 29 members Study area: on its roll and with a share capital of just Rs. The study area covering Sirsi taluk, has 290/- . Today it has grown up to such a gigantic a geographical extent of 1,322 sq.km in which stature that it has now nearly 30,000 members 78.11% is occupied by forest land. It is located with total annual turnover of Rs. 745.76 crores. on the eastern fringes of the Western Ghats hilly Sirsi taluk has four administrative hoblies and region of Uttara Kannada district and lies 227 villages (Fig.1). The four hoblies are: 1) between 14º 282 and 14º 512 N latitudes and Banavasi, 2) Hulekal, 3) Janmane and 4) Sirsi. 74º 342 and 75 º 042 E longitudes and at an elevation of 600 m above mean sea level. As per 2011 census, population of the taluk is 1,75,550. Sirsi, the taluk head quarter is one of the important place in Uttara Kannada district, having City Municipal Corporation (CMC) in Sirsi. It is one of the major trading centres for [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 043 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Fig. 1 Administrative divisions of the study 5. Offering good rate of interest to member’s area deposits. Objectives: 6. Timely scientific consultation to farmer’s 1. To highlight the benefit provided by the Co- problems on crops from production to operative society to the farming community harvesting through agri consultants. 2. To prove that it is a boon to arecanut growers of 7. Controlling the exploitation of farmers at all the area stages i.e. growing, marketing, purchase at Methodology: farmer level. Mathodology involves literature survey, 8. It is supporting in all stages of produce from grower to consumer and an influencing force primary and secondary data collection, analysis in all stages. the data and impact assessment from farmer’s 9. Providing delightful stays at affordable price point of view. Primary field data like types of in guest house (Fig 4). crops, method of cultivation, land holdings/ 10. Farmers’ needs are fulfilled under one roof economic status etc; have been collected in TSS Super Market. through personal interview method from few 11. TSS Ltd. has made a name for itself in the list of selected villages like Bairumbe, Gubbigadde, top suppliers of Pan Masala Nuts & Kernels in Niranhalli,Yadalli (Kambigar) etc; which are India.. Supreme quality of Supari Fresh, Scented located in different hoblies of Sirsi taluk. Red Supari etc. by utilizing the arecanut Secondary data have been mainly collected from purchased by the farmers. the T.S.S. The data so collected from the 12. The cooperative Society (TSS) has a pool of engineers and construction workers to meet available sources have been utilised for further the needs of its member’s in house analysis. construction and repair.The cooperative Discussion and Results: recently started sale of construction materials From the data presented in Table 1, like cement, steel, sand, tiles, paints, etc figures 2 and 3 are prepared and figure 4 depicts 13. TSS Ltd set up a 100-bed hospital in Sirsi in the facilities extend to its members. This has 2005 with, Farmer-members donations, been explained and discussed in the following members and their families get 25 per cent paragraphs: concession in hospital TSS is helping the arecanut growers in following 14. Members need not sign any document to ways: withdraw money deposited with the society 1. Extending transparent platform for 15. TSS issues gold test certificates to customers horticultural produce by its members. after weighing the material in front of them. 2. Providing financial assistance to the members A machine on the spot classifies the quantity in the form of production loan, deposit loan, of gold and other metals blended in the pledge loan and education loan to their jewellery. childrenfor both domestic and overseas 16. TSS has a unique model for auctioning studies (Table 1 and Fig 2). arecanut brought to its yard by farmers. It is 3. Farmers can store their produce till they get a auctioned through e-tender and the highest better price in 52 large warehouses of the bidder gets the produce. TSS also bids like society. Better Storage facility for better price other private traders to maintain stability of and the transportation facility at reasonable price in the market. rate. 17. Another special feature is that in addition to 4. The supply of groceries, cattle feeds, organic the farmer, if the trader who won the auction manure and other household articles of wants credit, it is extended to him by holding various use and medicines by credit system the auctioned produce as collateral. (Fig.3). [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 044 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 18. Private traders cannot quote low price to bring Ø The loan and scientific advice provided to the down the market. It acts like our daily market growers further helped to adopt the modern intervention scheme to retain technology in farming and improved agriculture/ competitiveness in the market.. The farmer horticulture in the area. is settled with the cooperative’s funds. Ø Over the years, number of farmers and facilities Table 1. Progress of different sections in TSS provided to them shows the farmer’s involvement, Year Sale of Agri. tools Loan to Guest No. of Rice Deposits arecanut and groceries members house farmer mill (in crores) interest and faith in co-operative society. (in crores) (in quintal) (in crores) (in lakhs) members (in lakhs) 1995-96 73,600 1.13 11.58 7.27 6,000 5.63 12.70 Ø Thus the role of cooperative society (TSS) in 2003-04 1,11,643 0.87 38.45 18.89 10,000 8.58 38.99 2007-08 1,08,510 2.58 50.16 33.53 16,000 15.96 49.00 improving the farmer’s economic and social conditions 2012-13 1,43,710 11.24 77.18 48.18 20,000 25.66 59.05 2017-18 1,76,964 120.80 129.22 119.04 26,822 34.28 100.90 is distinctly visible in the area. 2018-19 1,89,379 163.19 155.26 127.86 30,160 26.92 107.62 Ø The study has provided a role model example which can considered for implementation in other similar fields as well and it proves that co-operative society in Sirsi taluk is a boon to general public and arecanut growers in particular. References: - Bhat Komala, (2013) : A scientific vision in the traditional arecanut cultivations in sirsi taluk, Fig.2 Details of number of farmer members Uttara Kannada district, Karnataka state, Indian and sale of arecanut J.L.Sci.3(1) : 117-119 - Bhat Komala, (2015): A Study on Forests, With Special Reference to Betta Land for Socio- Economic Development and Food Security in Sirsi Taluk Uttara Kannada District – Karnataka State- India (www.theinternationaljournal.org , RJSSM: Volume: 05, Number: 3, July 2015 - Bhat Komala, (2015): Degradation of Forest in Western Ghats - A Case Study of SirsiTaluk, Fig. 3 TSS service extension activity progress Uttara Kannada District, Karnataka State, India, over the years IJRSI , Volume II, Issue V, May 2015, (www.rsisinternational.org/IJRSI.html) - Memoria,C.B.,(1983):Rural Credit and Agricul tural Co-operation in India, Kitab Mahal, , p. 3. - Miss Banishree Das , Dr Nirod Kumar Palai and Dr Kumar Das (2006): Problems and prospects of the cooperative movement in India under the globalization regime, XIV International Economic History Congress, Helsinki 2006, Fig.4 Facilities extended to the farmers in TSS Session 72 Conclusions: - Nanavati Manilal, B., and Anjaria, J.J., (1960): From the foregoing detailed explanations the TheIndian Rural Problem, The Indian Society of following conclusions are drawn: Agricultural Economics, Bombay, , p. 417. Ø The support of society in overcoming the problems - RuddarDatta, Sundhaxam, K.P.M., (1993) : Indian Economy, of arecanut growers in particular and other farmer S. Chand and Co. Ltd., New Delhi, p. 465. members in general, helped to improve the economic conditions. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 045 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 in 1991 to 3, 79,309 in 2011, at the same time 7 the generation of solid waste has also increased MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE to 14,972 kg per day in 2011 from 10,674 kg. per day in 1991. During 1991, the average per GENERATION, PROCESS AND capita waste generation was 35.82 grams per PRESENT ASSOCIATE PROBLEMS IN person/day, whereas in 2011 it has increased THE URBAN CENTERS OF GADA to 39.47 grams. It is noticed that the solid waste generation is growing with the rapid growth of DISTRICT, KARNATAKA urban population. In fact, the study area per capita generation of waste is significantly lower Dr.L.T.Nayak than the India’s average i.e., 400g per capita. Associate Professor & Research Guide Key Words: Solid waste, Management, MSW, Karnatak Science College Per capita, urbanization, biodegradable, Dharwad population, MSWM. INTRODUCTION Mr.B.R.Jarakunti The term solid waste is used to determine Assistant Professor the non-liquid waste materials which are Dept. of Geography generating from the domestic, trade and KLE Society’s HK Arts commerce, industries, public services and College and HSK Science Institute, Hubballi agricultural activities. It is a combination of different heterogeneous waste materials in ======***********======India, and also known as garbage, refuse, ABSTRACT rubbish or trash. India is a land of rural society Rapid growth of urbanization, standard where more than 67 per cent of people residing of living and per capita income lead to high rate and directly or indirectly depends on agriculture of municipal solid waste generation, and sector. But this agrarian society is gradually unscientific handling of MSW degrades the shifting towards industrial and services-oriented urban environment and causes health hazards. society. More than 377 million people are living In recent times E-waste and plastic waste also in 7,935 towns/cities which account 31.2 per contributing remarkably to waste stream due to cent of India’s total population (World Bank, utilization of electric and other items. In this 2018). India has significant progressed social, paper an attempt is made to examine major economic and environmental areas but urban parameters of MSWM like trends of population, solid waste management systems have solid waste per capita generation, growth and remained relatively unchanged. The urban associate problems of urban centers in Gadag centers are the main generator of urban solid district, in addition to this its process, waste. The Indian urban centers main sources management and present problems and for major urban components namely organic characteristics of MSWM are also examined. matter 51 per cent, recyclables 17.5 per cent The present study is based on secondary data and rest of 31 per cent is in active waste. gathered from Urban Development Authority Economic development, urbanization and (UDA), city municipal council, town municipal improved living standard in cities enhance the councils and town panchayats of the urban local quantity and complexity of solid waste (Gidde bodies of the respective urban centers. The M. R, Todkar, V.V and Kokate K.K.2008 & S.Rathi, urban population has increased from 2, 97,957 2007). Most of the urban centers growths in India [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 046 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 are unplanned and over population thee net which 3,79,309 (35.63%) are Urban and 6,85,267 result is enormous generation of solid waste. (64.37%) are Rural. The total area of urban The objectives of solid waste management are centers is 360.45 square kilometer and to control, collect, process, utilize and dispose population density of the area under study is of solid wastes in such an economical way which 1052, sex ratio 967 and a lite racy rate is 65.64 protects health of human being and natural percent environment and the objectives of those served by the system. In this regard, in 1989, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) adopted hierarchy of waste management practices (Henry & Heinke, 2008). The elements of hierarchy are: Source reduction, recycling of materials, Combustion, Land filling, In India, initially there has not been much awareness about solid waste management and its hierarchy. However, since last few years, the scenario of solid waste management has been changing continuously. STUDY AREA Gadag District is located in the Northern part of the state of Karnataka, India. The district was formed in 1997, when it was split from the Dharwad district. The district lies between 14Ú 57' to 15Ú 52' North Latitudes and 75Ú 05' to 75Ú 56' East Longitudes. The total area of the district is 4656 square kilometers. Gadag district is surrounded by Bagalkot district on North Koppal district on East, Bellary district on South, Haveri district on Southeast, the Dharwad district Fig.1 on West, and Belagavi district on the Northwest. OBJECTIVES Gadag district has nine urban centers namely, The main objectives of the present investigation Gadag – Betageri (district head quarter), are: Gajedragarh, Lakshmeshwar, Mundargi, 1. To examine the trends of population, Mulgund, Naregal, Naragund, Ron and municipal solid waste per capita generation and Shirahatti. In the Northern side the Malaprabha growth and associate problems of urban centers in Gadag District river forming the natural boundary between 2. To study the various factors influencing the Gadag and Bagalkot districts about 25 generation of solid waste, process and different kilometers. In Southern side of the district, river facets of waste management. Tungabhadra forms the boundary between 3. To evaluate the physical and chemical Gadag and Bellary districts about 20 kilometers. characteristics of urban solid waste. The two rivers bounded the region and flows HYPOTHESIS from West to East direction. According to 2011 To find out the meaningful conclusion in the census Gadag district consists of 9 towns and present study the fallowing hypotheses have 337 villages with a population of 10,65,235 of been formulated. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 047 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 1. There exist a positive correlation between During 1991, the study area has 2, 97,957 urban growth of urbanization, industrialization and population, but in 2011 it is increased to 3, generation of solid waste. 79,309 (Fig.2). Similarly the urban solid waste 2. The largest areas of urban centers carry has also increased many folds. The data highest solid waste generation and vice versa to collected from the respective urban centers the smallest areas. municipal corporation and town panchayats DATA BASE AND METHODOLOGY reveals that the generation of solid waste in The present investigation is base on urban local bodies was 10674 in 2011 and in secondary data collected from collected by 2011 it increased to 14,972 kg per day (Table.2 visiting the office of Urban Development and Fig.3). The city corporation and town Authority (UDA), city municipal council, town panchyats are able to left 13,172 kg ever day municipal councils and town panchayats of the leaving 1800 kg left behind which creates urban local bodies of the study area. The unhealthy condition of the towns/ cities. The temporal variation has been observed for two solid waste generation efficiency of the urban points of time i.e., 1991 and 2011. Results have centers in the study area unevenly and varied been shown with the help of charts and owing to degree of urbanization, industrial diagrams to give the precise picture of the development and commercialization. The theme. population of Gadag Betgeri town was1, 34,051 Factors responsible for enhancement of in 1991 and 1,72,612 in 2011 which counts for municipal solid waste (MSW) generation: 45 per cent and 45.5 percent respectively. All Growth of urbanization and per capita most all the small towns of the study area income, industrial development and growth of registered small proportion of urban population slums directly lead to high rate of municipal which results to very low efficiency of waste waste generation in the study area. Besides generation. The average growth percentage of nowadays electronic industries ( E- waste ) and solid waste generation is 40.26. The Gadag- plastic waste also remarkably contributing to Betageri center generators the highest quantity total waste stream owing to huge utilization of of waste i.e., 4920 Kg/day in 1991 and in 2011 electric and plastic items. It is evident that big it increased to7970 Kg/day, growth percentage towns namely Gadag Betgeri and Lxmeshwar of solid generation during the study periods i.e., generate large quantity of industrial, 1991and 2011.This center shows about 62 per commercial, construction and demolition Waste cent of growth in waste generation in the study like medicine, e-waste, paints, chemicals, and area. Therefore the hypothesis viz., “The big light bulbs, fluorescent tubes, spray cans, urban centers generate large quantity of solid fertilizer and pesticide containers, batteries, and waste and smallest urban centers generates shoe polish and the like. Whereas small towns small amount of waste owing to less such as Mulagund, Naregal, Mundargi and urbanization and industrial development. others generate usually generate household Fig. 2 waste like Food waste, paper, cardboard, plastics, wood, glass, metals, electronic items and agricultural wastes. POPULATION AND SOLID WASTE GENERATION The consequences of rapid growth of population in urban centers are more noticeable in big towns as compare to the small towns.
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 048 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Fig.3 amount of waste as compare to other centers and Mundaragi (42.93gr. p/day) center is the second largest waste produced center next to Gadag-Betageri. It should be noted that the agricultural waste was more produced in the Mundargi center as it has yet agrarian characters. Remaining seven centers of the district waste generation was below the study region average. Table.1: Urban population and Growth of Table.2: Per Capita Solid Waste of Urban Solid Waste Generation (1991-2011) SL. Urban Centers Total Population Solid Waste (in Growth of Centers in Gadag District (1991-2011) No Kg) USW 1991 2011 2011 % Sl. 1991 2011 1991 No Urban Centers Solid P / SW (in Solid P / SW (in 1 Gadag– 134051 172612 4920 7970 62.00 Betageri Waste (in grams) Waste (in grams) 2 Mulgund 15760 18763 540 630 16.66 Kg) Kg) 3 Mundaragi 16542 24919 850 1070 25.85 1 Gadag–Betageri 4920 36.70 7970 46.17 4 Naregal 14592 16690 550 609 10.72 2 Mulgund 540 34.26 630 33.57 5 Nargund 29944 36291 960 1140 18.75 6 Ron 19116 23311 544 620 13.97 3 Mundaragi 850 51.38 1070 42.93 7 Shirahatti 14984 17610 580 668 15.17 4 Naregal 550 37.69 609 36.48 8 Gajendragad 24184 32359 840 1018 21.19 5 Nargund 960 32.05 1140 31.41 9 Lakshmeshwar 28784 36754 890 1247 40.11 Total 297957 379309 10674 14972 40.26 6 Ron 544 28.45 620 26.59 7 Shirahatti 580 38.70 668 37.93 Source: Authors compiled the data collected 8 Gajendragad 840 34.73 1018 31.45 9 Lakshmeshwar 890 30.91 1247 33.92 from CMC, TP and TMC. 10 Total 10674 35.82 14972 39.47 PER CAPITA PER DAY AND ANNUM Source: CMC, TMC and TP of Gadag GENERATION OF SOLID WASTE Fig.4 The table.2 reveals that per capita solid waste in the urban centers of Gadag district. Per capita waste generation varies between 35 and 40 kg per capita per day depending upon Size of population, standard of living, industrial development growth etc. As per the municipal data municipal solid waste generation in the year 1991 was about 10,674 kg. per day. The same has increased to 14,972 kg in 2011 with a growth of 40.22 per cent. During 1991, the PROCESS AND MANAGEMENT OF SOLID average per capita was 35.82 grams per person/ WASTE day. But in 2011 it has increased to 39.47 grams Government of India has initiated per person/day. It is noticed that the solid waste Municipal Waste Management Rule (2000) and generation is growing with the rapid growth of accordingly it is responsibility of the municipal urban population. Gadag-Betageri (36.70 gr. p/ to prevent the littering of solid waste in urban day) and Mundaragi (51.38gr. p/day), Naregal area and local bodies have to arrange door to (37.69 gr. p/day) and Shirahatti (38.70 gr. p/day) door collection of waste through one of the centers generated urban waste above the study methods: 1.Community bin collection 2.Door to area average in 1991 and remaining centers Door collection 3.Schedule by using bell ringing registered below the study area average per of musical vehicles. It is believed that the capita solid waste whereas in 2011 Gadag- integration of these methods can increase the Betageri (46.17gr. p/day) generate highest collection efficiency. In the study area many local bodies along with certain NGOs having [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 049 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 expertise in this sector of Solid Waste Table.5 reveals 141.97 acre of land is Management have initiated efficient waste reserved for dumping the solid waste. Out of collection. Garbage is cleaned once in every which 85 acre reserved by Gadag Betageri six, seven days in the area. center. It can be pointed out that small urban The Gadag-Betageri city municipal centers reserved very small land for dumping council occupies the center stage but civil issues the waste as their per capita generation of waste and problems which are faced by the inhabitants is also very less. As per the directions of the are continued to remain. In the city the Supreme Court, there should be at least one management of the garbage has became a sweeper for every 1000 persons in the town/ perennial and it is very intense in the core areas cities. Though the study area crossed 3 lakhs i.e. CBT, Central Bustand, Tangakoot, Janata population as per 2011 and the number of colony, Panchakshari Nagar, Mahaveer Colony sweepers are inadequate. The numbers of waste and Rahmat Nagar at CBT, Settlement area, pickers and other related workers have not been Kurahatti Pete, Railway colony, KHDC colony, increased. It is very difficult to clean the city Hamalara Colony at Betageri. In order to rest of with existing workers. The sweepers and pickers the urban local bodies of the Gadag district are irregular and they are attending too late to including Gadag-Betageri the garbage spilled on their jobs otherwise they leave too early from the roads during shifting time even after the their working places. The instruments which trucks lifted by corporation or town municipal provided for the sweeping and cleaning are fully councils. The people who travel between city traditional and not up to date. The study area centers and their own places complain that they adopted the following methods of management have to face the waste falling on them. The to collect, segregate, dispose, recycle/ reuse, sucking vehicles leave foul smell too much on transportation the way to dump sites of the outside the city Table.3: Solid Waste Management of Urban centers. Heaps of un cleared waste can be seen Centers in Gadag District (2011) Sl. Total Un Segrega land scattered in the places i.e. CBT, Central Bustand, N Urban Solid Segrega ted Disposa fill o Centers Wate ted Waste Disposa l Area Railway stations and colony, settlement area, (in Kg) Waste (in Kg) l Vehicle (in (in Kg) Worker s Acres vegetable and mutton market areas, market s ) 1 Gadag– 7970 5470 2500 260 120 85.00 yards, hospitals, temples and residential areas. Betageri 2 Mulgund 630 480 150 20 8 5.30 It is important notice that it is a hazardous to 3 Mundaragi 1070 710 360 35 13 7.27 4 Naregal 609 464 145 15 7 5.00 the human health of the urban dwellers and can 5 Nargund 1140 790 350 33 15 8.50 6 Ron 620 440 180 20 9 6.20 be lead to the spread of many diseases, lack of 7 Shirahatti 668 508 160 17 6 5.60 8 Gajendragad 1018 678 340 36 12 8.90 sufficient number o public toilets and latrines 9 Lakshmeshwa 1247 857 390 40 17 10.20 r are cause to problems of waste deposition and 10 Total 14972 10397 4575 476 207 141.9 7 sanitation in the entire towns / cities. Generally the town/city population and its waste are Source: CMC, TMC and TP of Gadag District. accelerating the urban centers waste Fig.5 management which is not yet improved. In the present study there are 20 beats in the urban centers, each beat comprised sanitary inspector. Among all nine urban centers there are 25 sanitary macadam and about 450 sweepers are engaging in the work.
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 050 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Segregation: 9 ton capacity are used without adequate cover The study area badly experienced the system. Stationary compactors, mobile unorganized and unscientifically planned compactors/closed tempos, and tarpaulin- segregation of MSW either at household level covered vehicles are used in the transportation or at community bin. Sorting of waste, is mostly of MSW and about 65, 15, and 20% of waste is accomplished by unorganized sector and seldom transported through these compacters, practiced by waste producers. Segregation and respectively. The maintenance of vehicles used sorting takes places under very unsafe and in for transportation of waste is usually done in hazardous conditions. On a number of occasions, workshop run by ULBs but most of these due to improper handling the segregated workshops can do minor repairs only. No wonder, constituents got mixed up again during in the event of breakdown of these vehicles, the transportation and disposal Lack of segregation overall collection, transportation, and disposal deprive proper scientific disposal of waste efficiency reduces drastically. Only few transfer (Singhal & Pandey, 2000). stations can be found in some metropolitan e.g. Collection: Mumbai (Joseph, 2002). Waste produced by houses is usually Disposal: transferred into communal bins that are In India, almost every city, town, or fabricated from metal, made from concrete or village adopted unscientific disposal of MSW. in combination of both. Street sweepings also The existing practice and technology availability find its way to community bins. These for MSWM for 59 cities have been indicated in community waste bins are also used by other Figure 4 (Kumar et al., 2009). Among these essential commercial sectors in the vicinity of cities, 40 cities have shown increase in waste disposal bins along with household waste except generation, 7 cities shows reduction, and it was where some commercial complexes or industrial more or less same for 6 cities. Though there was units engage municipal authorities for transfer an increase in population during the decade for of their waste to disposal site by paying some these cities, no significant reason was indicated amount (Kumar et al., 2009). by author for reduction as well as equal amount Reuse/Recycle: in waste generation for these cities. However, This entails activities like collecting the possible reason for reduction could be that those materials from the waste, which could be the waste generated could not reach the gainfully retrieved and utilized for making new designated dumping site and was lost in the products. Since un segregated waste is dumped cities peripherals, outskirts, along the road, low at community bins, its optimal recycling is not lying area, along the drain, green areas, etc. possible. However, rag-pickers usually sorted out Data reveal that uncontrolled open dumping is and took and sell recyclable material like a common feature in almost all cities (Kumar et plastics, glass, etc. In Pondicherry, almost all al., 2009). recyclable material is sorted out by rag-pickers PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SOLID WASTE and absorbed in material stream through The four major characteristics are recycling (Patnaik & Reddy, 2010). applicable to solid waste management are Transportation: weight, density, physical and chemical Modes of transportation for MSWM properties. The following categories of waste practiced in India are: bullock carts, hand are generally found in the study area rickshaws, compactors, trucks, tractor, trailers, 1. Recyclable such as glass, metal, paper, leather, and dumpers. In smaller towns trucks having 5– rubber etc. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 051 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 2. Compostable materials such as vegetable or fruit places. The instruments provided for sweeping waste, kitchen waste, dray grass, m u t t o n , and cleaning workers are fully traditional and fish waste, dry leaves etc., ranging between 31% not updated. Biodegradable wastes from the and 56%. residential areas (kitchen and garden waste) 3. Inherit materials i.e. construction, demolition, and from the market wastes (vegetable, mutton road dust, as etc. which ranging between and fish) are simply being dumped without 40% to 56%. Table-4: The Physical and Chemical changing them into compost (manure). The Characteristics of Solid Waste in Urban Centers waste picking points and vehicles engaged in SL Physical Characteristics of Solid Chemical Characteristics of Solid cleaning, transporting and dumping the garbage . Waste Waste No Item (%) Item (%) are insufficient ( at present 12 wastes picking 1 Paper 5.34 Moisture content 25.05 points and 207 vehicles).Similarly There are 2 2 Plastics 1.15 Organic matter 22.21 3 Metals 0.22 Carbon 12.55 solid waste (Garbage) dumping sites, at 4 Glass 0.27 Nitrogen 0.61 5 Ash and fine Curth 35.63 Phosphorus 0.71 outskirts of the Gadag-Betageri center and 1 6 Compostable 41.22 Potassium 0.73 Matter each in the remaining centers which are also 7 Other 16.17 C/N 20.73 8 Others 17.41 inadequate. 9 Total 100.00 Total 100.00 There are plenty of technologies Source: City Corporation. The table 4 depicts the physical and available for generating energy and other useful chemical characteristics of solid waste substances from the MSW eco friendly, but 60%- generated by the urban centers in the study 90% of MSW generated in cities and towns are area. The materials like Compostable matter directly disposed off on or into land in an (41.22%), Ash and fine curth (35.63%), other unsatisfactory manner. Therefore, the particulates (16.17) and paper (5.34%) contained management of MSW generated in study area major part in physical structure. In addition to has been found inadequate and challenging. The this, the chemical structure reveals that Moisture method of segregation system followed in the content (25.05%), Organic matter (22.21%), C/ study area is unscientific. It is noticed that Out N (20.73%) and others (17.41%) are consumed of 14972 collection, only 4575 Kg (45 ton) waste above stated percentage. is segregated and remaining 10,397 (103 ton) PRESENT ASSOCIATE PROBLEMS is directly thrown into dumping sites without Unscientific and improper management segregation or treatment It is observed that of solid waste in the study area leads to emerge more than 75 per cent of diseases come from several problems in the study area. The study foul smell, mosquitoes, rats, flies etc., which area has not systematic and properly adopted breading under waste dumped on either side of and follow the MSWM rules. Local Municipal the roads or gutters in the town/city. The poor authorities handling the process and people and the people whose the standard of management of waste with inadequate waste living condition is very low level are engaged in collecting labours and other related workers, as cleaning and shifting the waste collection, rag per the directions of the Supreme Court, there pickers as well as people residing in garbage should be at least one sweeper for every 1000 dumping stations (Janata colony and Settlement persons (excluding other workers) in the town/ areas in Gadag-Betageri). cities but study areas having one sweeper for The uncontrolled and incomplete every 2500 persons. These sweepers and waster combustion of solid waste materials are pickers are irregular, and they are attending too resulting in release of undesirable pollutants late and leave too early from their working comprising particulate matter, sulphur dioxide etc., several hydrocarbons from burning fires and [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 052 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 plastic emit dioxin etc. Most of threaten 8) Misra et al. (2004): Hazardous waste, diseases spread due to the various effluents impact on health and environment for which caused by the unhygienic disposal and development of better waste management discharges of urban waste. Among them the strategies in future in India. Environment water born diseases affect the human beings International, 31,417-431. due to biological agents like houseflies which 9) Pattnaik & Reddy (2010): Assessment of transit bacteria, viruses, and viral hepatitis, municipal solid waste management in typhoid, dysentery, cholera and worm Puducherry (Pondicherry), India. Resources, infestations. Such diseases affected the person Conservation and Recycling, 54, 512–520. who’s living in Janata colony, settlement area, 10) Rajkumar N, Subramani T., and. Elango L,(2010): Groundwater contamination due to Rahamat nagar, railway colony as well as very municipal solid waste disposal-A GIS based narrow and congested areas of the all urban study in Erode city, International journal of centers in the study area. environmental sciences, 1(1), 2010, 39- 55. REFERENCES: 11) Rathi. S (2007): Optimization model for 1) Central Pollution Control Board CPCB integrated municipal solid waste (2012): Status report on municipal solid management in Mumbai, India, Environment waste management. Retrieved from http:/ and Development Economics, 12 (1), 2007, /www. cpcb.nic in/division head office/ 105-121. pcp/MSW_Report. 12) ShekdarA.V (2009): Sustainable solid waste 2) Dijkgraaf & Gradus (2004): Cost savings in management: An integrated approach for unit-based pricing of household waste: The Asian countries. Waste Management, 29, case of The Netherlands. Resource and 1438–1448. Energy Economics, 26, 353–371. 13) Singhal & Pandey (2000): Solid waste 3) Ferrara & Missios (2005): Recycling and waste management in India: Status and future diversion effectiveness: Evidence from directions. TERI Information Monitor on Canada. Environmental and Resource Environmental Sciences, 6, 1–4. Economics, 30, 221–238. 4) Gidde M. R, Todkar, V.V and Kokate K.K. (2008): Municipal solid waste management in emerging mega cities: A case study of Pune city. Indo Italian Conference on Green and Clean Environment, 2008, 441-450. 5) Joseph K (2002): Perspectives of solid waste management in India. In International Symposium on the Technology and Management of the treatment and Reuse of the Municipal Solid Waste. Shanghai. 6) Khan (1994): Urban settlements and Environment in the developing world population: Environment and Development .UN. 7) Kumar S., Bhattacharyya J. K., Vaidya, A. N (2009): Assessment of the status of municipal solid waste management in metro cities, state capitals, class I cities, and class II towns in India: An insight. Waste Management, 29, 883–895. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 053 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Climate Now.Entire world has come to a virtual 8 standstill, with the majority of countries in some kind of lockdown. Many assume that this is good COVID-19 Lockdown and for the environment. Decline in Global Warming Related Studies: 1. The Nature paper “Quantification of ocean heat uptake from changes in atmospheric Kalidas K O2 and CO2 composition”. The study’s main Academician, finding – that the oceans have taken up 60% Seshadripuram Evening Degree College, more heat than previously thought – garnered a Seshadripuram, Bengaluru lot of media attention. However, very shortly after publication, problems with their ======***********======calculations were spotted by other scientists, Introduction: principally independent climate researcher The Covid-19 lockdown has reduced the Nicholas Lewis. emissions for now. Over the past 50 years, the 2. “Climate-change–driven accelerated average global temperature has increased at the sea-level rise detected in the altimeter era”, fastest rate in recorded history. Global warming published in PNAS, which found that the rate of occurs when carbon dioxide and other air global sea level rise is accelerating. This is the pollutants is greenhouse gasses collect in the last paper in the Top 25 with an Altimetry score atmosphere and absorb sunlight and solar of more than 2,000. In 2017, only the first five radiation that have bounced off the earth’s papers reached this milestone, while only one surface. The sources of carbon pollution are coal paper managed it in 2016 and 2015. burning power plants and transportation sector. 3. Global Warming: Causes, Effects and Scientists agree that the earth’s rising Solutions, Umair Shahzad, Riphah. In the year temperatures are fueling longer and hotter heat 2015.Climate Change and Resource Sustainability, waves, more frequent droughts, heavier rainfall An Overview for ActuariesThe Consensus of and more powerful hurricanes. The impacts of Scientific Work on Climate Change.John P. Crank, global warming are being felt across the globe Linda S. Jacoby, in Crime, Violence, and Global and china has taken the lead in global-warming Warming, 2015 4. Climate Skepticism byChunglin Kwa, in pollution, producing about 28 percent of all CO2 International Encyclopedia of the Social & emissions.The United States comes in Behavioral Sciences (Second Edition), 2015. secondfollowed by European Union and India as 5. The climate imperative: Opportunities third and fourth place respectively.Any short- for risk managers – the 2020 sustainability and term environmental benefits as a result of climate risk management report. COVID-19 come at an unacceptable human and Operational Definition: economic cost, and are no substitute for planned Global warming: Global warming is the and sustained action on air quality and ongoing rise of the average temperature of the climate.Streets are empty, cities are silent, Earth’s climate system and has been factories are closed and skies are quiet. Surely demonstrated by direct temperature this has to be good for the environment? We measurements and by measurements of various ask the experts for the facts, and set out the effects of the warming. It is a major aspect of differences between short-term changes and climate change which, in addition to rising global long-term trends in this month’s episode of surface temperatures, also includes its effects, [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 054 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 such as changes in precipitation. While there Objectives of the Study: have been prehistoric periods of global warming, The present study had been conducted to observed changes since the mid-20th century investigate the following: have been unprecedented in rate and scale. Ø To study the impact of COVID-19 lockdown COVID-19:A mild to severe respiratory on decrease in the level of global warming. illness that is caused by a coronavirus (Severe Ø To study the co-efficient relationship acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 of the between global lockdown and global warming. genus Betacoronavirus), is transmitted chiefly Hypotheses of the Study: The present by contact with infectious material (such as study is based on the following Hypotheses. respiratory droplets) or with objects or surfaces There is co-efficient relationship and level of contaminated by the causative virus, and is significance between COVID-19 lockdown and characterized especially by fever, cough, and reduction in global warming. And there is co- shortness of breath and may progress to efficient relationship and level of significance pneumonia and respiratory failure. between global lockdown system and its impact Lockdown:A situation in which people on global warming. are not allowed to enter or leave a building or Design and Methodology: In area freely because of an emergency.A accordance with the objective and stated temporary condition imposed by governmental hypotheses, the design of the present study is authorities (as during the outbreak of an of descriptive survey type as it aims to identify epidemic disease) in which people are required the relationship between COVID-19 lockdown to stay in their homes and refrain from or limit and reduction in global warming.The sample of activities outside the home involving public the study was 50 citizens drawn randomly from contact (such as dining out or attending large Bangalore City. gatherings). An emergency measure or condition Tool: The rating scale on the impact of in which people are temporarily prevented from COVID-19 lockdown on decrease in the level of entering or leaving a restricted area or building global warming prepared by the investigator was (such as a school) during a threat of danger.The administered to collect data. government on Monday i.e.; on 23rd March Result and Discussion: In this study the 2020told local authorities to impose lockdown co-efficient relationship and level of significance orders allowing only essential services to between COVID-19 lockdown and reduction in operate in 548 districts across 30 states to arrest global warming and there is co-efficient the spread of coronavirus. relationship and level of significance between Ozone layer:Ozone sits in the upper global lockdown system and its impact on global atmosphere and absorbs ultraviolet radiaton, warminghas been analyzed on the basis of their another type of solar energy that’s harmful to scores as the levels of high, moderate and low. humans, animals and plants. CFCs and halons Table 1: Lock down period of more than 45 cause chemical reactions that break down ozone days evidenced for clean and clear climate molecules, reducing ozone’s ultraviolet in and around of every resident. radiation-absorbing capacity.Ozone depletion LEVEL NO OF RESPONDENTS PERCENTAGE occurs when chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) and Strongly agree 30 60 % halons—gases formerly found in aerosol spray May agree 15 30 % cans and refrigerants—are released into the May not agree 05 10 % TOTAL 50 100 % atmosphere.
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 055 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 agree and 11 percent of respondents they were agreeing of strong belongingness. Table 3: Every nation should required to practice of lock down period even in normal circumstances helps in decline in global warming despite of rapid economic growth. Level NO OF RESPONDENTS PERCENTAGE Strongly agree 20 May agree 17 May not agree 13 TOTAL 50 100 %
Chart 3: Every nation should require to A perusal of table 1 and chart 1 reveals practice of lock down period even in normal that out of the total percentage of respondents circumstances helps in decline in global 60 percent strongly agree, 30 percent warming despite of rapid economic growth. respondents say that they may agree and 10 percent said that they may not agree. It indicates that majority of the residents evidenced the clean and clear environment in and around of their residential places. Table 2: Lock down situation developed strong belongingness and indirectly contributed to decline global warming. Level NO OF RESPONDENTS PERCENTAGE A perusal of table 3 and chart 3 reveals Strongly agree 15 56 % May agree 25 33 % that out of the total fifty respondents 20 were May not agree 05 11 % TOTAL 50 100 % strongly agree,17 were may agree and 13 were may not agree.It indicates that regarding decline Chart 2: Lock down situation developed strong in global warming and economic growth; it can be belongingness and indirectly contributed to pursued that there is a mixed opinion among the decline global warming. respondents. From the study it can be concluded that among three variables such as complete lock down, Decline in global warming and Hurdle to economic growth. As the purpose of the study was to find whether there is correlation between complete lock down and Decline in global warming. Then, Correlation between complete lock down and hurdle to Economic growth. There is moderate degree of positive A perusal of table 2 and chart 2 reveals correlation between two variables such as that out of the total percentage of respondents Complete lock down and Decline in global warming. 56 percent they agreed strongly as they felt as Then ‘r’ is less than 6 times of PE, the value of ‘r’ they strong belongingness in contribution in is not significant. This result refers that when there decline in global warming in one or other way. is a complete lock down which leads to decline in There are 56 percent of respondents just they global warming extent to the availability of clean oxygen in and around of residential places. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 056 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 On the other hand, there is high degree of positive correlation between the variables such as 9 Complete lock down and Hurdle to Economic growth. Then ‘r’ is more than 6 times of PE, the Poverty and Natural Resource value of ‘r’ is significant. This result refers that there is complete lock down will be hurdle to Management Economic growth but there will be the solutions to find the way to make economic growth with proper Prof. P.B.Chari measures of sustainability development Asst Professor Of Kannada, techniques. Govt First Grade College Alnavar Findings: The following are the important findings Dist. Dharwad of the present investigation: Ø TheLock down period of more than 45 days evidenced for clean and clear climate in and ======***********======around of every resident is a strongly agreed factor. Objectives Ø The Lock down situation developed strong The following objectives are proposed belongingness and indirectly contributed to decline for the Sida natural resource management in global warmingis just an agreed by majority of programme: To strengthen the capacity of the respondents. Panchayati Raj and related community Ø The lock down period procedure even in institutions to conserve, manage, and use water normal circumstances were not agreed by the and forest resources in an inclusive, pro-poor, respondents but a few among them agreed to be and sustainable manner. – To improve the once in a week is good to be the environment protection. livelihoods and well-being of the poor through Implications of the Study: increased access, control and better When there is a complete lock down which management of water and forest resources. – leads to decline in global warming extent to the To facilitate development of policy, programmes availability of clean oxygen in and around of and practices consistent with the principles of residential places.there is complete lock down will Integrated Water Resource Management be hurdle to Economic growth but there will be (IWRM). These objectives are further detailed the solutions to find the way to make economic in the various programme options outlined in growth with proper measures of sustainability Section 7. development techniques.The lock down period Introduction procedurefor a stipulated time once in a week to The present mission was aimed at be followed by every nation in the world even in contributing to Sida’s ongoing preparation of a normal circumstances helps in decline in global countrystrategy for India that will commence in warming despite of rapid economic growth. 2003 and last for five years. The purpose of this References: assignment is toassist Sida in formulating.A 1) Global Warming: Causes, Effects and Solutions, Umair Shahzad, Riphah. proposal for development cooperation in the 2) The Hindustan Times news dailies. field of natural resource management (NRM), 3) The Economic Times. with a specific focus on water. The mission was 4) The Internet Search Engine. undertaken during May and June 2002 and 5) https://www.ugc.ac.in involved interactions with government 6) https://www.researchgate.net representatives, donors, NGOs and sector experts at national and state levelVisits were undertaken to Chattisgarh, Karnataka, Madhya [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 057 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Pradesh, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu and livelihoods and well-being. If this trend is not Uttaranchal. reversed, it is believed that an increasing In the past collaborated with India on number of poor people may find more difficulty bilateral and NGO interventions related to in securing access to water than securing, forestry, land husbandry, and, to a lesser extent, access to food, primary health care, or education water. While these programmes and projects Access to safe water have resulted in the creation of extensive Forestry physical assets, it is recognised that their impact Forests cover almost one fifth of the and sustainability are hampered by inadequate national land area of India. However, about 42 attention paid to poverty, institutional and policy per cent of these are degraded. Recent surveys related issues.It has expressed a particular indicate a slight increase in the forest area over interest in collaborating with India on activities the last two that would support integrated water resources years. However, this data is an insufficient management (IWRM) and approaches that indicator of the condition of India’s forests, since would strengthen Panchayati Raj Institutions levels, of aggregation reveal little about trends (PRIs). The analysis in this document therefore in quality. Degradation, not deforestation, is pays specific attention to these. With regard to currently considered to be the major problem forestry, the scope of the study is to provide an as deforestation has reduced due to massive overall policy and institutional analysis, and to afforestation programmes, and changes in explore the link between the forest sector and government policies over the last 25 years. livelihoods in Orissa, rapid urbanisation and Shrinking common property, resource base, increased livelihood diversification, more than rapidly increasing human and livestock 6 percent of India’s, population still depend on population, and poverty are some of the, factors agriculture for livelihoods. The nexus between contributing to the pressure on the existing poverty and environmental, conservation forests. Though pressure from forest-dependent, remains strong. Land degradation is a key issue local people is often cited as a major cause of affecting resource productivity. It is estimated forest degradation, it has also been the result that about one third of the soil in India has been of interventions, by multiple actors, including affected by erosion. This has a direct impact on forest industry, involved in disturbing the same agricultural productivity and hence food area of, forest at different points in time. production, especially for resource poor, farmers Water living off marginal land-holdings. The area India receives an average rainfall declining under forest cover has now been equivalent of 4,000 billion cubic meters but faces arrested, but the volume and density of forests serious temporal and spatial water shortages. have been reduced causing scarcity of valuable These shortages have exacerbated with rising forest, produce, important for the livelihoods of demand for particularly, irrigation. Contributing poor in many regions. to the scenario is inefficient water management Overexploitation of surface and and use. The efficiency of surface water groundwater threatens the quantity, reliability irrigation is estimated as low as 40 percent and and quality of water, availability. Water is rapidly although overall groundwater exploitation is only becoming a scarce resource. Growing scarcity about 50 percent, resource-threatening and competition for water poses a major threat exploitation levels have been reached in several to advances in poverty reduction by limiting locations. Subsidies for canal irrigation and productive as well as consumptive, aspects of power have encouraged inefficient resource use. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 058 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Water quality issues compound the problem. the latter half of the nineties, the role of millions Deep borewells and handpumps, expected to of farmers who actually manage groundwater address quality problems associated with resources has been limited even in these traditional sources such as open wells, have initiatives due to low levels of resource literacy become problematic themselves. Arsenic, on causes, consequences or choices. In this fluoride, sodium and nitrate contamination have context, there emerges a case for building upon been evidenced with groundwater extraction the momentum generated by watershed and from deep aquifers. Technologies for addressing water conservation interventions through locally these have been developed, but their developed and agreed mechanisms for applicability and cost in rural environments sustainable and equitable water use. remain an issue. Analyses of current problems Policies point to inadequacies in the overall policy, legal An encouraging development in recent and institutional framework. In India, the entire years has been the recognition and attempt to approach to water resources in the post- address the fundamental issues impacting the Independence period was geared towards water sector. This recognition is reflected in two resource exploitation through capital key documentsthe National Water Policy 2002 investments rather than equitable and and the Revised Watershed Guidelines 2001. sustainable water management. It is within this The National Water Policy 2002 emphasises the questionable approach that many of today’s need for sustainable water resource concerns are rooted. The deterioration of management, conjunctive use of surface and traditional water harvesting structures has been groundwater resources, groundwater regulation one major impact of this flawed approach. and people’s participation in management of Water Resources Management natural resources. As mentioned earlier, India faces serious Rural Water Supply and Sanitation temporal and spatial water shortages that are Rural water supply is essentially a state worsened by rising demand, declining quality subject. However, the central government has and poor water management and resource-use the dominant role in setting policy goals and efficiency. standards which are aimed mainly at ensuring The present situation has been traced basic services and achieving health to a variety of reasons, of which the most crucial objectives.10 At the state level, most are: (a) traditional policy and institutional focus government programmes are aimed at providing on resource utilisation rather than management, safe potable drinking water to all. Financial and (b) lack of regulation (including self- resources for this are available through the regulation) on inefficient water use. national Accelerated Rural Water Supply Government agencies, often uncoordinated, Programme In addition to this, the state unsystematic and trapped in resource utilisation governments have also accessed institutional modes, have been largely unsuccessful in finance for rural water supply.11 Following the addressing the situation. The success of NGO emphasis on safe drinking water provision during and donor-driven watershed or water the International Decade for Water Supply and conservation interventions with community- Sanitation Development there have been centred processes offers some promise, but increased financial larger issues relating to sustainability and scale Panchayati Raj Institutions and Natural cast a shadow. While water conservation Resource Management initiatives appeared to gain centrestage during [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 059 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 The process of devolution and and wellbeing need to be incorporated, given decentralisation has been slowed by fiscal, that livelihoods often have a productivity-based administrative and political centralisation and connotation whereas well-being is a broader centre-state conflicts since Independence. term encompassing aspects of quality of life Progressive measures in states like Gujarat, including, for instance, health benefits and time Maharashtra and Karnataka notwithstanding, saved from access to clean water supplies. the process of devolution and decentralization Proposed Programme Options received genuine fillip in the early 1990s with The programme options identified are: the enactment of the 73rd (rural) and 74th (a) water conservation and management, (b) (urban) Constitutional Amendments. Karnataka, drinking watersupply and sanitation, and (c) for example, passed a much heralded law in capacity-building for IWRM. The first two may 1983 with two important features: the president appear conventional at one level, but can be of the Zilla Parishad (District Panchayat) was innovative if linked to an IWRM agenda. Further, given the rank of a Minister of State with control much more needs to be done to find ways in over the Chief Executive of the district16 and which communities can assess, negotiate and 25 percent of the seats were reserved for manage water resources. It is in working women. These amendments effectively created towards this that interventions will distinguish a third tier of governance that was hinted at but themselves from conventional ones. The ‘entry’ not given form in the Indian Constitution. Local will however have to be through the institutions were devolved of planning powers, conventional route, which is recognised and financial resources and implementation control accepted. The scale needs to be ‘local’ enough Proposed Strategy for Natural Resource to effectively engage with Gram Panchayats and Management other community institutions and keep Given that Sida’ s overall goal is to ‘raise institutional complexities to a manageable level. the standard of living of poorer groups of people Awareness and capacity-building, both among in the world’, it is proposed that the goal of the primary and secondary stakeholders, will be Sida natural resource management programme most crucial. The policy and institutional in India should relate to this. Thus, it is challenges are significant and impacts on these suggested that the goal should be to: Improve will occur through successful demonstration livelihoods and well-being of the poor through models and dialogue in various forms and fora. sustainable and equitable management of forest Sida’s commitment to supporting the and water resources. As described in Section 2, decentralisation process and working with PRIs a sustainable management objective alone adds another dimension to the institutional cannot ensure sustainable livelihood outcomes challenge. However, it is here that Sida can gain for the poorest. Therefore, it is important that the most significant value added, if interventions equity is built into the goal itself. This will ensure were to show that Gram Panchayats can indeed that programmes and activities focus on pro- manage water resources in an effective and pro- poor strategies and build in access and equity poor manner. a grant from the Norwegian issues such as water rights, prioritisation and Agency for Development Cooperation use at the outset. This is vital to programme References success and addressing overarching poverty 1) Barker, R.Koppenvan B,Shah,T. alleviation goals considering the nature of, and (undated)‘Water Scarcity and Poverty’. nexus between, social and power relations and www.cgiar.org/iwmi/pubs resource claims in rural India. Both livelihoods [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 060 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 2) Chaudhuri, S. (2001) ‘Reconceptualizing poverty assessments to take account of 10 vulnerability’.Workshop on poverty and vulnerability. Third Asia Development Environmental concerns and Forum, Bangkok, June 13, 2001 3) GoI (1991) ‘Household Tables’. Directorate existing gaps in the legal of Census Operations. Government of enforcement India. 4) Loughhead, S., Mittal, O., Wood, G. (2000) Ms Mani Govil ‘Urban Poverty & Vulnerability in India: Asst Professor DFID’s experiencesnfrom a social policy NMIMS University, Navi Mumbai perspective’. DFID 5) NIRD (1995) ‘Panchayati Raj Institutions in Select States- An Analytical Study’. National ======***********======Institute of Rural Development, Hyderabad. INTRODUCTION:- Environmental concerns 1995. and existing gaps in the legal enforcement 6) Samanta B. B. (1997) ‘Role of UNICEF in There could be no better time to reflect Transfer of Technology: A Case Study of on our environment and natural resources, just Indian Rural Water Supply and Sanitation as we struggle with a gradual exit out of the Programme’. Faculty of Commerce, lockdown resulting from the Covid 19 pandemic. Berhampur University, Berhampur. 1997. The human-environment interaction has brought about a standstill to any kind of economic growth all over the world and we realise what we have done to the environment. It as if environment is in all its fury laying bare each atrocity done on it and that too after giving umpteen, unimpeded warnings. Zoonotic diseases were bound to recur driven by habitat destruction and humans entering biodiversity hotspots, of which India is very much a part. Just ten days into the lockdown brought down the airpollution in terms of PM 2.5 concentration in Delhi-NCR down by 55 to 67 percent(Greenspace India), clean beaches and rivers, clear skies and increase in migratory birds. The gravity of the situation can be gauged by the fact that despite this improvement our air quality still does meet the WHO prescribed air quality standards. The lockdown gives us moments to step-back and assess the damage done to the environment. Growth in economic activity shown as fancy numbers over the print and visual media makes good headlines and a reason for appeal of votes which an improvement in [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 061 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 environmental standards, in the form of Air pollution is far above permissible reduction in PMI, carbon emissions, addition to limits, the main sources being transportation bio diversity, addition to forest cover, national exhausts, power plant emissions, road dust, parks, better waste management etc. do not. construction projects and diesel generators. It Agreed, economic activity raises employment is responsible for 12.5 per cent of all deaths in but do we adequately measure the employment India. Around 44 percent of India’s energy came reduced by the setting up of huge mega projects from coal in 2013 with renewables making up or loss in work productivity? only 3 percent leading to very high rates of Just as we measure the cost of installing emissions. Renewable energy generation is pollution control technology for say Coal-fired minimal due to high costs involved and power plants, we should also be measuring the hydropower and gas based power plants are cost of impact on human health in the absence of running at less than 25 percent capacity. Vehicle the above. Penalties and compensations must be emissions test are mandatory but mostly done strictly imposed and the operations of environment without proper checks. sensitive projects monitored. As per the State of India’s Environment Whether it’s the Ministry of environment, 2019 report, there has been a 56 per cent forest and climate change(MoEFCC) giving increase in the number of hazardous-waste clearances to construction of dams, power projects, generating industries between 2009 and 2016. coastal roads, bullet trains, nuclear plants or huge Most of the water bodies are critically polluted refineries, various reports and studies made by and there has been a 136 per cent increase in independent foreign and national bodies highlight the number of grossly polluting industries the inadequacies in their assessment with lack of between 2011 and 2018.Waste management is information and short term gains cited as the main far from the norms decided and as much as 79 reasons.Apart from the introduction, the paper major protests against unsanitary landfills and discusses the poor state of the environment and dump yards have been recorded in 22 states in its impact on India, environmental regulations, the past three years. issues and concerns and lastly conclusion and On one hand our rural areas are recommendations. struggling with problems like deforestation, Abysmal state of the environment water pollution, soilerosion, and land India’s ranking on the Environmental degradation hindering economic development Performance Index formulated by Yale Centre for while on the other hand, our cities are bursting Environmental Law & Policy’s fell from 155 in 2014 to the seams with rapid industrialization and to 177 in 2018 among 180 nations.According to urbanization. Unplanned cities with high the 2019 Global Climate Risk Index (CRI) population density have a detrimental effect on developed by Germanwatch, India ranks as the infrastructure as well as on the environment 14th most vulnerable country. India accounts for which may be a permanent one. 4.5 percent of the world’s greenhouse gases and Most of the densely populated cities of has been witnessing high intensity natural India have high levels of small particulate – phenomena like floods, heat waves and melting PM2.5, polluted air and water with new diseases of glaciers as a result of climate change.With and no waste disposal mechanism. Forest just 10 years to go, India is yet to identify covers which would have been lungs for the indicators to track its climate change cities are fast depleting due to mega projects. preparedness. Notwithstanding the ban on garbage dumping
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 062 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 in landfills uncontrolled fires at landfills are very specific standards for emission or discharge of frequent. pollutants too have been designed to protect Rapid industrialisation is leading to and preserve the environment. National massive waste management challenge. As per the Environmental Tribunal was established in 1995 State of India’s Environment 2018 report, 61,948 for imposing strict liability for damage arising million litres of urban sewage is generated on a out of accidents caused my mishandling of daily basis in India, but the cities have an installed hazardous substances. National Green Tribunal sewage treatment capacity of only 38% of was established in 2010 for ensuring expeditious this.Industrial sector generates 100 million tons/ disposal of cases relating to environmental year of no-hazardous solid waste. Various studies protection. It is expected to enforce legal rights reveal that about 90 percent of municipal solid relating to environment and give relief and waste is disposed of unscientifically in open dumps compensation for damages to persons and and landfills, creating problems to public health property. There are separate guidelines for and the environment. The Energy and Resources sensitive industries and for eco-sensitive zones Institute (TERI) has estimated that waste around protected areas. generation will exceed 260 million tons per year Backed by the Environment Protection by 2047-more than five times the present level. Act, 1986, a tool called Environmental Impact The rivers of India are in a pathetic state Assessment (EIA) is used to identify the with number of polluted stretches in India’s rivers environmental, social and economic impacts of increasing each year. According to a report by World a project prior to decision-making.The Wildlife Fund(WWF), India’s projected GDP loss Environment Impact Assessment Notification due to environmental degradation could be over 2006makes it mandatory for various 1.5% by 2050 if it does not take any drastic projects such as mining, thermal power plants, measures. river valley, infrastructure (road, highway, ports, Environmental Regulations- an overview harbours and airports) and industries including Since the 1970s an extensive network of very small electroplating or foundry units to get environmental legislation has been developed with environment clearance by state governments. the ministry and the pollution control boards (CPCB Public hearing is also a part of this process to i.e. Central Pollution Control Board and SPCBs i.e. reduce conflicts among stakeholders. In 2006, State Pollution Control Boards) together forming the process has been decentralized and activities the regulatory and administrative core of the sector. are classified into two categories, A(national The Environment (Protection) Act was level appraisal) and B (state level appraisal) enacted in 1986 empowering the Central based on various potential impacts on human Government to establish authorities charged with health and natural and man-made resources. the mandate of preventing environmental Issues and Concerns pollution in all its forms. In 1992, Policy Many of the above regulations lack strict Statement on Environment and Development enforcement as enforcement bodies have false was brought out by the MoEF and EAP teeth leading to the colossal loss to the (Environmental Action Programme) was environment amidst an air of complete formulated in 1993 with the objective of neglect.According to a Comptroller and Auditor improving environmental services. General (CAG) report many of the forest and Quality standards of Air, water, vehicular environmental clearances issued were in exhaust, noise, auto fuel etc. have been notified violation of Supreme Court orders and to industries. Various legislations and industry- government regulations. In another study [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 063 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 conducted on projects cleared between 2014 to There are reports questioning the quality February 2020, there were 278 project proposals of EIA reports, exemptions given andsignificant approved in and around 672 protected areas. The projects finding ways out of the process in the influence of legal bodies like the National Green first place via some exemption clause.Valappilet Tribunal is waning as it is seen as an impediment a1 (1994) reviewed a number of environmental to economic growth. impact reports and found the content to be There are many glaring instances of inadequate in mostcases. The EIA reports are dilution of environmental laws over recent years many times not reliable with consultants giving as it has been seen that Oil and gas companies fudged data and the EAC(expert advisory no more seek environment clearances for committee) simply clearing projects without onshore and offshore exploratory drilling. proper due diligence. Public hearing is either Heavily polluting industries including coal and not done or the information disseminated is fly ash disposal are no longer subjected to limited or missing on many parameters. No routine inspections who are now supposed to further monitoring seems to have been done in self-regulate (Indiaspend, January 2020). The many cases, to check compliance on conditions role of Statutory bodies like the national board imposed. for wildlife and forest advisory committee has Recently, the Ministry of Environment, been substantially reduced. Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC) has Most recently during the lockdown proposed a draft Environmental Impact caused by the outbreak of Coronavirus, many Assessment (EIA) notification 2020 which allows projects have been cleared without adequate for post-facto clearance(Economic and Political deliberations and only by video –conferencing. Weekly 02/05/2020). This would award clearance As the ministry starts working on fast track to projects even if they have started mode, there are reports that just 10 minutes construction or have been running without haven given to each project and 47 projects have securing environmental clearances. This would been crammed over three sittings. No site visits amount to irreversible damage to the are being done by the Expert committee to verify environment and legitimizing the violations in the information presented to it, hence relying lieu of a meagre fine. It also provides for a entirely on documentation and reports provided reduction of the time period from 30 days to 20 by the project developer may prove catastrophic. days for the public to submit their responses. According to Environment Support Group in Half yearly compliance reports have been Bengaluru, about 99% of such reports are known replaced by yearly reports and Central to be fraudulent. government has been given the power to Environmentally sensitive projects like categorise a project as a strategic one. Once a three-fold expansion of Numaligarh oil refinery project is considered as strategic, the draft in Assam are being cleared over notification states that no information related videoconference meetings. Some other projects to such projects shall be placed in the public under consideration are 2,400-megawatt coal domain. Many of the construction projects too power plant at Talabira, Odisha, mining of have been kept out of the purview of “detailed uranium and diamond. People affected by scrutiny” by the Expert Committee. The draft projects, who don’t have ready access to the reduces the procedures related to giving internet would be unable to send environment clearances, and regularises representations or documents to the expert violations of conditions of such clearance by committee. simply levying fines. This amounts to [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 064 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 legitimizing some actions that should have been social will have to be explored. More commitment treated as violations. towards implementation of environmental laws The above dilutions which would restrict and providing adequate power and funds to state public consultations, reduce the number of and local bodies for effective monitoring of projects projects seeking EIA and increase exemptions is required. The focus of Environmental impact speak volume about the political will and assessment needs to shift from utilization and gradual softening of environmental regulations exploitation of natural resources to conservation by the government. of natural resources. The present executive Conclusion and recommendations committees should be replaced by expert people The significance of a healthy from various stakeholder groups, who are reputed environment and a right balance between in environmental and other relevant fields. economy and environment should be understood What remains to be seen is whether India at a no better time than this when the whole world would be able to fulfil its pledge to source 40 is struggling with future uncertainties about percent of the country’s electricity from renewable livelihoods. As policy makers and medical experts and low-carbon sources by 2030. In the end we try to chalk out a future plan to combat the need an economic growth that is environmentally pandemic, India being vulnerable to infectious sustainable and away from gratuitous diseases needs to reaffirm our resolution to environmental destruction. There are no short cuts conservation of natural resources. Amidst growing in this path which would only lead to damage made to the environment and in turn to environmental catastrophes such as the one we human health and productivity, we have to are dealing with right now.. constantly monitor and improve the global References environmental parameters and India’s ranking. - Enrico D’Ambrogio ,India: environmental Political will needs to be strengthened to issues, European Parliamentary Research scrupulously enforce environmental laws and make Service, PE 637.920 – April 2019 public participation much stronger in the clearance - G. Raghuram, Samantha Bastian, Satyam process of projects. Shivam Sundaram Mega projects in India: Public consultations and public hearings Environmental and Land Acquisition Issues will safeguard against flagrant violations and in the Road Sector, W.P. No. 2009-03-07 promote participatory governance. Real time data - Mahapatra B, Environmental issues ignored on plant pollution levels, started in some states, in India, Global Times Published: 2014 needs to be disseminated at all levels. Long - Rama Mohana R. Turaga, Economic growth pending civil projectsof building highways, metros vs environmental sustainability, Livemint and roads need to be speeded up which would 16, April 2016 help relieve the usage of fossil fuel. Renewable - Steve Cohen , Economic Growth and energy usage, a small proportion right now, has to Environmental Sustainability, Earth Institute be increased gradually by investing in its Columbia University,January 27, 2020 production and simultaneously finding ways to - Viswananthan V, Undemocratic Evasion of reduce its cost of production. Environmental Responsibility, Vol. 55, Issue Quick fix solutions like fitting air filters on No. 18, 02 May, 2020 (Economic and public buses in Delhi, sprinkling magnesium Political weekly) chloride and cement powder on roads to absorb - Wenbin Cao, Hui Wang, and Huihui Ying, water from the air etc. may not help much. Instead The Effect of Environmental Regulation on permanent solutions which require political and [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 065 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Employment in Resource-Based Areas of China—An Empirical Research Based on the 11 Mediating Effect Model,International Journal of Environmental research and PRAGMATIC APPROACH TOWARDS public health. 2017 Dec; 14(12): 1598. TELEVISION IN MUSLIM - Will Banham & Douglas Brew, A review of the development of environmental impact COMMUNITY assessment in India, Project Appraisal, 11:3, A study of Hubli Dharwad Municipal 195-202. Corporations. - Vikas, Solid waste management in Indian cities: Issues and challenges , International Shri.Shekhaabdul Kareemasab. Adoni Journal of Advanced Educational Research, Research Scholar Dept. Of.Studies in Volume 2; Issue 5; September 2017; Page Journalism,and No. 241-248 www.educationjournal.org Mass Communication Karnataka University, - Environmental Compliance and Enforcement Dharawad inIndia: Rapid AssessmentAECEN annual forum in Hanoi, Vietnam on 4-5 December Dr. Nagaraj Halliyavar, 2006 Associate Professor .Studies in Dept.Of Journalism and Mass Communication, Karnataka University Dharawad
======***********======INTRODUCTION The term mass media describes means of communication that operate on a large scale, reaching and involving virtually every one in a society to a greater or lesser degree. It refers to a number of media that are now long established and familiar, Such as newspapers, magazines, film, radio, television and the new media. It has an uncertain frontier with a number of new kinds of media that differ mainly in being more individual. Diversified and interactive and of which the Internet is the leading example. Despite the rapid and continuing growth of these new media there is little sign that the mass media is actually declining, according to many criteria. Rather they are being supplemented, extended and also challenged to adapt to an half of all Indian households own a television. Television is currently operated by the Indian Broadcasting Corporation broadcasting Bharati Act AD 1990. “Television in India has over 875 channels. It has 184 [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 066 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 salaries, ranging from entertainment to news developmental journalism means it has spread in various languages and broad spectrum beyond one imagination it records day to day programs for life, food, sports and spirituality. happening and warns to be careful on tomorrow 12.24 % Share is invested.27 Another part is steps, make aware of things is the main base of found to be advertising revenue Cinema as journalism for the all round development of medium gamed popularity in the country as society journalistic professional development many as over 1000 films in various languages are recognized as journalism for development. of India are produced annually. Hollywood also Objectives of the study gained a foothold in India with special effects Ø To study the socio-economic and films such as “Jurassic Park” (1993) “speed “ educational conditions of Muslim community in (1994) Godzilla (2014) many more being Hubli - Dharwad Municipal Corporation. specially appreciated by the local audiences. Ø To study the interest of television media Development among the Muslim community. Development is nothing but human Ø To offer suitable findings and response that means human are not material suggestions. but gave initiation to development men who Study Methodology desire development their strength and will gives Any research (field work) to produce way to development. People’s awareness could good result at the outset some points are to be not direct the development but ability, considered. If the expected and emphasis of the productivity, human capability proves people’s research change may not receive good result. achievement and confirms level of happiness. Because of the prior to research one particulars Development means internal feeling exposing model followers the main aim of the present externally people’s education level their desires research is study fields – main thing explained and too much strengths their behavior and level through that. of values craft and information all these effect Main Sources developmental converge and speedy result. This Information collection is main thing for is the person, family community, Nation or the research two types of information’s have been development of whole world. collected primary sources and Secondary Definition of Development sources. According to Kapolei and Finstar bush in Primary Sources a contemporary society by which compels Primary information source (The association applicable use of developing necessity of the research) is collected from technology develops control over social Muslim informatory selected Muslims are environment that is development. According to interviewed for the government welfare E. M. Rozers in a social organization bowing of schemes. novel ideas which earn individual income and Secondary Sources bring excellent productive methods through The sources which directly or indirectly social organization brewing improved level of highlights on the research article are secondary life societal change According to Meyer: Growth sources for egg. Books, Writings related to the + change increase in economic system research article and other research articles. expansion of simple qualitative setups like this Area of Research the social scientist have stated on development. The present study the Muslim of 64 ward Today’s Global contests media had given Hubli - Dharwad municipal corporation have importance to development issues been moved the following areas in Dharwad area [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 067 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 are Malapur,Manikilla,Mahaboobnagar, In the were 18.95 per cent and women 14.71 per cent. same way,Anandnagar, NAnagar,Shivputranagar, Bachelor’s degree is 15.69 percent, which Heggeri, Ganeshpet old Hubli. includes 13.73 percent of men and 18.63 percent Scope of Study of women, 15.10 percent of masters and 8.50 The Muslim living in the twin cities of percent of men and women 25.00 percent, of Hubli – Dharwad alone have been considered pre-graduation 12.94 percent of men, 16.34 for the present study the social economic percent of women and 7.84 percent of illiterate education development that take place in the or illiterate. Women make up 16.18 percent, life of the Muslims due to their utilization of professional or diploma total 5.49 percent male mass media can be understood in the scope of 7.19 percent and 2.94 percent of the women are the entire study. founded can be found in Table 1 Table No. 1: Respondent of education Table No. 2:Types of Tv programs Respondent Male Male Female Female Total NO. Total % Fem al of education M ale Fem ale NO.Responde NO.Responde e % % Total Total ntå ntå Typ es o f Tv p ro grams NO.Responde NO.Responde NO. % Per % P er % Illiterate 24 7.84 33 16.18 57 11.18 nt n t Primary 58 18.95 30 14.71 88 17.25 New s 262 90.34 102 52.31 364 75.05 S econdary 82 26.80 23 11.27 105 20.59 Health programs 94 32.41 75 38.46 169 34.85 Pre-graduation Discussion Programs 50 16.34 16 7.84 66 12.94 144 49.66 51 26.15 195 40.21 Degree Sports programs 42 13.73 38 18.63 80 15.69 138 47.59 36 18.46 174 35.88 Postgraduate To the movie 26 8.50 51 25.00 77 15.10 82 28.28 63 32.31 145 29.90 Topical Education Professional / 56 19.31 36 18.46 92 18.97 22 7.19 6 2.94 28 5.49 Diploma Career pictures 14 4.83 0 0.00 14 2.89 Have fun with P lays the other 2 0.65 7 3.43 9 1.76 8 2.76 21 10.77 29 5.98 The Quiz Total 28 9.66 15 7.69 43 8.87 306.00 100.00 204.00 100.00 510.00 100.00 B earers 46 15.86 90 46.15 136 28.04
Children's programs 34 11.72 42 21.54 76 15.67 UGC Programs 18 6.21 12 6.15 30 6.19 C oncer ts 52 17.93 81 41.54 133 27.42 Science and Techn ology 60 20.69 33 16.92 93 19.18 Urban Development New s 20 6.90 12 6.15 32 6.60 Oth er N ew s 12 4.14 9 4.62 21 4.33 Professional practices 12 4.14 18 9.23 30 6.19 To tal 290 195 485
In response to the question asked by the informants selected for the study, which program is on TV, 95.10 percent of the total TV viewing was found. Males constitute 94.77 percent of the population and females 95.59 percent. The information provided by the informants about watching various programs on Depending on the qualifications of the TV is as follows. informants selected for the study, the answers About 75.05 percent of informants are to the questions asked will be considered in the viewing the news, with men making up 90.34 percent secondary level. Males constitute 26.80 per cent and women 52.31 percent. But career films are rarely of the population and females 11.27 per cent. viewed on the TV show. Others, respectively, are 40.21 The lowest number of other informants was 1.76 per cent, sports programs 35.88 per cent, health percent, compared to 0.65 percent for males and program 34.85 per cent, film related 29.90 per cent, 3.43 percent for females. The primary 28.04 percent, music program 27.42 per cent, science percentage was 17.25 per cent, of which men
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 068 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 and technology 19.18 per cent; Urban growth news is the world. Research has revealed that there is 6.60 percent, UGC shows 6.19 percent, plays 5.98 significantly high level of awareness among Muslims percent, other news 4.33 percent, career films 2.89 in HubliDharwad city about TVS channels and their percent. programs. Moreover, it is evident from the study that Male informants are more likely to watch people are changing their media usage pattern news, talk shows, sports events, movies and music irrespective of their educational, social and economic on TV. Because there are more than 12 regional news background. The introduction of reality shows has channels and entertainment channels, men spend totally changed the attitude of Muslims in more time watching TV. Teenagers (on DD, Chandana HubliDharwad city towards TV. An interesting Channel) are less likely to watch Gan and Vigyan for outcome of the study is that gender plays a great role students, while womentend to watch films, film songs, in the selection of programs in the study area, As males children’s programs, health shows and movies. It is are more interested in sports and news however noticeable in Table 26 that illiterates are mostly females are more inclined towards reality shows and watching TV on TV, film, children’s shows and news. TV serials.. It was found that Muslims in HubliDharwad Finding And facts city have changed their TV watching habit from Thewatchers of television among the sample viewing alone to viewing with family. TV besides being studies the group of men respondents are found more an information source acts as an agent of social change and a source of relaxation for the community than the women respondent. REFERANCES : People between the age group of 56 to 65 1. Chauhan Kanwar, Television and Teenagers spend more amount of time reading newspaper and An Emerging Agent of Socialization, post-graduate, self employs and housewives/ Sarup & Sons, New Delhi. homemakers spend the major amount of time in a 2. Cottle Simon, Hansen Anders, Negrine day watching television. Ralph, & Newbold Chris, Mass Survey reveals that people with the income 3. Communication Research Methods, Macmillan between 11000 to 15000 having Television in home. Press Limited. The study reveals that people of Muslim community 4. Guido H. Stempel III & Bruce H. Westley, give first preference to political matters and second Research Methods in Mass importance to educational matters 5. Communication, New Jersy: Prentice hall, Suggestions 198107632. Page no. 144. • As the media grows, everyone should develop a 6. Kothari C.R, Research Methodology hobby of television watching in their homes. Methods and Techniques (2001), New • Muslims should enlighten their children with Age International (P) Limited, Publishers.. television and media tastes. 7. Mcquail. M., & Curran, J. (2002). Media and • Muslims should develop a hobby of gathering news power. New York, Routledge. . through their children and through various media. 8. McQuail Denis (2004), Mass Communication CONCLUSION Theory, Sage Publications, London. . The current study has clearly showed that TV 9. Sikka S.K, Mass Media & Communication has penetrated into each and every section of society in Twenty First Century, Cyber and has directly influenced the life of youth in one 10. Tech Publications, 4264/3 Ansari Road, way or the other. Moreover the development activities Daryaganj, New Delhi. and the political circumstances of the study area are 11. Yadav K.P. , Social Effects of Mass Media, paving way for more investment by the media Adhyayan Publishers & Distributers, New Delhi. industries. A decade earlier, the inhabitants of Muslims 12. MIB Website www.mib.Gov.in in HubliDharwad city were unaware of this media 13. FICCI-EY Report 2018. industry which had revolutionized the other parts of [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 069 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 professional development for teacher educators 12 and better prepare tomorrow’s teachers to integrate Information and Communication INFORMATION COMMUNICATION Technologies effectively in classrooms, it is TECHNOLOGY COMPETENCIES necessary to examine teacher educators’ ICT literacy, ICT awareness, ICT competencies, and AMONG TEACHER EDUCATORS IN its usage. The present research studies the TEACHER TRAINING COLLEGES technology competencies of teacher educators teaching at different level and relevant to DR. DISALE MAHADEO SADASHIV different categories. ASST. PROF. COLLEGE OF EDUCATION, 2. OBJECTIVES BARSHI, DIST. SOLAPUR 1) To determine the categories of ICT competencies. ======***********======2) To find out he ICT competencies among ABSTRACT teacher educators at graduate level. In the modern era, quality education has 3) To find out the ICT competencies among become a universal goal and technology is said teacher educators at post-graduate level. to be key to create a new educational culture. 4) To compare ICT competencies between ICT has integrated with the working of teacher educators at graduate and post- educational institutions. To better facilitate graduate level. professional development for teacher educators 3. NEED AND IMPORTANCE and better prepare tomorrow’s teachers to Although teachers are equipped with integrate Information and Communication knowledge and skills in using computers, the Technologies effectively in classrooms, it is success of implementing the new curriculum necessary to examine teacher educators’ ICT with information technology (IT) in education literacy, ICT awareness, ICT competencies, and depends greatly upon competencies of the its usage. The present research studies the teachers and their willingness to embrace such technology competencies of teacher educators technology. Technology competencies have a teaching at different level and relevant to marked influence on their readiness to utilize different categories. In this present study technology in teaching learning process. The researcher focused on ICT competencies among competent teachers who are skillful in ICT will pre-service teacher educators. A survey method integrate IT in the classroom instruction, thus was used to study and four point rating scale making the teaching and learning process more used for collection of data and percentage, mean meaningful. and t-test these statistical techniques used for 4. METHODOLOGY data analysis. The survey method was used to study Keywords - ICT, COMPETENCIES, TEACHER the ICT competencies among teacher educators. EDUCATORS. 5. SAMPLE 1. INTRODUCTION The sampling frame of the study In the modern era, quality education has consisted of teacher educators in B.Ed. and become a universal goal and technology is said M.Ed. colleges affiliated to Solapur University, to be key to create a new educational culture. Solapur. A purposive sampling method was ICT has integrated with the working of adopted for the study. A total of 40 teacher educational institutions. To better facilitate [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 070 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 educators were selected by cluster sampling communication (PG-70%), administrative method. (B.Ed. 20 and M.Ed. 20). application (G-70%, PG-60%), classroom 6. TOOL integration (G-50%), Most of the participants The ICT competence scale was used to had low levels of IT competence in using word measure teacher educators’ perceived processing (G-80%), multimedia application (G- competence. There were 50 items which 60%), media communication (G-80%). Most of represented ten components: basic computer the participants had a high level of IT operation skills (5 items), technology tools (5 competence in basic operation skills (G-80%, PG- items), word processing (5 items), database (5 80%), word processing (G-50%, PG-80%), items), spreadsheets (5 items), graphics (5 classroom integration (PG-70%). items), multimedia applications (5 items), media TABLE 2 communication (5 items), administrative MEAN DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ICT applications (5 items), classroom integration (5 COMPETENCIES OF TEACHER EDUCATORS AT items). Each item was measured in terms of a GRADUATE AND POST GRADUATE LEVEL four point rating scale from 1 (not competent), (N=40) 2 (competent), 3 (somewhat competent) to 4 Mean SD T-value df S/NS Calculated 't' Table 't' (very competent). 0.01 level 0.05 level M1 = 67.7 29.03 7. STATISTICAL TECHNIQUE 0.04 2.878 2.101 18 NS M2 = 80.7 32.87 The following statistical techniques were used for the study. 10. OBSERVATION AND ANALYSIS Percentage, Mean, T-test. The above table shows that the mean 8.DATA ANALYSIS score of ICT competencies of teacher educators The collected data was analyzed using at graduate level is less than teacher educators quantitative method. at post graduate level. Still the calculated t value Table 1 is less than table t value at 0.0 1 and 0.05 level. ICT COMPETENCIES AMONG TEACHER This suggests that there is no significant EDUCATORS ACCORDING TO difference between the ICT competencies of SUB-DOMAINS (N=40) teacher educators at graduate and post IT Skills Low F (%) Moderate F (%) High F (%) graduate level. Level G PG G PG G PG Basic computer operation skills 10% -- 10% 20% 80% 80% 11. FINDINGS Using technology tools 20% -- 70% 70% 10% 30% Word processing -- -- 50% 20% 50% 80% Database 80% 20% 20% 60% -- 20% This suggests that the majority of Spreadsheet 10% -- 70% 60% 20% 40% Graphics 10% -- 70% 60% 20% 40% teachers are able to use some of the sub- Multimedia applications 60% 10% 40% 70% -- 20% Media communication 80% 20% 20% 70% -- 10% domains, which are basic computer operation Administrative applications 20% 10% 70% 60% 10% 30% Classroom integration 30% -- 50% 30% 20% 70% skills, word processing, spreadsheets and 9. OBSERVATION ANALYSIS graphics efficiently. Most of the participants The results in Table 1 show that most of were not able to perform a task in media the teacher educators had moderate levels of application, media communication and IT competence (G- 27%, PG-52%). Most of the database compared to the other IT competence participants had a moderate level of IT sub-domains, where most were able to perform competence in using technology tools (G-70%, a task with assistance and complete the given PG-70%), word processing (G-50%), database task. It was also found that there is no significant (PG-60%), using / preparing spreadsheets (G- difference between the ICT competencies of 70%, PG-60%), graphics (G-70%, PG-60%), teacher educators at graduate and post multimedia application (PG-70%), media graduate level. Therefore, proper computer [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 071 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 training courses that emphasis skills in media communication should be given to improve the 13 participants’ level of IT competence in that particular skill. Study of Tourist Places and REFERENCES: - Gupta, A.K., Ghosh, C.K.(2008). Literacy, Related Job Opportunities in Elementary Education and Teachers’ Raigad District (M.S) Training in the State of Madya Pradesh by Effective Use of lCT. University News, Vol. Mrs. A. R. Kamble : 46 (31),04-10 August, New Delhi. Assist. Prof.,Dept. of Geography, - Hussain, N. (2010). Teacher Competencies Uran College of Commerce and Arts Uran , for the Use of Information Communication Dist- Raigad (M.S) Technology, Journal of Indian Education, Vol.xxxvi (3), November, 2010. ======***********======- Mangal & Mangal.(2008). Essentials of ABSTRACT Educational Technology. New Delhi: PHI Tourism is the business of traveling for Pvt. Ltd. pleasure or business, and tourism is the business - Verma Anil (ed.) (2008). Information and of traveling, attracting, accommodating and Communication Technology in Education. entertaining tourists. The World Tourism New Delhi : IUP Organization defines tourism more generally. - Juanna Risah Sa’ari, Wong Su Luan & “Things that go beyond the common man’s Sarnsilah Roslan. (2005). Attitudes and understanding of tourists that are not limited to Perceived Information Technology holiday activities, because people travel and live Competency among Teachers. http:// there. “usual environment for not more than one ppniLusm.mY/’Tloiit/articles, (Retrieved consecutive year for leisure and not less than 23 July 20 12) 24 hours, business and other purposes. The main purpose of this paper is to study Tourist Places in Raigad District which are creates job opportunities for the population of this District. Introduction Tourism is one of the most popular parts of human life in 20th century. India is a land of tourism. Especially Maharashtra is an important and best center place of tourists and Raigad district may be declared in future as tourist place in Maharashtra. Tourism needs variety and Raigad district offers to every visitor something that is not found elsewhere in the local and outside people in India. It offers very things in a rich variety namely mountains, hills, valleys, a number of historical forts, thick and green forest sea beaches, landscape, fairs and festivals, etc.
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 072 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Objectives inhabitants per square kilometer (950 /sq m). 1) To study the endowment tourist places in Raigad The population growth rate of the district in district. 2001-2011 was 19.36 %. (Several scheduled 2) To focus on the means of job opportunities for tribes live in Raigad district. local people. Subject Theme Methodology Some of the following Geographical, Historical, The data collection is based on and Cultural Tourist Places are selected for secondary sources. The secondary data is Study. collected from the literature of other researchers Beaches and Govt. published reports of several Raigad offers a whole lot of beautiful and departments. For example, reports of the various sun soaked beaches that penetrate the departments, census handbook, and gazetteer Arabian Sea. of Raigad district. 1. Kashid Beach: Kashid Beach is located on the Study Region Konkan Coast on the Arabian Sea, south of Raigad district which is situated in a Alibag and north of Murud-Janjira Road near State of Maharashtra. This is located in the Raigad. There is a huge sea fort and Konkan Region. The district is renamed the fort lighthouse. of Raigad which was Well known for the former 2. Kondivli Beach: Kondivli Beach, located on the way to Shrivardhan, is 18 km away from capital of the Maratha leader Shivaji. The Harihareshwar. The beach is noted for its district facing huge of the Western Ghats of brownish black sand. The Peshwa Smarak and Sahyadri range. Somdevi temple are the attraction. 3. Harihareshwar Beach :Harihareshwar beach lapped by the Waters of the Arabian Sea and the gentle winds and soft sands make this beach an enticing spot. Kalbhairav temple complex its major attraction. 4. Shrivardhan Beach: The Shrivardhan beach is one of the spectacular sun kissed sand beaches of Raigad.The beach has a nice atmosphere with unpolluted air and a blue sea. 5. Diveagar Beach: It is blessed with a very wide and clean beach with intense natural beauty. Most important things is that the Lord Suvarnaganesha is one of the main attractions for tourists. 6. Kashid Beach: It is 36 km away from Alibag, on the Alibag Murud Highway.This beach is possibly one of the cleanest and most beautiful beaches in the region with almost ‘white’ sand. 7. Alibag Beach : This is the the main beach of the town. The beach have blackest sand. Population In the right of the center of the town Ali According to the 2011 census 2,635,394 Shah Bawa’s mazhar so the beach is also and the district has a population density of 368 named after him. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 073 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Fort 3. Jagadishwar Temple, built in Shivaji’s Royal Raigad has quite a few renowned forts of which Palace, is clear proof of his devotion towards many have become an attraction for Hinduism. History says that Shivaji used to visit visitors. this temple daily. 1. Raigad Fort: is situated about of 30 km. Lake east of Mahad in Raigad. Known to be Raigad as much is known for its beaches is Shivaji’s impregnable capital, this was the also known for some of its spectacular lakes place where he was crowned and died.. 1. Savna Lake is located near Karjat in Raigad district which lies west of Manekgad. The lake is a 2. Prabalgad Fort: is situated on the Pune-Mumbai natural attraction with greenery surrounding it. Highway near Panvel is the Prabalgad fort which 2. Gangasagar Lake is an artificial lake which was was used as a temporary residence by Umaji constructed adjacent to the Raigad fort is the Naik, a freedom fighter, in 1823. Gangasagar Lake. The popular belief is that this 3. Birwadi Fort:Located about 11 km east of Mahad lake was built in the time of Shivaji’s in Raigad is the Birwadi Fort on the way to Bhor. 3. Palasdari Lake lies near Karjat in Raigad District. The fort was built by Chhatrapati Shivaji The lake is small and it is 3 km ahead of Karjat Maharaj along with the Lingana to increase the Railway Station. The Palasdari Fort is near by protection of Raigad fort. the Lake. 4. Revdanda Fort was built by Chhatrapati Shivaji and is located at Revdanda in Raigad District. Other Tourist Spots 5. Siddhagad Fort: is situated about 16 km 1. Jijamata Palace a significant place in the history southeast of Murbad near Raigad. The Fort is of Maratha kingdom. Jijabai, the mother of divided into lower fort which is about 1,400 ft Shivaji is credited for the greatness of Shivaji. above sea level and the upper fort which is The Jijamata palace is the place where Jijabai, a about 3235 ft above sea level. lady of high values, lived till her death 6. Karnala Fort: is situated at Karnala near Panvel, 2. Karnala Bird Sanctuary is the very famous Bird along the Pune-Mumbai Highway. It was Sanctuary in the District which is located in constructed around the 13th century and was Panvel Taluka. The sanctuary is cover very small managed by the families of the Mudhan, area of 12.11 square kilometers. In this Sanctuary Angres, and Peshwas until 1818. the resident of various bird and animal also 7. Murud-Janjira: is the Situated in the coastal seen at any time of the year, especially during village of Murud, and local name for village of the monsoons. But most of the best time of Murud. The sailboats from Rajapuri jetty is migratory birds can seen from October to April approached by this Fort. The main gate of the 3. Matheran Hill Station, a fascinating hill-station fort faces Rajapuri on the shore. about 80 km east of Mumbai in Alibag district, is Tourist Spots of Religions situated at an altitude of 800m. 4. Raigad Ropeway There is a ropeway on Raigad 1. Shri Varad Vinayak Temple is an ancient shrine fort. Which is the nearest passenger transport located at Mahad near Raigad. It is considered route to Raigad fort. Raigad Fort is located in to be one of the Ashta Vinayak shrines of the Raigad district and the state of Maharashtra. state, celebrating eight instances of legends 5. Elephanta Caves Lying in the north- west related to Lord Ganesh. direction of the coastline of Raigad are three 2. Pali Ballaleshwar Temple is also known as small villages of Elephanta or Gharapuri Island. Ballaleshwar Vinayak Temple which is one of 6. Raj Bhawan is the palace of Shivaji Maharaj from the Ashta Vinayaka temples dedicated to Lord where he administered and managed his Ganesh in Raigad. Located at Pali, the temple kingdom. The palace is made by a dual podium enshrines a 3 ft tall image of Lord Ganesh with and wooden columns to carry the grand Siddhi and Buddhi on either side. structure.
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 074 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Observations in Relation to Job Opportunities so many people get jobs and get money. The 1. Florist: One generally finds a row of stalls selling following are the places of religious festivals. Flowers at the places of worship and shrines. It 1) Masha Yatra (It is arranged by Murbad Taluka has become a flourishing business that absorbs This festivals attach to the near about 14 illiterate and jobless people. They earn their taluka) livelihood by selling flowers and garlands to 2) Dahivali, Bhaliwadi,Yatra’s at Karjat Taluka. devotees. Moreover, the flowers are also 8. Transport Facilities: S.T. buses, auto- supplied for auspicious celebrations on rickshaws and private demand. It is a source of getting oneself self- minibuses are put into services to carry employed without making a big investment in business. tourists and visitors to and These transport 2. Photographer: It is a common sight of some services create jobs for many. people with cameras at the historical places and 9. Worship Material: Many stalls are erected at the sight-seeing of ancient cultural and near the places of worship and shrines to traditional heritage of India. They are sell candles turmeric sacred holy-thread, holy- professional and novice photographers who water, cotton, kumkum and other such frequent these places of importance. Their things.They are essential for the devotees to modus operandi is to sell photographs and offer to Gods and Goddesses. Many people brochures to tourists and visitors with earn their livelihood by selling such things. The information relevant to the sites visited. They stalls also keep photos and statues of Gods and also photograph individuals and groups in the Goddesses for sale. The following Yatras are atmosphere, as required by charging them held: 3. Book - Seller: A good number of book-stalls are 1) Tamhnath God Shiva Yatra in Karjat Taluka. located at historical and tourist spots. At such 2) Dattajayanti huge Yatra in Uran Taluka stalls, books on monuments, maps and 3) Varsova God Datta Yatra in Alibag Taluka. informative booklets on ancient culture and Conclusion tradition of India are sold to tourists and visitors. As a matter of fact, unemployment poses It is source of income to the local people. a great problem to illiterate and unskilled labors. 4. Toy-Stalls:We see many toy-stalls at fairs and This class of people desperately hunts for jobs in whenever auspicious occasions are celebrated at the places of worship, shrines etc.These stalls vain. Since they do not have finance for investment are the main attraction to the children who visit they resort to doing such jobs cited in the text the places with their parents. Local people, who above. Present, 11.3% of the population depend erect the toy stalls, earn their livelihood. on the sale of flowers, garlands, sweets, etc. They 5. Guides: Jobless people are sometimes also sell such items at fairs. (raigad.nic.in/ constrained to work as guides just for a few htmldocs/overview.htm) rupees. They show the visitors and tourist the Sources: places of historical importance. They also impart 1) Gazetteer of Raigad ,District Government o f interesting information to them. Thus they give Maharashtra. their services and earn. 2) M.T.D.C. Website, Government of 6. Lodging and Boarding: Hotel-owners engage Maharashtra. some locals to recommend their hotels to the 3) ‘’Maharashtra Desha” Uddhav Thakares visitors and tourists for which they are paid. Books 7. Entertainment: Fairs are held at places of worship and shrines to entertain children. On 4) ‘’Sadh Sagarachi,’’ Parag Pingales Books such occasions we find giant wheels, swings, clowns, circus, folk art, dramas, tamashas etc for children and adults alike. In these activities [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 075 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Mundargi taluk is in Gadag district located at 14 the heart of Karnataka state is rich in ARCHAEOLOGY OF MUNDARGI archaeological remains and a place of historical importance. It comprises of ancient temples, TALUK sculptures, inscriptions, forts, coins, ancient and medieval habitation sites etc... DR. VANAJAKSHI BHARAMAGOUDAR The Mundargi taluk contains only 53 Asst. Professor, Dept. of History villages. The region is bounded by the koppal K R Bellad Arts &Commerce College district on the east, Bellary district on the south Mundaragi Dist:Gadag Gadag taluk on the north and Shirahatti taluk of Gadag district on the west. ======***********======The region had an ancient administrative Archaeology is the study of the past by centre called masavadi- 140 was surrounded by looking for the remains and objects left by the kogali-500, puligere-300, belavola-300 and people who lived long ago. These remains can kisukadu-70. Some of the villages of masavadi- include old coins, tools, buildings and 140 was also included in the neighbouring inscriptions.Another meaning of archaeology is villages of Gadag taluk. In addition to the study of human history and prehistory masavadinadu, a part of puligerenadu was through the excavation of sites and the analysis located in mundargitaluk earlier. of artefacts and other physical remains. The river Tungabhadra drains through Purpose of archaeology southern villages of Mundargi taluks about 20 The goals of archaeology are to villages of the region are located by the side of document and explain the origins and Tungabhadra River. development of human culture under history, Archaeological findings chronicle cultural evolution, and study human The survey has resulted to notice eight behaviour and ecology for both prehistoric and ancient habitation sites, twenty new historic societies. inscriptions, thirty temples, fourty-five Archaeology is an ever growing subject sculptures, some coins, etc. as it mainly depends upon the evidences, as and A brief report of the discoveries when new evidences turn it either by planed 53 villages in Mundargi taluk have explosions and excavations or by chance the shown various cultural materials from the concepts have to be changed, modified or beginning of the historical period to the post reinterpreted according to the nature of the new Vijayanagara period. The brief details are as evidence. That is the why it is saw that human follows. history is continuously rewritten the department 1. Habitation sites: various cultural materials of archaeology and museums in Karnataka and were found and scattered in eight habitation other organisations have been very active in sites in the region. The habitation sites Are explorations pre and proto-historic studies. The Nagarahalli, Kakkuru, Kalakeri, Jyalavadagi, excavations carried out by archaeological Bagevadi, Dambal, Doni, Tamragundi, department in many places in India and Koralahalli, Halamallapura, Rati, Hammigi, Karnataka. For this purpose I have taken Kapotagiri. In the site are found and collected archaeological study of Mundargi taluk of Gadag large number of potteries. At Nagarahalli a brick district. structure was found near panchalingeshwara temple situated on the bank of the river [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 076 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Tungabhadra. Some potteries were also Jakkali (Ron taluk) ete., found the inscriptions collected. Similarly in the places at of the above said dynasties. Therefore there halamallapura and rati also have ancient would be a socio-political impact with this region habitation sites. In these places also collected ever before this period. Regarding the new huge quantity of potteries. inscriptions, six from Doni, four from Bennalli, In the places At Dambal, Doni, four from Haitapura, five from Mallikarjunapura, Jyalavadagi, Kakkuru, Kalakeri also were found two from Dambal, three from Mevundi, two from some habitation sites. At Bagevadi a small iron GuddadaBoodihala, two from Hirevadavatti, axe, a copper image of durga, nagamantapa Bidarahalli, MundaVada, Baradooru, Bagevadi, were found in an ancient well. All these Tamragundi. All these inscriptions are under materials are kept in the temple of durgamma. study. The co-operation of the temple trustees is Both published and unpublished appreciable. A habitation site was found at epigraphs will help us to reconstruct the political kalakeri. In the site, pottery and other cultural and cultural condition of various periods. The materials were found are under studied. earliest epigraphs of the region is belonged to No evidence of the activities of the Stone the period of the Rashtrakutas. They belong to Age period could be noticed. But in the the period of Amoghavarsh-i, Krishna-ii and some surrounding region a few antiquities of subordinators like Kuppeyarasa and Kakkarasa, paleolithic, mesolithic periods and iron age are Bijjarasa who were ruled as mahamandale found. For example konchageri (Shirahatti taluk, shwara in the region. In the next phase shows Gadag District) and some places of Ron and the rulers of the later Chalukyas. In this period Naragund etc., the Iron Age megalithic cultural the important rulers as mentioned in the materials were found. The cultural materials epigraphs are Jayasimha-ii, Someshwara-i, ii, & found in this region are under study. iv, Vikramaditya-v and Vikramaditya-vi, and also 2. Temples, sculptures, inscriptions, appears certain Mahamandaleswara like and coins etc.: inscriptions, temples, sculptures, Pennayabatta, Dasarasa, Tribhuvanasetti, coins ete.. are found in the region. The earlier Malavarasetti, Nagagaunda, Kunchagaunda work of several scholars have given us only some Dasayya, Shoucharasa, Dandanayaka temples, sculptures and inscriptions. The Vasudevayya, MadhavaArasa, Dasimayya, findings of them are briefly explained below. Madimayya, Mahadevayya, Hollarasa, Inscriptions Kuppadevarasa, Mahadevayya, Hollarasa. Their The region under study informs totally political and cultural contribution ass mentioned 79 inscriptions, out of them 59 were published in the epigraphs are significant. earlier. The remaining 20 are new inscriptions An epigraphs of the region appears the found during the survey. These inscriptions are ruler of Sankamadeva in the region. It doesn’t belonging to the period of the Rashtrakuta (8th reveal any of his subordinators in the region. century) to the Vijayanagara period. But the There are a few epigraphs of the ruler of region does not reveal any epigraphs before Veeraballala-i, of the Hoysala dynasty. He had 8thcentury A.D. placed his big garrison at Lakkundi to resist the It may be noted that in the surrounding force of the seunas. His important subordinator region a few epigraphs of the Shatavahana, the in the region was ShrikaraBoppana. Next appear early Kadamba, BadamiChalukya were found. the rule of the seunas. A few epigraphs shows That is at vasana (Naragundtaluk), the rule of Singhanadeva-ii, Mahadeva, Lakshmeshwara, Gudigere (Shirahatti taluk), Ramachandra. The subordinators of them are [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 077 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 PurushottamaNayaka and MadavariBasavayya. jainabasadies at Dambal, doni and Kalakeri. In The appearance of the officer names like the other places also found sculptures and the Sarvadhikari as well as Basavayya are jainateerthankaras. Another unique feature of significant. Because in the administrative the region is the remains of the Buddhistvihara system the terms like Sarvadhikari seems to be of Dambal. The deity Tarabhagavati was appeared after the rule of the Chalukyas of appeared in the region. These temples are under Kalyana. The other name i.e., Basavayyais study they inform various significant art and remembering Basavesvara of 12th century A.D. architecture elements which are significant in obviously his name was popular in the later the history of Karnataka. Some of the important period. Latter appears during the rule of the features of temples are briefly explained here. Vijayanagara. It is interesting to note that the Important features of temples names of the monarches are hardly appeared 1. Ground plan: temples were built on in the region. different ground plans in mundargi region. But is appears certain subordinators like They have both large and small in types. BarikaraBallaveera, Chikkaveeranna, Parusi 2. The ground plans are either stellate or Nayaka, Basavannagouda. One significant square or rectangular. Doddabasappa evidence during the period is Bisthappayya of temple of dambal bears a stellate plan from Vittalapurabelongs to this region. He appears bottom to top, not only to the garbagraha to be responsible for the construction of a big but also to the ardhamantapa is indeed a gopurainfront of Virupaksha temple at Hampi. unique feature. The ground plan consists Besides a bridge was constructed across the of a garbagraha, ardhamantapa, river Tungabhadra near Koralahalli in this sabhamantapa, nandimantapa and region. Some of the new epigraphs like a copper mukahmantapa. Th temple is belonged the plate reveals the ruler of the Gouda after the chalukyas of kalyana. But stellate feature Vijayanagara dynasty. The ruler of the Nayakas usual in the temple of the hoysala. were appeared in the places. But the rule of the 3. Someshwara temple of dambal, Goudas existed in the region is indeed a rare siddheswara temple of don kalmeshwara incident. The other epigraphs showing temple of koralahalli, bharateshwara significant historical information for temple baradooru, ganesha temple of reconstruction of the history and culture of this bidarahalli, ishwara temple of tamragundi, region. mahabaleshwara, siddheshwara temple of Temples shirooruveerbahadra temple of singtalooru, During the survey 14 temples were newly ramalingeshwara temple halamallapura brought to light. They are documented and etc., are built in square plan. studied. 21 are briefly studied are published. It 4. The someshwara temple of dambal indicates totally 35 temples were constructed consisted of a garbagrahaantarala, and from the period of the Chalukya of Kalyana to open sabhamantapa with kakshasana. The Post Vijayanagara. Out of these twenty are land measuring unit engraved on the belonging to Shaiva religion, 8 are belonging to outside of wall is significant. The Vaishnava and four are belonging to shakta. It sabhamantapa of this temple containing as is interesting to note that, basadies were rarely many as 24 pillars. built in the region in that period. But only at one 5. More than one entrances are seen in some place the remains of the jainabasadi was formed temples of this region. Siddeshwara at Dambal. There are references about the temples of dambal, naganatheshwara [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 078 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 temple of alooru, ishwara temple of Someshwara And Ganesha Temple (Bidarahalli), tamaragundi, someshwara temple of Didigeshwara, Ishvara Temple (Mavundi), dambal have three entrances to the Ishwara Temple (Tamragundi), Ramalinga And sabhamantapa. The entrences are two on Iswara Temple (Halamallapura), Baleshvara And the sides and one in the front. The krishna Someshwara Temple (Hirevadavatti) And temple of shiroor, bharateshwara temple of Mallikarjuna Temple (Mundargi). baradooru and ahobalanarasimha temples Vaishnava temples have two entrances; one is in the side and Some of the important Vaishnava other in the front. temples of the region are Venugopala temple 6. The plan of the naganateshwara and (Shiroor), AhobalaNarasimhaswami Temple someshwara temple of hirevadavatti has (Baradooru), VittalaTemple (Vittalapura), rectangular ground plan is a rare type in Ananthashayana Temple (PethAlooru), the region. VenkateshwaraTemple (Mevundi) 7. The ekakuta types are more in mundargi. Ashvattanarayana Temple (Bidaralli). Dvikuta types are not fournd here. Three Shakta temples trikuta temples are constructed in less Some of the well-known Shakta temples number. One of the trikuta temple is built of the region are Donikavva temple (Doni), at alooru. It is called naganateshwara KanaviDurgamma Temple (Chikkavadavatti), temple. Another one is someshwara temple Renukamba (Bidaralli), DandinaDurgamma at hirevadavatti and kalmeshwara temple (Dambal) Temples. of koralahalli. They contain three Jaina relics garbhagrahas, three sukasanas, a common Some JainaBasadiesare found in ruins, navaranga with single entrance in the front. are located at Kalakeri, Doni and Dambal. But naganateshwara temple at alooru had Bouddhavihara three garbhagrahas in a single line. In these Dambalis significant because an garbhagrahas three shivalingas are important BuddhistVihara was located here. The enshrined. They are trimurties brahma, deity tarabhagavati as mentioned in the vishnu and maheshwara. epigraphy was in a Vihara during Chalukyan The plan of the someshwara temple at feudatory Dangamashettl. Presently the herevadavatti is interesting. It has three BuddhistVihara ruined and is buried under garbhagrahas on three conditional directions. mound. The middle garbagraha has an ardhamantapas It shows that Shaivism was predominant and including the side two garbagrahas have a in the region. Next is Vaishnavism, afterwards common navaranga. JainaShakta and Buddhism; the east one is Shaiva temples belonged to medieval period. It was completely Some of the well-known and important declined in south India. The survival of Buddhist shaiva temples of the region are the remains during the period is indeed significant. Doddabasappa and Someshwara (Doni); Such Buddhist centres during the period in Kalmeshwara Temple (Koralahalli), Karnataka are Koliwada near Hubballi and Bharateshwara Temple at Baradooru, Balligave in Shivamoggadistrict. The former Panchlingeshwara Temple of Nagarahalli, place is located at a distance of 20km from Naganateshwara Temple (PethaAlooru), dambal. In all these places the occurrence of Veerabhadreshwara Temple (Singatalooru), the Buddhist remains during the period are Kalmeshwara Temple (Chikkavadavatt), Vihara with a deity Tarabhagavati. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 079 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Sculptures Panchalingas are found in The region under study has about 55 Panchalingeshwara temple at Nagarahalli. Here sculptures belonging to Shaiva, Vaishnava, Jaina Panchalingas are enshrined on the and Shaktareligious. Among them 20 are circularpeetha. Sahasralinga is found on the top unpublished. The sculptures of Shaiva are 40 in of a hillock at Mundargi. These lingas are made numbers and are the largest. Vaishnava in group and are started appearing right from sculptures are 8 in number. Jaina sculptures are the period of Vijayanagara in the region. They 4 in numberesShakta sculptures are 10 in are comparable to those found at Sonda, Hampi numbers. Some Jaina sculptures have significant and Pura. (Vijayanagara period). features. The sculptures are studied below. Bhairava Shaiva sculptures The study of the region shows only one Shaiva sculptures comprised Of Shiva, Bhairavaseulpture is Didigeshwara temple at Shivalinga, Nataraja, Bhairava, Nandi, Mevundi. Bhairava is four armed. The lower two Veerabhadra, Ganeshaetc., and theiconographic hands are broken. He bears big eyes and has features of each deity are briefly given below. curly hair hanging on the shoulder. He is seated Shaivalingas in Padmasana. This is made on black stone. This Three types of Shivalingas are appeared is 20cm in height. He wears rings, necklaces, in the region. The Shivalingas are in various Yognopaveeta, Rundamala, bangles, armlets types. They Are Sthambhalinga, Yonipanilinga, anklets etc. He has Prabhamandala. The face is MukhalingaandPanchalinga, Sahasralingaete, in round relief and smiling face. It may be dated Sthambalinga and Yonipanilingasare Found at to 12thcenturyA.D. Dambal, Hirevadavatti, Mevundi, Alooru, The iconographic features in relation to vastu Baradooru, Tamargundi, Koralahalli, Doni, as well as puranic background the religions Jyalavadagi. Some Shivalingas are placed on the sculptures are rarely touched. In the study of pithas which are either square or circular or the Mukhalingas they start appearing right from rectangular in shape. Sthambalingas are the period of 3rdcentury B.C. for example enshrined usually in the open ground and are Gudimallamlinga of Andhrapradesh belongs to not possessing any peethas. We have seen this this period. Similarly, panchamukhalinga found type of lingas in the temple itself at Dambal and in a kalyani at the complex of mahakuteshwara Alooru. Bramhasutra is engraved on the temple could be the earliest in Karnataka. Shivalingas. The study of brahmasutras inform Mahakuta is in Bagalkot district. that they are of 12th, 14th and17thcentury A.D. The linga belongs century 7thA.D. Mukhalingas or group of lingas likewise Chaturmukha/Panchamukhalinga called They are different types of Mukhalingas. aMahadeva is chiselled out at elephant near They are Chaturmukhalingas, Bombay in Maharashtra. It belongs to Panchamukhalingas and Sahasralingas. These 8thcenturyA.D. Chaturmukha sculptures called type of lingas have been studied by various aBramhaStambhas are invariable installed at the scholars. In the Mukhalingas, the upper part is corner of the villages. The faces are made on Chiseled out the faces of Shiva four sides. There the top part of a pillar and is fixed at the centre are called Chaturmukhalinga or Bramha of the pithas. Stambas. These types of Mukhalingas are found Veerabhadra at Bidarahalli and Singatalooru in the region. Veerabhadra sculptures are found more Panchalinga and sahasralingass in numbers at Singatalooru, Alooru, Jyalavadagi and Gummagolain the region. He is usually [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 080 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 standing in tribhanga and has four hands, Veerabhadra is a usual practice. They are in holding bow, arrow, sword and shield. He is largest population in this bhairava sculptures flanked by daksha and kalika. Stylistically they are hardly found in this region. are belonged to 16thC.A.d. Vaishnava sculptures Among them the virabhadra sculpture from The vaishnava sculptures are vishnu, Gummagola placed in a monastery called venkateshwara,vitthala, venugopala etc. About gonibasaveshwara. He has two armed with eight vishnavaseulptures are found in region. sword and shield in the hands. It may be noted Vishnu sculptures are at Dambal, that an inscription reads ‘Sri Veerabhadreshwar” Chikkavadavatti, Venugopala Is at Shirooru and is engraved on the shield. BidarahalliVenkateshwara at Mevundi and Ganeshja Mushtikoppa. VittalaIs At Vitthalapura. Ganesha sculptures are found at Venugopala Dambal, Doni, Bidarahalli, Gummagola, Logographicallyvenugopala is in Hirevadavattiand also an engraved Ganesh on Tribhanga posture he has four armed with a lalatabimba on a temple doorway. Abhaya, Sahana, Chakra, and Gadha. Nandi It may be noted that Vishnu sculptures are few A big Nandi sculpture is engraved in in the region. The sculptures of Vitthala, Doddabasappa temple at Dambal has a unique Venugopala and Venkateshwara are belonged feature. A sculpture of shatnandi found in to 18 - 17 century a.d.obviously the disciplen of panchalingeshwara temple at Nagarahalli has these deities are in the regionrom the six seated nandies. All six nandies are seated Vijayanagara period. It is probably because of around the peetha. In the middle of these a the great patronage given to these deities during Shivalinga is engraved. Some other Nandi the period of Krishnadevaraya. It may be noted sculptures are in Somanatha temple at that this king gave elaborate grants and Bidarahalli, Gonibasaveshwaramatha at donations to Venkateshwara, vitthalaetc less Gummagoala and Didgeshwara temple at grant to virupaksha. Shrivaishnavism was Mevundimaruti temple at Eklaspura and some popularized by Ramanujacharya. He gave diksha other temples. It may be recalled here that to the scheduled caste people to worshipthese various temples with bhairava and other deities, iconographic features of Venkateshwara sculptures are found associated with certain and vithala are distinct trom other vaishnava temples at Choudayyadanapur. Gadag etc., and deities. were studied by a. Sundara. He has pointed out Jaina sculptures that in the kalamukha temples, usually the Fourjaina sculptures have been found in sculptures of bhairava are either enshrined or the region. Now three are kept in archaeological shown on the walls of the temples. The museum of gadag. They are Parshvanatha and epigraphic or sculptural study of the region in Teerthankar (Dambal, Doni). Parshvanatha the bhairava sculptures are rarely coming across bears naga hood conopy over the head. the region. OtherTirthankaras are in seated posture. Shivalinga with scorpion Shakta sculptures In a hirematha at bennalli has a Shakta sculptures are also found in the shivalinga. It has a scorpion symbol on the region. Among the shakta sculptures, peetha. Obviously it was a pitha of another Mahishamardini, Gajalaxmi, Saraswati, durga goddess. In the Veerashaiva community the are important. Mahishasuramardhini located at worship of deities like Nandi, Shivalinga and Kadampura. DandinaDurgamma Is atDambal, [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 081 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Gajalaxmisculpture with inscription is at Thus, the above accounts are brought to Tamargundi and without inscriptions at Alooru, light for the first time. It contributes for the DoniandMevundi. Durga sculpture and reconstructions of the archaeology and socio- Nagamantapa sculptures at kalakeri are made political, cultural of the region or to the province of copper. One Saraswati sculpture is situated or nation. in a nicn or the Navaranga of Someshwara Bibliography temple at Hirevadavatti 1. Alteker a. S.; 1967: Rashtrakutas and Their Herostones Times, Oriental Book Agency, Poona. Twenty five hero stones are found in this 2. Sundaraa;1998:PrachyaVaibhava, Malagitti region. About 15 of them are unpublished. It may Printers, and Belgaum. be noted that some have inscriptions. There are 3. Suryanatkamat; 1959:DharwadJilleya beautiful inscribed hero stones are found in Gazzetteer, ParashriMudranalayaNagappa Mallikarjunapura. A herostone probably a Road, Guttalahalli Bangalore. kumararama was noticed at eklaspura. A 4. Desai (dinkar); 1955:bombaygazzettervol- herostone bears the hunting tiger found near a i (ii), Indian historical research institute tank at doni is significant. A very beautiful bombay. inscribed hero stone was recently found at 5. Cusins henry; 1926: the Chalukyas architect ratihalli. Some more herostones have been of the canaries, District, Calcutta. found at Bidarahalli, Dambal, Baradooru, Alooru. 6. Dhakeym.a; 1977: the Indian temple forms Mevundi, Ratihalli, Hirevadavatti, Doni, in Karnataka inscriptions and architecture Kapotagiri, Mallikarjunapuraetc. All these hero Bombay. stones are under study. 7. Narasimhamoortya.v; 1974: the coins of Coins Karnataka, Mysore. Some Muslim and British cons were noticed in this region. Among there 20 British coins and two are Muslim coins. They are collected from Baradooru. On the Muslim coins, one has the name of Muslim ruler “Alasshah and also wrote ‘Mahammad’. On the observe wrote ‘Alan shah’ and reverse is Mahammad’. Another one is not yet identified. But it may be Lajarilab’ and ‘Navala’ script is in Urdu. It appears the name of Muslim rulers written like Mohammad and Lajarilab. Among the 20 British coms, some are related to George King Edward.Vii, Victoriyaqueen and others. All coins are dated to 1912, 1914, 1840, 1844, 1833, 1840, 1919, 1952, 1918, 1914, 1877, and 1896. Some silver coins are also found here. These are related with britishrulers. Only their (silver coins) photo were taken. The photos of these coins have been taken. The coins are given by am Hoogar, Nk. Gouripuraand SharavvaMeti. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 082 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Ø Use of technology in creating workforce 15 With fast growing population and the quick needs of younger generations, the drive AWARENESS OF TECHNOLOGICAL toupgrade the technology is taking course of AND TRENDS IN TECHNOLOGY actions in every field. To put them to best use, one needs to be mindful on the latest technology trends and popular ideas that are accepted for Mrs. Kalpana B S safe usage. Research Scholar, Department of P.G Studies Key words: technology, awareness, application, in Social work, knowledge, Davanagere University, Shivagangotri, INTRODUCTION Davanagere District, Karnataka, India Awareness of technology and its applications for daily use ======***********======The awareneSss is very essential aspect ABSTRACT to use the technology. Let me grab an example Technology is a study and practice of of a regional school teacher who wants to check scientific knowledge which can be put into his bank balance and withdraw some cash. The practical use. Anything that is we develop in traditional way, he use to apply half day leave today’s world is backed by the science and and visit the banks (As working hours of Bank scientific study. The course of scientific study and School are same) His reason for withdrawing to build a practical solution is known as cash are as below Technology. The use of technology is a fast - Pay electricity bills, Phone bills growing trend in every section of our society. - Pay for groceries The need to understand and be aware of the - Daily needs for fuel and transportation trends in technology is very important to gain After he upgraded self to use Mobile maximum benefits. The benefits can be of banking and ATM cards, he no longer needs to personal use, industrial use, sales and business apply leaves, no longer needs to visit the banks expansions, or recreation. Everything has its and wait for his turn. He walks in to an ATM any own popularity trend and the acceptable time of the day to withdraw cash. As days Technological features. Creating awareness to passed, there was a technological advancement make use of technology is to start from the – Cash less payments via smartphone finding the best way to reach the larger sections applications. of users to reap the best results. - Pay electricity bills, phone bills via The best known technology in today’s world is smartphone bank apps – mobile banking Smart Phones and Internet. Everything you need - Instant online payments from bank is at the edge of our fingertips. The best way to supported applications for groceries - Direct online payments using bank make use of the technology is to be aware of supported applications for fuel what is the current trend. The best part of carrying his activities To support this: online or cash less, he is saving his time to visit Ø Awareness of technology and its the bank and ATM outlets, time of the banking applications for daily use Ø Educational awareness via smartphone officials. And the applications provide him some applications cash back as rewards for using them as payment Ø Technology in the area of entertainment gateways. All the years of manual task was now [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 083 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 carried out in a smallest technological device - If there is a bad weather and bad situation in his hand. His technology awareness helped where the student cannot attend his lecture him in easiest ways through which he is carrying physically in schools, same can be addressed by his daily activities and the transaction attending online classes or live classes with video accountability, any time of the day. Without capability. being aware of the technology in his hand, he The advancement of technology is a still had to perform all his activities manually. It huge turn around in today’s internet. And the is the best use of technology in our daily life. current situation with pandemic has given a We need them every day and we make them greater opportunity to all the students to comfortable without much physical efforts. upgrade and explore the available options which Definition (As stated in Cambridge.org suits best. dictionary): Technology is the use of scientific Technology in the area of entertainment knowledge or processes in business, industry, The vast area of technology has attained manufacturing, etc. a huge success in the area of entertainment. Educational awareness via Smartphone Entertainment being an essential part of applications: The times where teachers were humans for recreation, can be classified into - Software just in school and students should go school - Hardware (mechanical) every day for his education, have made a bigger The advancement in achieving the impact of today’s generation. What are the software enabling games and tv shows stand challenges a student would face in his school high. The gaming has turned out to be a bigger days industry. Every day there are a huge numbers of - Lack of concentration games and the forms of games (PS4,Xbox, - Time flexibility - Repetitions Software games on smartphone). The earliest - Weather and pandemic concerns options a human considered for entertainment With all the challenges, the technology are has derived its own solutions for all the concerns - Skits and Cinemas and issues the students are facing. Technology - Sports - Travel starts with the basic providing of content in All had to walk into cinema halls and skit internet. The educational forums provide a wider halls to watch them in a scheduled hour and visibility and multiple solutions. Every student the scheduled place. We have to drive their to gets a chance to discuss his own problems on be able to get to the place. And the best part is specific topics. The students can also request when the places or seats are limited. And this the repetition of lecture. needs the least explanation of how technology - Lack of concentration can be engaged and rectified using visual graphic education. Creating has drove away from all the constraints. Sit back a platform to interact with the students like online home and switch your television on and all the forums movies are in your living room. As the - Time Flexibility is resolved as the content competition among the channels increase, all in online can be access any time of the day and the new contents are updated faster on your any number of times for a day. television. Taking a step further, internet has - Repetition of lecture is addressed by made it easy to access all the content the work allowing the students to virtually store the online is posting on the streaming websites. Don’t you classes and access them in any time of the day. think it is beautiful to watch anything of your choice sitting back in your home. In my life time [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 084 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 I never saw a Korean movie getting released in Creating virtualworkforce and working station, the theaters and cinemas near my home, near allowing employee to work from home flexibly. my city. Now, has advanced and accessible via Banks have reduced the workforce to half and technology. rest is connected via technology. IT industry has Sports, one trill we get it when we watch made it easy to work from home. Healthcare them live. But how do I watch a cricket match Industry has also made part of its course to take that is being played in England? I cannot afford place online. to travel England for every match and series On mechanical side of the story, the they play. The olden days followed the banking industry has counting machine and newspaper to get to know who has won the currency validation machines. IT industry has game. The technology developed and the live shifted from desktops to laptops and tablets. match was right in my living room television. Meeting rooms to virtual meetings. Healthcare Same goes with every other sport. has thousands of inventions in terms of biotech Gaming in today’s word is so advanced industry. that it allows you to feel the games in virtual To conclude we have seen a huge reality. Playing a game in your smartphone with transitions in our short life span, how the the VR(virtual reality) glasses on is the simplest technology has his roots on our daily life. We yet the best example of advancement in have grown dependable on the technology. Not technology. The gaming industry has turned out to forget every coin has two faces, and the a huge market to drive the technology choice is always of an individual. Choose the developments to the edge every time. right option and be aware of the latest You can travel world with your technology. Make the best use of the technology. smartphone or television every single day. Get to know the best things and the happenings things of the world. Sit in your couch and feel the Himalayan trekking. River rafting experience in virtual world created shares the same experience. Thousands of such amusement parks all in one place have made it possible to see the world as is, without being travelled. Use of technology in creating workforce With respect to today’s uncertainty of pandemic outbreak, all the industries have stumbled to be productive. The advance in technology has made its place to keep the industries running. Thousands of automations have made the business easy and quick. Some examples - Banking and financial industry - Information technology industry - Healthcare industry All the industries have found their ways of achieving the targets even in the times of natural disasters and pandemic outbreak. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 085 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Maharashtra state, and is about 180 km from 16 Nagpur. A Study of Tourist Satisfaction Tadoba Andhari Tiger Reserve was created vide Government of Maharashtra in TadobaAndhari Tiger Notification NoWLP-1094/CR-225/F-1 Dated 23/ Reserve in Chandrapur District 02/1995. Total Area of TATR is 625.40 sq.km. This includes Tadoba National Park, created in of Maharashtra 9th April 1955 with an area of 116.55 sq.km and Andhari wildlife sanctuary created on 25 Feb Dilip Baburao Choudhari 1986 with an area of 508.85 sq. km. The TARA Dept. Of General Studies is constituted with 577.84 sq km. Reserve forest, Chhatraveer Raje Sambhaji College of Civil 32.51 sq. Km. Protected Forest and 14.93 sq. km Services, other areas. It comprises of 91 compartments, Morwa Dist. Chandrapur ( Maharashtra ) which are organized into 3 Ranges, 10 Rounds and 34 Beats for purpose of administration and ======***********======management. Abstract: Location and Topography: The act and process of spending time Geographical location of Tadoba Andhari Tiger away from home in pursuit of recreation, Reserve is Longitude: 79æ% 47’ 52" E to 79æ% relaxation, and pleasure, while making use of 56’43" E and Latitude: 19æ% 31’40" N to 19æ% the commercial provision of services is called 42’25" North. Minimum Temperature us 6.7æ% Tourism. Tourist spending time and money for C And Maximum Temperature is 47æ% C. satisfaction only. Wildlife tourism is a growing Height from sea level is 188m. phenomenon, benefits of this growth in tourism Flora: include greater tourist interest in wildlife and TATR is a predominantly southern its help to their conservation. tropical Dry Deciduous forest with dense To access the level of satisfaction of tourist, we woodland comprising about 87 percent of the should know the view of tourist about attraction perfected area. Teak is the predominant there and various facilities available at the tourist species. Other deciduous trees include Animals, spot. Every tourist place having their own Bija, Tendu, Mahua, Madhuea, Lamer are other management system. If they are ready to provide common species. Bamboo thickest grow Quality services then tourist flow automatically throughout the reserve. Some medicinal plants enriched. Tourist satisfaction is very much found here along with shrubs, Grasses, Climbers important because it is playing key role in weeds, herbs, and Epiphytes. increasing popularity of the Tourist place Fauna: Key Notes: Tourist Satisfaction, Tourist survey Aside from around 65 of the keystone Study Region: species Bengal tiger. TARA is home to other Tadoba Andhari Tiger Reserve is one of mammals including Indian Leopards, sloth Bear, the Finest and largest National Park in Nilgai, Dholes, Striped Hyena, Small Indian Civet, Maharashtra .It is one of the most important Jungle Cats, Sambar, spotted Dear, Barking Dear, Tiger reserve projects exiting in India. This Chital and Chausingha. Along with these are 195 beautiful wild paradise is situated 45km close species of Birds, 74 Species of Butterflies and to Chandrapur District Headquarter of Reptiles. Objective: [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 086 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 The main objectives of this study are to (37.60%) and Fully Satisfied (22.57).It stated that know the level of satisfaction of Tourist visiting the level of Satisfaction of the Tourist is high. Tadoba Andhari Tiger Reserve for wildlife Only 15.90% Tourist are not satisfied. tourism. TABLE 2. Methodology: Tourist Satisfaction Index This Research work is done on the basis Name of the Average Sum Rank Number of factor (as per given Respondents of Primary data . About 200 Tourist were asked weightage by SPSS) to mention their views about facilities and Accommodations 3.77 755 2 200 facility attraction Provided in Tadoba Andhari Tiger Wild life seeing 3.54 708 5 200 Information from 3.47 694 6 200 Reserve . One Question hr are made by me. And Guide Forest(Jungal 4.05 811 1 200 provided five scale to questions .for example , Safari) Bahaviour of 3.2 641 8 200 Fully dissatisfied , Unsatisfied, Averagely Officials Satisfied, Satisfied, Fully Satisfied After Basic facilities 3.32 664 7 200 Online facility 3.58 716 4 200 collection of Data use SPSS softwear to calculate Food facility 3.73 747 3 200 the tourist satisfaction Index. Distribution of factor wise level of From the observed data as per Tourist Satisfaction: Satisfaction index, it can be concluded that 8 Major factor Identified to calculate the Forest ( Jungle Safari) is most favoured amongst satisfaction Index which is influence the level the tourists. Rich Biodiversity of TATR always of satisfaction of Tourist as could be seen in fascinates the tourists from all over the world. Table 1. Actually lavel of satisfaction is the game Other than wildlife TATR have a rich important of mind. Its affected by Tourist’s Interest and tropical deciduous forest. Especially Teak Thought process. To condact sample survey a Bamboo mixed dense forest and many medicinal questionnaier was prepared and field up by plants is the main attraction among the tourist Tourist . The Tourist were asked to indicate the in flora. level of satisfaction with the help of provided As per the data observed under Tourist scale which is mentioned in methodology. satisfaction index, Accommodation facility get TABLE. 1.0 second rank after Forest (Jungle Safari) . It is Distrubution of Respondents observed that MTDC and along with other Name of the Fully Unsatisfied Averagly Satisfied Fully Total Factor dissatisfied Satisfied Satisfied stakeholders like Forest Rest House, private Accomadation 11 10 42 87 50 200 resorts, and participation through Home stay Facility Wild life seeing 24 12 47 66 51 200 cottages provided by the villagers in the buffer Information 17 18 43 98 24 200 from Guide zone of TATR makes it classic example of Forest(Jungal 14 8 29 51 98 200 Safari) community participated Eco tourism. Thus this Bhaviour of 25 30 46 77 22 200 Officials Accommodation gives easy access to main entry Basic facilities 25 8 86 40 41 200 Online Booking 13 16 47 90 34 200 gate, as they itself are situated into the buffer system zone. They itself gives fascinating experience Food facility 11 12 40 93 44 200 of staying there amongst such forest of such a
Total 140 114 380 602 364 600 high biodiversity. (8.75%) (7.15%) (23.75%) (37.60%) (22.57%) (100%) Food facility gets third rank as per
These views shows that the Facility observed Data. Food facility are available proved at Tadoba Andhari Tiger Reserve are amongst major resorts and other small hotels. noted fully dissatisfied (8.75%) Unsatisfied Level of tourist satisfaction is High according (7.15%) Average Satisfied (23.75%) , Satisfied [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 087 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 to Data, But during the survey it is observed that Conclusions and Suggestions variety of food is limited and cost of food in High. 1) It is observed that there a huge unfulfilled Online booking system gets 4th rank as per potential of wildlife Tourism inTadoba - Tourist Satisfaction Index. Online booking Andhari Tiger Reserve. system has reduced inconvenience about 2) Wildlife seeing and Forest ( Jungle Safari )in visiting hours, number of tourist allowed this tourist satisfaction is high as TATR is rich in biodiversity and have high Tiger density, everyday as booking are done online already, it thus probability of seeing tiger increases many regulates the number of tourists visiting fold. Thus Tourist Satisfaction increases here. everyday thus makes it convenient for both 3) Because their lack of Basic facilities and also Tourists and TATR officials. behaviour of officials is not tourist friendly and Wildlife seeing gets 5th rank as per can be improved. Tourist Satisfaction Index. TATR is rich in wildlife, 4) Guides need to properly trained in but Tiger remains main attraction for the tourist. communication skills with in-depth knowledge During the survey it is observed that level of about Fauna and Flora of Tadoba - Andhari Tiger tourist satisfaction increases if tourist see Tiger Reserve. and decreases if tourist does not see Tiger 5) Tourist Satisfaction is comparatively is high in though tourist may see other wildlife. food and accommodation as per the data, but food affordability and quality with variety needs Information from Guide gets 6th rank as to be improved. Also sanitation facilities at per Tourist Satisfaction Index. Guide in TATR are accommodation centres can be improved. co-operative and well behaved with tourist, But 6) Visiting expenses including high entry fee due to lack of proper training, knowledge about makes tourist more eager to see the tiger which fauna and flora in TATR and communication is centre of attraction, but if in case tourist does skills, especially with respect languages other not see a tiger during visit it makes tourist highly than Marathi and Hindi. As most of this guides unsatisfied about huge money paid, thus entry are from nearer villages from the buffer zone fees needs to be reduced and along with Tiger whose mother toung is Marathi. other wildlife also needs to be highlighted in Basic facilities gets 7th rank as Tourist the advertisement. Satisfaction Index. Basic facilities include References Drinking water, Rest rooms, waiting rooms, - Navale A M., Deshmukh S.B., Pardeshi quality of internal Roads. It is observed that Rest P.B.(2000): “ Pilgrimage Tourism in rooms are not well maintained and their number Pandharpur Town-A Study of pilgrim tourist is not adequate compared to number of tourists satisfaction” Maharashtra Bhugolshashtr per visit. Quality and Aviability of internal roads Patrika,Vol.XIV(2), July-Dec.,2000 for Safari in TATR is not good. It is observed - Tiger Conservation Plan 2016-17 to 2025- that there is severe lack of Basic facilities. 26 Volume- I ( CORE), published by Chief Behaviour of officials get last 8th rank Conservator of Forest & Field Director, as per Tourist Satisfaction Index. On this Tourist Tadoba Andhari Tiger Reserve, Chandrapur Satisfaction is quite low compared to other - Government of Maharashtra Notification No. parameters. There is no proper sharing of WLP-1094/CR-225/F-1 Dated 23/02/1995. information by the officials regarding restricted - www.mahatadobatiger.com a official areas, rules thus it create confusion amongst website of Tadoba Andhari Tiger Reserve, the tourist, also behaviour of some officials is Chandrapur not tourist friendly as they consider Tourist as a burden than assets. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 088 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Economic activities around the world has come 17 to a halt abruptly which is adversely affecting the economy. On April 9th, the Chief of Analytical Study of Impact of International Monetary Fund, K. Georgieva said Covid-19 on Indian Economy that the year 2020 could see the worst global economic fallout since the Great Depression in Dr. Amruta Suryawanshi the 1930s, with over 170 countries likely to Ghokhale Institute of Politics and experience negative per capita GDP growth due Economy, Pune to the this pandemic. Impact of Corona Pandemic on Indian Economy: ======***********======Even before Corona, financial condition Abstract: Indian economy was worsening for several The Covid-19 is an unprecedented shock quarters and the pandemic has made the to the whole world. This pandemic is taking condition worst now. Since March 25thcountry is heavy toll of not only of human lives globally in lock down and businesses are facing but has also triggered a deep economic distress. uncertain future. India’s unemployment rate is This is the first time when all countries in the at 27.1 % the highest ever. Most credit rating world are facing economic slowdown at the agencies have cut down India’s GDP forecast same point of time.The present research paper from their earlier predictions. is an attempt to assess the potential impact of Closing national borders has brought this shock on various sectors of the economy, international trade and commerce to an abrupt paper also discusses about the policy measures halt. All these factors are severely disrupting that needs to be taken both in short term and supply mechanisms and distribution chains in long term to in order to get over this severe almost all sectors of economy. In addition to this economic shock. people have changed their life style by spending Introduction: less on non-essential items which has resulted Novel Corona Disease which originated in a complete collapse of consumption demand. in Wuhan, China has spread over the globe now. So, as both demand and supply shocks are hitting All countries in world are fighting two wars one the Indian economy at a time. The disruption of is against the COVID-19 pandemic and another demand and supply forces are likely to continue is economic crisis. So far, the world has gone even after the lockdown is lifted. The longer the through several epidemics like AIDS, Severe crisis lasts, the more difficult it will be for firms Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS), Middle East to stay afloat. Respiratory Syndrome (MERS), Ebola, etc. In the Impact of COVID-19 on various sectors: past, India has had to deal with diseases such Poultry Industry: Due to rumors in as the small pox, plague and polio. All of these different parts of the country that the novel individually have been pretty severe episodes. coronavirus can transmitted through However the Covid-19 turn out to be the most consumption of chicken, people are avoiding dangerous and serious health crisis in our history consumption of meat, fish, chicken, and egg etc. of mankind. World Health Organization has As a result the prices have fallen and about two declared COVID-19 as global health emergency. crore people employed in the poultry industry To prevent the spread of this deadly disease across the country have been impacted. Due to almost all of countries have declared lockdown. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 089 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 the fall in demand, wholesale price of chicken exports. Recent annual reports on MSMEs had dropped by as much as 70 per cent. indicate that the sector contributes around 30% Aviation Industry: Before the COVID- of India’s GDP, and based on conservative 19 pandemic, factors that contributed to estimates, employs around 50% of industrial significant market growth of aviation industry workers. Over 97% of MSMEs can be classified includes increasing global economic activities, as micro firms (with an investment in plant and increasing disposable income, new travel trends, machinery less than Rs 25 lakh), and 94% are etc. But, due to this pandemic, the governments unregistered with the government. Many of the all across the globe are denying visa for micro enterprises are small, household-run foreigners, international boundaries are sealed businesses were hit the hardest by the Covid- which has adversely affected aviation industry. 19 pandemic and the consequent lockdown. Due Electronics Industry: The major supplier to loss of jobs of workers in the informal sectors, is China in electronics being a final product or reverse migration is taking place. More than 50 raw material used in the electronic industry. million migrant workers have returned to their India’s electronic industry may face supply native villages. Most of these migrants are now disruptions, production, reduction impact on out of work as businesses and establishments product prices due to heavy dependence on have shut down. In the absence of money, jobs, electronics component supply directly or and any food, savings, or shelter in large cities, indirectly and local manufacturing. they are desperate to reach their villages. Few Chemical Industry: Most chemical migrants died on the way due to exertion and industries depend China for supply of raw lack of food. Even after the lockout is relaxed, it material. But, as chemical plants in china are will take some time for the economy to pick up closed for a while now. Due to disruption in raw this will further aggravate the future uncertainty material supply, it has been found that 20% of for informal workers. Beside this, hospitality, production of chemical industry in India has been textiles, electricity, mining, food product come down. China is a major supplier of Indigo companies automobile sector are among the that is required for denim. Business in India is worst hit sectors. Estimated loss of automobile likely to get affected so people securing their sector is around Rs. 2300 crores per day, real supplies. However, it is an opportunity. US and estate sector is incurring huge loss of about Rs. EU will try and diversify their markets. 30000 crores per day. Travel and tourism Impact on Formal and Informal Sector: accounts for five per cent of total employment Only few big firms will be able to tide in India (nearly 20 million jobs). Hotels and over this lock down. But a majority of firms will restaurants account for another 4 million jobs. struggle to survive, as they have to pay salaries Millions of jobs and livelihoods are at stake and of workers even though production activity is not it needs urgent policy actions. taking place. Due to persistent fall in revenues Policy Recommendations: these firms will end up defaulting on their loans To combat the impact of COVID-19 a and may also end up in the bankruptcy. large stimulus to economy is needed this can On the other had many firms in the informal trigger a virtuous growth cycle by raising sector are forced to shut down. MSMEs - The marginal propensities to spend. But there are micro, small and medium enterprises as a whole many limitations to this since during the form a major chunk of manufacturing in India lockdown Government had to lose Rs 10,000 and play an important role in providing large crore in taxes for every day. So, keeping in mind scale employment and also in the country’s [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 090 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 all theconstrains, some temporary, targeted necessary for banks to undertake wider liquidity measures can be taken as follows: infusion. Even so, alternative direct liquidity 1. Agriculture: channels may have to be established to reach Farmers, agricultural labourers, workers those starved of funds. in supply chains have to be protected from Once the pandemic is under control, the thecovid disease. Measures like social government must foster investments in distancing in harvest operations, procurement, infrastructure – this is one of the fastest and marketing, packaging etc. will help in less most direct ways to create jobs. Transfers spreading of the pandemic. It is important to payments should only be to low income groups, have continued markets for farmers. Farmers combining tax and Aadhaar databases. A joint with perishable products need help as they face effort from both the state and central more problems. Government should have governments is critical. smooth procurement operations for wheat and Finally, despite a deepening deficit, we other crops. Some of the states have already cannot lose sight of the fact that our education announced their plans on procurement. Small and skill training systems are in desperate need farmers in poultry and milk activities need more of an overhaul. These will demand greater funds, help as they are facing problems due to the but the first priority must be to improve access pandemic to good-quality education for children who are 2. Businesses and Firms: losing out right now. Children are not in school Due to lockdown all economic activities during the lockdown. While the middle- and have come to an abrupt end.Governments can upper-class have access to distance learning, support businesses by reducing the tax those from disadvantaged households do not. compliance burden is critical; especially for So, this sets the children from disadvantaged small businesses, providing wage subsidies backgrounds even further behind in their directly to workers through digital payments will trajectories. ensure that the workforce is recorded and Overall, devising a credible, system registered, enabling the government to reach wide, stabilization package would benefit from out to them, now and in the future. It will assist being executed in a timely fashion so it can businesses to retain workers at a time of stressed influence the pace of recovery and help avoid cash flow. Businesses need funding to tide over severe damage to livelihoods, the economy, the the crisis. Not only should there be a moratorium financial sector, and society. The crisis along on loans, but the government also needs to with some difficulties also gives directions for ensure the provision of working capital at low the positive change e.g. encouraging the digital interest rates to start-ups, and small and economy, larger share of distance work this will medium businesses. Interest rate subventions help to economise on fuel — the import of which should be targeted to MSMEs and the most has been India’s weakness and will also reduce affected sectors, and should be given on some pollution, Supply chains can be incentivized to conditions like not cutting down salaries of shift from China. With the appropriate policy workers who are employed in the firm, up- measures this challenge can be turned into skilling and re-structuring over time. As firms opportunity to change the world for better. are not getting any revenue are afraid of running References: out of cash and are hoarding liquidity. Since 1. Carlsson-Szlezak, Martin Reeves and Paul banks now only make risk-based lending, a Swartz “What Coronavirus means for the government credit guarantee would be Global Economy”, BCG Henderson Institute, [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 091 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 https://hbr.org/2020/03/what-coronavirus- Education Levels and Falling Non- could-mean-for-the-global-economy agricultural Job Growth. 2. Duflo, Esther, Abhijit Banerjee (2020), “A https://cse.azimpremjiuniversity.edu.in/ prescription for action: Nine steps after the wpcontent/uploads/2019/10/ next 21 days”, Indian Express, March 29, Mehrotra_Parida_India_Employment_Crisis.pdf 2020. 10. Narayanan, Sudha (2020), “Food and 3. Krishnan, Deepa and Stephan Siegel (2017), agriculture during a pandemic: Managing “Survey of the Effects of Demonetisation the consequence”, https:// on 28 Slum Neighborhoods in Mumbai”, www.ideasforindia.in/topics/agriculture/ Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 52, food-and-agriculture-during-a-pandemic- Issue No. 3. managing-theconsequences.html 41 RBI 4. https://www.ifpri.org/blog/addressing- (2020), Monetary Policy Report, Reserve covid-19-impacts-agriculture-food-security- Bank of India, April 2020. andlivelihoods-india FAO (2020), “Covid-19 11. Sengupta, Rajeswari and Harsh Vardhan Pandemic: Impact on Food and Agriculture”, (2017), “This time it is different: Non- Food and Agricultural Organisation, Rome, performing assets in Indian banks”, http://www.fao.org/2019-ncov/q-and-a/en/ Economic & Political Weekly, 52(12), 25 5. Chaddha, N, A Das, S Gangopadhyay and N March 2017. Mehta (2017), ‘Reassessing the Impact of 12. Khera, Reetika (2020) “Covid-19: What can Demonetisation on Agriculture and Informal be done immediately to help vulnerable Sector’, India Development Foundation population”, Ideas for India. https:// (IDF), New Delhi, January. www.ideasforindia.in/topics/poverty- 6. Himanshu (2019), “India’s farm crisis: inequality/covid-19-what-can-be-done- decades old and with deep roots”, The India immediately-tohelp-vulnerable- Forum, https://www.theindiaforum.in/ population.html article/farm-crisis-runs-deep-higher-msps- 13. Sengupta, Rajeswari and Harsh Vardhan and-cash-handouts-are-not-enough IMF (2020), “Policymaking at a time of high risk- (2020), “Policy responses to Covid-19”, aversion”, Ideas for India, 6 April. https:// International Monetary Fund, Washington www.ideasforindia.in/topics/money- DC. finance/policymaking-at-a-time-of-high- https://www.imf.org/en/Topics/imf-and- risk-aversion.html https://www.ideasfor covid19/Policy-Responses-to-COVID-19 india.in /topics/macroeconomics/covid-19- 7. Kapur, Dev and Subramanian, Arvind (2020), macroeconomic-implications-for-india.html “How coronavirus crisis can be converted Zhang, Xiaobo (2020), to opportunity to fundamentally strengthen 14. “COVID-19s Impact on China’s Small and Indian economy”, Indian Express, April 3, Medium Size Business”, IFPRI, Washington, 2020. DC, https://www.ifpri.org/blog/covid-19s- 8. Dev, S, Mahendra (2020), “Addressing impact-chinas-small-and-medium-sized- COVID-19 impacts on agriculture, food businesses security, and livelihoods in India”, IFPRI 15. https://www.who.int/docs/default-source/ Blog, April 8. coronaviruse/situation-reports/20200308- 9. Mehrotra, Santosh, and Jajati K. Parida sitrep-48-covid-19.pdf?sfvrsn=16f7ccef_4 (2019):India’s Employment Crisis: Rising 16. https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/ news/politics-and-nation/india-reports-75- [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 092 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 coronavirus-cases-and-1-death/ articleshow/74607818. 18 17. https://www.livemint.com/. 18. https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/ Challenges and Opportunities news/economy/indicators/coronavirus- chicken-prices-fall-poultry- to DevelopSmart Cities in industryaffected/articleshow/74546189. India: Case Study of KAVAL 19. Sengupta, Rajeswari and Harsh Vardhan(2019), “How banking crisis is Cities, Uttar Pradesh impeding India’s economy”, East Asia Forum, 3 October 2019; Arun Pratap Mishra* https://www.eastasiaforum.org/2019/10/ Dr. Subhash Anand* 03/banking-crisis-impedes-indiaseconomy/ *Department of Geography, Delhi School of 20. https://www.thehindubusinessline.com/ Economics, economy/trade-impact-of-coronavirus-for- University of Delhi, Delhi-7 india-estimated-at-348-mn-unreport/ article30988253.ece# ======***********======1. Introduction Urbanization has been a key driver of change in human societies, and previous two centuries have clearly observed the great change from mainly rural way of life to urban way of life. Around five percent of world population inhabited the urban areas in eighteenth century (Nel-lo, 2016;History Database of the Global Environment, 2010). But more people are living in cities currently. According to UN World Urbanization prospect, there was 55.3 percent of population lived in urban areas and projected to increase 60 percent up to 2030 and 70 percent till 2050. World has observed creation of more cities in past and it is expected that hundred more will be built in near future. These will be caused by tremendous increase in urban population due to excess of birth over death in cities, rural to urban migration and urbanization of suburbia and rural (Lerch, 2017). These phenomena will be more pronounced in case of developing countries like India, where the increase in the number of secondary and tertiary cities will retain most of the growing urban population that is around 2.5 billion people which accounts 90 percent of total
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 093 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 addition urban population (United Nations, Pradesh followed by Lucknow, Varanasi, Agra 2019). and Allahabad. Despite all the social, economic, political and environmentalproblem cities in India are experiencing, these have been emerged as strong centres of economic growth. To sustain the growth and managing the crumbling urban infrastructure and degrading intuitions has been the fascinating idea to rest upon. Transformation of the city is importantwith respect toupgradingliving standards and to attract human and financial capital towards the city. Indian government has taken great initiative to developa hundred smart cities by 2023 under Figure the Smart City Mission which has been praised as major step in the direction of socio-economic transformation of urban areas (MoUD, 2015). KAVAL (Kanpur, Allahabad, Varanasi, Agra, Lucknow) cities have emerged as winner cities in nationwide city challenge competition organized by Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs, Government of India. KAVAL cities are 1: Location of KAVAL cities five out of thirteen future smart cities to be built 3. Data Base and Methodology in Uttar Pradesh state (Press Information Both primary and secondary data are Bureau, 2015). The paperexplores challenges used in the study. Open and close-ended and opportunities to develop Indian smart cities questionnaires survey is carried out to obtain with special reference to KAVAL cities.The main primary data. Secondary data have been received objective of the paper is to evaluate the present from various central, state, city departments.A condition of KAVAL cities by analysing several structured approach in the form Multi criteria socio-economic and city parameters and their decision analysisistaken into consideration to prepredness for smart cities conversion. carry out data analysis, that includesthorough 2. Study area assessment of most basic and significant The KAVAL (Kanpur, Agra Varanasi, parameters of smart urbanization. (Hall, 2000; Allahabad and Lucknow) cities, the five Rios, 2008; PricewaterhouseCoopers, 2015; prominent cities of Uttar Pradesh province of Giffinger et al., 2007;) (Table 1). India, accounting for approximately 23 per cent Table 1: Importantparameters of smart city of the population residing in urban areas, acknowledged for study of KAVAL cities Social Urban Economic dominate the urban landscape of the state Health and Well-being Energy Municipal corporation Education Water Environmental Sustainability (Figure 1). These cities are of great socio- Civic Protection Transportation Disaster management economic, historical and cultural importance as well as exert great influence on nearby towns Nine parameters and forty sub- and villages. According to Census of India (2011), parameters have been identified. These Kanpur is the biggest inhabited city in the Uttar parameters areevaluated and rated for three criteria namely present condition, Technology [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 094 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 involvement and significance for developing respectively. In terms of education,the cities smart cities (Table 2).Most performing have consolidated scores of 5.25, 6.67, 6.08, indicators have been allotted three while lowest 4.74 and 7.82 respectively. With regard to as one on a scale of three to one. Weights are Municipal Corporation, the cities have also given according to importance and consolidated scores of 7.95, 7.43, 7.94, 7.94 and contribution in evaluating readiness of smart 7.94 respectively. In terms of sustainability, the city transformation. For each parameter, cities have consolidated scores of 5.19, 4.61, consolidated score on ascale of one to ten is 4.42, 5.06 and 5.28 respectively. also calculated. Table 3: Component scoring of smart city Table 2: Outline for rating the criteria parameters in KAVAL cities Criteria / Rating 3 Rating 2 Rating 1 Rating Components/Sub- Score (considering weights) Present Condition High service provision Medium service Low service provision components provision City Kanpur Allahabad Varanasi Agra Lucknow Technology High technology Medium technology Low technology ENERGY Involvement Intervention Intervention Intervention 24×7 electric supply 30 35 30 30 35 Energy consumption detail s 39 39 39 31 39 Significance for developing Most significant for More significant for Least significant for Online payment facility 39 35 39 26 39 smart cities creating a smart city creating a smart city creating a smart city Metering 35 31 35 35 35 Grievance redressal for citizens 17 13 17 22 35 WATER The component scoringis calculated as per the 24x7 water supply 22 26 30 18 31 Metering of water connections 26 22 26 17 31 bellow given formula: Online payment facility 30 18 30 26 35 Water los ses mi nimization 17 18 26 13 22 Final score = (Present Condition× 4) + CIVICPROTECTION City surveillance 13 22 26 17 26 Online FIR, complaints registration 22 18 26 22 22 (Technology Involvement × 4) + (Significance Complaint response time 26 22 26 30 26 DISASTER MANAGEMENT for Developing Smart Cities× 5) Early warning system 26 22 26 26 35 Disaster alarm and response system 22 22 26 22 27 Fire stations basis population density 26 26 26 30 26 4. Result and Discussion TRANSPORTATION Traffic signal violation detection 22 13 13 13 13 4.1 Evaluation of present condition of the Challan management 18 22 18 18 13 Traffic management system 26 13 13 13 13 Parking management 13 13 13 17 13 KAVAL cities and theirpreparedness for smart Use of mass transport 13 17 13 13 13 Availability of bicycle tracks 13 13 13 13 13 city conversion Two meters footpath both side 13 13 13 13 13 HEALTH AND WELL-BEING No of hospitals against population 35 22 22 25 39 In the study, Scoresare computed for nine density Healthcare facilities 26 22 26 26 39 parameters including energy, water, Emergency services 26 26 22 17 26 EDUCATION Total number of schools 26 31 26 22 30 civicprotection, disaster management, School for the specially abled 13 13 13 13 22 Colleges against populati on density 13 30 26 13 35 Professional colleges against population transportation, health and well-being, 30 30 30 26 35 density MUNICIPAL CORPORATION education, municipal corporation and Property tax payment 34 34 34 34 34 Complaint registration 26 26 26 26 26 environmental sustainability(Table 3). With Registrati on of births and deaths 34 34 34 34 34 Online sanction of plan for buildings 30 22 30 30 30 ENVIRONMENTAL respect to energy sector,KAVAL cities have SUSTAINABILITY Noise pollution control 13 13 13 22 13 consolidated scoresof 8.21, 7.84, 8.21, 7.38 and Air pollution control 13 13 13 22 13 Adherence to the green building norms 13 13 13 13 13 Water pollution control 13 22 13 13 13 9.38out of ten respectively. In terms of water, Sewer network 23 22 17 23 35 Treatment of waste water 26 22 26 26 26 the cities have consolidated scores of 6.09, 5.38, Population with regular solid waste 35 26 26 26 35 collection (residential) Recycling of solid waste 26 13 17 13 17 7.18, 4.74 and 7.62 respectively. With regard to civic protection, the cities have consolidated Source: Compiled by author scores of 5.21, 5.29, 6.67, 5.89 and 6.32 Figure 2: Present condition of smart city respectively. With respect to disaster components in KAVAL cities management, the cities have consolidated scores of 6.32, 5.98, 6.66, 6.67 and 7.52 respectively. In terms of transportation, the cities have consolidated scores of 4.32, 3.81, 3.52, 3.66 and 3.33 respectively. With respect to health sector, the cities have consolidated scores of 7.43, 5.98, 5.98, 5.81 and 8.89 [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 095 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Source: Compiled by author officials, corporate sector, academics and Figure 2presents the present conditionof citizens. all nine smart city parameters in KAVAL cities. 6. References The performance of energy sector is very high · Census of India. (2011). Provisional in all five cities. The performance of Population Totals Paper 2 of 2011 India transportation is worst among all components Series 1. http://censusindia.gov.in/2011- followed by environmental sustainability, health prov-results/paper2/ and well-being, education and civic protection. prov_results_paper2_india.html Performance of all these parameters can be · Giffinger, R., Fertner, C., Kramar, H., enhancedthroughbetterinvolvement of &Meijers, E. (2007). City-ranking of information technologyas well as emphasis on European medium-sized cities. Cent. Reg. root problems by city administrators. Great Sci. Vienna UT, 1-12. http:// amount of considerationmust be taken to www.smartcities. eu/download/ people’sinvolvement because of its smart_cities_final_report.pdf supremesignificance in developingthe urban · Hall, R. E. (2000). The vision of a smart areassustainable and smart. The higher status city. In Proceedings of the 2nd of education of theinhabitantsinthese citiesis International Life Extension Technology going to be instrumental in successful smart city Workshop, Paris, France. transformation · History Database of the Global 5.Conclusion Environment. (2010). Population: Urban The paperexhibits that creating smart Density. https://themasites.pbl.nl/ city in India is a challengingjob. The KAVAL cities tridion/en/themasites/hyde/ requirecomprehensiverefurbishing of socio- basicdrivingfactors/population/index- economic and city infrastructure. Overall, KAVAL 2.html cities havenot achievedsatisfactory scores on http://www.osti.gov/bridge/servlets/ various parameters such as water, purl/773961oyxp82/webviewable/ transportation, civicprotection, and 773961.pdf environmental sustainability. With regard · Lerch, M. (2017). International migration toinvolvement of information technology, KAVAL and city growth. Population Division cities have to accomplish more. Some Technical Paper 2017/10. New York: parameters like energy, education, health and United Nations. https://www. well-being and Municipal Corporation are researchgate.net/publication/ displayingencouraging signs, still 324224063_International_ considerablelacunas in efficientoperation and migration_and_city_growth management can be observed, where city · Ministry of Urban Development. (2015). administrators must focus immediately. To fill Draft Smart City Proposal, Smart Cities the gaps, various ministries of Government of Challenge. www.smartcitieschallenge.in/ India has have initiated several schemes related city/ to digital empowerment, cleanliness programs, · Ministry of Urban Development. (2015). electricity connection and distribution, Make in Smart Cities: Mission Statement and India and skill development mission. In Guidelines, Smart Cities Mission. conclusion, conversion of KAVAL cities into smart · Nel-lo, O. (2016). The irresistable rise of cities requires great collaborationbetween city urbanization. In Nel-lo, O., & Mele, R.
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 096 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 (Eds.). Cities in the 21st Century. Routledge. 19 · Press Information Bureau. (2015). Clock Begins to Tick as 98 Smart Cities GEOGRAPHICAL STUDY OF Identified. http://pib.nic.in/newsite/ OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE IN efeatures.aspx?relid=126563 HAVERI DISTRICT OF KARNATAKA · PricewaterhouseCoopers. (2015). How Smart Are Our Cities? https:// STATE www.pwc.in/assets/pdfs/publications/ 2015/how_smart_are_our_cities.pdf. 1.Dr.C.Mallanna, · Rios, P. (2012). Creating” The Smart Assistant Professor in Geography, City” (Doctoral dissertation). K.L.E’s G.H.College, Haveri · United Nations. (2019). World Urbanization Prospects 2018: Highlights 2.Prof, D.A.Kolhapure (ST/ESA/SER.A/421). https://population. Associate Professor in Geography, un.org/wup/Publications/Files/ K.L.E’s G.H.College, Haveri WUP2018-Highlights.pdf. ======***********====== I.INTRODUCTION: - The term ‘occupation’ itself is indefinite as to both meaning and scope. It has a varying intellectual content and emotional association. In all modern languages, is has a number of synonyms and the range of their meanings indicates as to how much the specific content of this term has shifted through historical epochs(Encyclopedia of Social Sciences, 1965). Thus the meaning of ‘occupation’ has undergone continuous changes from the time immemorial. So, its contents can be fixed definitely only for a short period of time. Generally, an ‘occupation’ of an individual refers to his trade, profession, type of work. In the census, the term ‘Work’ is used in special sense and therefore stress should be applied to understand it correctly. ‘Work may be defined as participation in any economic productive activity’. Such participation may be physical or mental in nature. ‘Work involves not only actual work but also effective supervision and direction of work. It also includes unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise (Census of India 1991).The concept of ‘worker’ was introduced for the first time in India in1961. According to that, any person [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 097 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 whose main activity is participation in any non-workers. Persons engaged in household economic productive work either by his physical duties, students, dependents, retired persons, or by his mental activity was classified as renters, beggars are some of the categories worker(Census of India, 1971). Thus, work grouped into non-workers. involved not only actual work but also effective II.STUDY AREA: - supervision and direction. The definition of Haveri district was formed on 24th august 1997 worker in India has been changing from census by dividing the earlier Dharwad district, into to census. In 1961, any person who had worked Dharwad, Haveri and Gadag districts. The district at least one hour a day on an average during comprising seven taluks viz Bydagi, Hangal, Haveri, the reference period was classified as worker. Hirekerur, Ranebennur, Savanur and Shiggaon and In 1971, if a person worked on anyone of the two revenue divisions, i.e, Haveri and Savanur. The days during the reference period of one week total geographical area of the district is 4851 sq. prior to the date of enumeration, he was kms. It shares to the total geographical area to considered as a worker. In 1981, it was the Karnataka State is hardly 2.52 percent.Haveri considered desirable to obtain a detailed profile district is located exactly in the center of Karnataka of the working characteristics of population as State with equal distance from Bidar in the far north possible, without loosing the possibility of to Kollegal in the far south. It is also known as the comparison with 1961and 1971 census results. gateway district to the northern districts of There has been no conceptual change in defining Karnataka State. Is extends between north the workers between 1981 and 1991 census. At latitudes 140 17’ 02" to 150 5’ 55" and east the 1981 Census, there has been mainly a three- longitudes 750 0’ 35" to 750 49’ 23". The length of fold classification of population namely main the district form north to south is 82 kms and width workers, marginal workers and non-workers, from east to west is 72 kms. As shown in the map which was adopted for 1991 also. In addition to no – 01 it is bounded by Dharwad and Gadag this, the main workers of 1991 were distributed districts on north, Bellary and Davanagere districts in nine industrial categories of economic on east, Shimogga district on south and activities, but in the earlier census of 1981, this UttarrKannada district on the west. The district is presentation was up to four industrial categories generally a gently undulating plain except of the only (Fig.8.1). In 2001, there has been no further hilly area on the western most part. The landmass classification made in the main and marginal of the district is situated between the elevations workers. It means, the 2001, Census of India, of 515 to 732 above from msl. Tungabhadra, divided the population into as aforesaid three- Varada, Kumadvati and Dharma are the major fold classification. As per the occupation of the rivers and tributaries of the district. In the major total population, census authorities have been part of the district red sandy soil is occurring adopted three-fold classification of population, fallowed by the medium black soil and deep black viz, main workers, marginal workers and non- soil. The district enjoys sub tropical climate with workers. According to the Census of India, all temperature ranging in between 180 and 400 c. The those who had worked for the major part of the rainfall in the district varies from over 903 in west preceding year (at least 6months or 183 days) (Hangal) to less than 592 mm in east were recorded as main workers, while those who (Renebennur).(Ref Map No:- 01). worked for some time during the preceding year III.OBJECTIVES:- The main objectives of the present but not for the major part, have been treated as study are: marginal workers. All those who had not worked Ø To study the geographical personality and at all during the last year, where recorded as physical phenomena of the Haveri district. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 098 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Ø To Know the Total Workers.(2001 & 2011) Graph No: - 01 Ø To find out the Taluk-wise distribution of Percentage of Total Workers Agricultural Laborers ( 2001 & 2011) Ø To Know the Taluk-wise distribution of Household Industrial Workers ( 2001 & 2011) IV.DATA METHODOLOGY: - The present study is particularly concerned with the analysis of Occupational Structure in Haveri District. Hence the required data and information is mainly collected from secondary sections like District VI. TALUK-WISE DISTRIBUTION OF Statistical department, Haveri district census hand AGRICULTURAL LABORERS : - (2001 & 2011). books and also from internet. The collected data Agricultural laborers are a group of land will be analyzed with the help of formulas, less workers who assist the cultivators by diagrams and charts also. getting their daily or weekly wages by cash. The V.DISTRIBUTION OF TOTAL WORKERS: - (2001 & study area recorded a proportion of 54.83 2011):- The total work participation rate or the percent of agricultural laborers in 2001 and51.7 percentage of the total workers to the total percent in 2011. Among all the seven taluks of population has all the time been changing in taluks the district Savanur taluk was recorded with of Haveri district. The percentage of total workers highest i.e 60.97 percent of agricultural laborers, to the total population of Haveri district was 46.32 followed by Shiggaon (59.99%),Hangal(59.8%) percent during 2001, and further it decreased to and Byadagi(57.14%) taluks in 2001.During 2011 45.69 percent in 2011. This shows 0.63 percent the highest percentage of agricultural laborers decrease in total workers. The taluk-wise analysis was found in Hirekerur taluk i.e, 60.48 percent of working population indicates that , amongst followed by Hangal(54.91%),Savanur(53.27%) seven taluks of area under study, the highest and Haveri (53.2%) taluks. During the period of percentage of total workers was 48.11percent in 2001 and 2011 the proportion of agricultural Bydagi taluk during 2001, which is more than the laborers has been decreased by 3.13 percent in district average. Shiggaon (47.69%), Savanur the district. It shows the occupational structure (47.32%) and Hirekerur (46.98%) taluks occupied of people in the study area was slightly changed next positions. The lowest percentage of total from agricultural laborers to other economic workers was found in Hangaland Haveri taluks i.e, activities. It reveals that the shortage of 44.83 % and 45.5 % respectively. (Ref Table & agricultural laborers in the agricultural field. (Ref Graph No: - 01) Table & Graph no – 02). Table No: - 01 Table No:-02 Total Workers of 2001 & 2011 Sl 2001 2011 TALUK-WISE DISTRIBUTION OF Taluks No Total Total Percentage Total Total Percentage Population Workers Total Workers Population Workers Total Workers AGRICULTURAL LABORERS : - (2001 & 2011) 1 Bydagi 127944 61565 48.11 141024 65178 46.21 2001 2011 Sl Taluks Main Agricultural % of Agricultural Main Agricultural % of Agricultural 2 Hangal 230750 103459 44.83 260455 115459 44.32 No Workers Laborers Laborers Worker Laborers Laborers 3 Haveri 252347 114825 45.5 280362 125687 44.83 1 Bydagi 45523 26013 57 .14 54 316 28 431 52 .34 4 Hirekerur 212458 99830 46.98 231115 113395 49 2 Hangal 78973 47228 59.8 95059 52204 54.91 5 Ranebennur 304990 139412 45.31 335281 152081 45.35 3 Haveri 97518 51343 52.64 105401 56076 53.2 6 Savanur 143885 68092 47.32 161521 73186 45.31 4 Hirekerur 78737 42640 54.15 86663 52416 60.48 7 Shiggoan 166742 79532 47.69 187910 85080 45.27 5 Ranebennur 114054 53663 47.05 127880 53190 41.59 Total 1439116 666715 46.32 1597668 730066 45.69 6 Savanur 55120 33611 60.97 62289 33182 53.27
Source: - Haveri District Census Hand Books 7 Shiggoan 61296 36777 59.99 70343 35764 50.84 (2001 & 2011) Total 531221 291275 54.83 601951 311263 51.7
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 099 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Source: - Haveri District Census Hand Books Source: - Haveri District Census Hand Books (2001 & 2011) (2001 & 2011) Graph No: - 02 Graph No: - 02 Percentage of Agricultural Laborers Percentage of Household Industrial Workers
VIII. REFERENCES:- 1. Brunhes,J.(1952): Human Geography P.30 VII. TALUK-WISE DISTRIBUTION HOUSEHOLD 2. Chandana,R.C.(1986):- Geography of INDUSTIRAL WORKERS:- (2001 & 2011) Population – Concepts, Determinants and Household industry was defined as an Patterns,Kalyani Publication,New Delhi,PP- industry conducted by the head of the household 245-46. himself/herself, and or by the members of the 3. Clarke, Colin (1940): The Conditions of household at home or within the village in rural Economic Progress, p. 182 areas. Household industry is one that is engaged 4. Mohammad Shafi (2006):- Agricultural in production, processing, servicing, repairing or Geography, ISBN 81-7758-149-X making and selling of goods. In the study area, 5. Haveri District Census hand Books, 2001 the proportions of household industrial workers are and 2011. negligible as compared to other working groups. 6. Internet: - www.Geographical Background In 2001 the district records just 4.14 percent of of Haveri district. household industrial workers and it was decreased 7. Internet: - Published paper – Spatial to 2.76percent in 2011(1.38 percent decreased). Analysis of Population Structure in Dharwad In 2001 Ranebennur and Savanur taluks recorded District Karnataka State. the highest percent of household industrial workers with 7.09percent and 6.89 percent. In 2011 also these two taluks registered the highest percent of household industrial workers in Haveri district (Ref Table & Graph no – 03). Table No:-03 TALUK-WISE DISTRIBUTION HOUSEHOLD INDUSTIRAL WORKERS: - (2001 & 2011) Sl Taluks 2001 2011 No Total Household % of Household Total Household % of Household Workers Industrial Industrial Workers Industrial Industrial Workers Workers Workers Workers 1 Bydagi 61565 1412 2 .29 65178 11 87 1.82 2 Hangal 103459 2805 2.71 115459 1983 1.71 3 Haveri 114825 3194 2.78 125687 2983 2.33 4 Hirekerur 99830 2477 2.48 113395 1493 1.31 5 Ranebennur 139412 9887 7.09 152081 6794 4.46 6 Savanur 68092 4695 6.89 73186 3003 4.1 7 Shiggoan 79532 3170 3.98 85080 2819 3.31 Total 666715 27640 4.14 730066 20217 2.76
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0100 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 and are now cheaper to install at many places 20 than conventional energy sources. For example, in India, the cost of generation of renewable Significance of Hydrogen for energy is falling continuously and it has reached the parity level with conventional energy. In the Replacement of Fossil Fuel recent round of auction in India, ReNew power quoted Rs 2.9/kWh for a 400 MW project. It was Dr. Tanaji Pol a first ever round the clock (RTC) bid. The Associate Professor, company can set up a hybrid energy farm Sonopant Dandekar College, Palghar. with solar and wind. It can also set up any form Visiting Faculty, of energy storage. The tariff is allowed to be Centre for Central Eurasian Studies, increased annually for a 15 years period and University of Mumbai. price would reach upto Rs 3.6/kWh. This is close to the average annual thermal power tariff of ======***********======Rs3.38/kWh generated by National Thermal The discussion about utilization of Power Station (NTPC). As a result the share of hydrogen as a fuel has taken place since the renewable energy in India’s overall power 1970s but its prohibitive cost was a big generation mix increased to 36.2 percent at the stumbling block. By now mankind is well versed end of first quarter of 2020.1 with the use of Hydrogen, at present it is in use Lithium ion batteries have changed the in a wide variety of sectors like petroleum perception of conventional energy. It has refineries and fertilizers plants. But, would it become extremely competitive with the become a mainstream energy source like fossil conventional in sectors like automobile and fuel? The focus on renewable energy as a tool energy storage due to drastic drop in the prices to fight the global environment crisis has again in the last decade. The electric vehicles are brought focus on hydrogen as a fuel. It is a clean getting popular and in few countries like Norway, fuel and has potential to gain the spot of they have already overtaken in sales over the mainstream energy sources. The fate of conventional cars. In the sector of energy hydrogen is tied to other renewable sources generation they have become potential threats because the energy required to generate to thermal and natural gas based power hydrogen through electrolysis would be derived generation. In the energy sector, lithium ion from wind and solar power. batteries in many projects have become a choice Renewable energy of peaker devices scoring over natural gas based Renewable energy will remain the focus energy generators. They have also become a of governments in the decades to come because booster for solar and wind as a grid level energy the protection of the environment cannot be storage device. With the prices of lithium ion compromised. The three following promising batteries to fall further and its efficiency likely technologiesas per its economic viability are to increase with new battery chemistry, it is as follows; likely to revolutionize the energy sector. 1. Solar and Wind Hydrogen is on the similar cusp of solar 2. Lithium ion batteries and wind energy which is competitive at certain 3. Hydrogen places and sectors but is awaiting a Solar and wind are successfully technological push to gain a place in mainstream competing against conventional energy sources energy streams. It is expected that Hydrogen [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0101 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 will make a much higher impact around 2035 as significantly contributes towards global pollution it would get the desired technological edge. It as there are around 50,000 ships going around is predicted that there would be about 500,000 the globes which contribute around 900 million Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle (FCEV) by 2032. The metric tons of CO2. It is also estimated that the Internal Combustion Engine (ICE) cars would be world’s 15 largest container ships cause more reduced to 50 percent of global market share by pollution than all the cars on the earth put 2030 and about 10 percent by 2050.2 It is at this together.3 Shipping industry can adapt hydrogen point renewable energy infrastructure would easily because it can be generated on the high develop and be able to facilitate a holistic seas with wind turbines. Hydrogen, on these Hydrogen economy. The Hydrogen economy will high seas farms can be stored and large floating largely rise on excess renewable energy from storage facilities where ships can refill hydrogen wind farms, solar and hydro which will produce on its voyages. Ships, thus, will not compete with hydrogen. It is also expected that significant any land based resources. It will also save a lot technological advancement will take place in the of space on the land which is at present utilized hydrogen generation and fuel cell technology. for energy production and its storage for ships. The Promise In the automobile segment, it offers The biggest advantage is its abundant facilities to replicate hydrocarbon models of fast and universal availability. Once, the global refueling. Hydrogen can be filled in tanks like energy is shifted to Hydrogen, there will be no other usable products like petrol, diesel or geopolitical tension over energy as is observed natural gas. It scores over battery driven electric in today’s times of fossil fuel. Hydrogen is vehicles which need hours of charging. Even the uniformly spread across the globe. This will be fast charging takes much longer than filling up boon for countries like India which is highly other forms of fuels. Though battery electric dependent on import of hydrocarbons. Today vehicles have appeared to be ever dominating India imports over two third of its energy needs now, they will be replaced by hydrogen fuel cells across the globe. India is also highly dependent subsequently. There are some big built in on hydrocarbons from the Middle East as a result negatives in battery electric vehicles which fuel any geopolitical tension in the region leaves a cells will remove from electric vehicles. It will deep scar on the Indian economy. India suffered also reduce the need for a vast battery its worst oil shock in 1991 during the Gulf war. production. It will save the globe from side The impact of shock was very strong and India effects of large amounts of batteries dumped brought a complete reform in its economy to tide after its life cycle is over. over the shock. The economy suffered another Today the cost of hydrogen appears to shock in 2008 when the international crude oil be higher for small transportation vehicles like prices reached its peak price of $148 per barrel two and three wheelers, cars and small leaving high inflationary pressure. transportation vehicles. However, the cost of The other big advantage is that it has production is continuously falling. The high calorific value, as a result it can replace technology improvisation in electrolyses has hydrocarbons easily and it does not emit already bought hydrogen generation by 40 greenhouse gases. It is expected that hydrogen percent in the last five years. With such a as fuel can reduce global greenhouse gas competitive price it will be cheaper to run on emission by 34 percent by 2050. Shipping vehicles on hydrogen by 2030 in comparison to industry is one of the sectors where hydrogen diesel. Hydrogen could further be competitively as a fuel can be applied. This industry [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0102 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 produced within the range of $7.4/MMBtu by products. Beyond this stage, hydrogen is not 2050.4 utilized and takes over by natural gas in the The Projects rolling mills. However, with its limited use Now countries like the Netherlands, hydrogen provides a renewable and Portugal and Australia have started investment environmentally friendly energy source.6The use in hydrogen technology. In other European Union of hydrogen would bring huge benefit both countries, investors and politicians are pushing financially and environmentally. In the time to the country toward hydrogen. Commercial come the lower production cost of hydrogen projects are set up like a steel mill utilizing would make it suitable to be used in niche hydrogen as a fuel in its production in Sweden. applications like refineries or fertilizers as a fuel. In Germany, a train running on hydrogen fuel As mentioned earlier, hydrogen has a cell completed its 180,000 kilometers of limited role in small passenger and cargo operations and has successfully completed 530 vehicles because of its cost but it is competitive days of operations. Alstom was awarded a for heavy vehicles like long distance trucks and project of Cardio iLint units for hydrogen fuel buses. In the recent past many companies have cell trains in November 2017 by the German come forward to produce trucks running on transport authority. The train has a roof mounted hydrogen as fuel. Nikola Motors of the United hydrogen tank with a range of around 1000 km States is in the forefront of hydrogen trucks with a speed of 140 km/h. These Cradio iLint building. The company unveiled its trucks in April hydrogen fuel cell units will start commercial 2019 with 1,000 horsepower and 2000 pound operation in 2022.5 A train was also powered by feet of torque. This hydrogen truck is expected hydrogen in the United States. to cut transportation fleet carbon emission by The use of hydrogen in a furnace in a 18 percent. Along with the hydrogen truck, steel plant located in Sweden has brought a new Nikola Motors also unveiled plans to supply perspective in pollution created by the steel hydrogen fuel to customers with a network of production. The steel industry was struggling 700 hydrogen fuel stations in the United States.7 with energy efficiency and has improved the The traditional truck makers also disclosed their overall energy efficiency by 60 percent in steel plans to develop trucks running on hydrogen fuel. production since the 1960s. Energy is a major Daimler and Volvo, the world’s two largest heavy cost of steel production with shares as high as trucks makers have announced a joint initiative 40 percent. Traditional steel makers use coal as to develop hydrogen fuelled trucks. an energy source. As per by the World Steel Conclusion Association (WSA), use of coal causes around 9 As mentioned elsewhere, hydrogen is on percent of global fossil fuel emissions as per the cusp of renewable energy.Solar and wind the date provided. In Sweden natural gas was were struggling to get into the mainstream used as an environmentally friendly option. The during 2000-05 period. The environment and price of natural gas is falling at a faster pace enthusiast lobby was pushing the government than coal at the international level and it is toward more and more investments in solar and scoring over coal because there are lower wind energy resources even if it did not make impurities in the gas and it is emission free. economic sense immediately. The efforts now However, the use of hydrogen in a blast seem to be paid off after ten years. Hydrogen furnace is the next step towards cleaner fuel in too will need similar ten to fifteen years of time Sweden. The use of hydrogen is restricted up to lapse before coming into mainstream. It is melting of steel scrap and production of base expected that the cost of hydrogen would come [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0103 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 down with the greater use of and more investments in infrastructure. The best use today 21 is found in industrial applications.The potential use of hydrogen in the industrial sector might not A Geographical Analysis of completely replace conventional fuel immediately but it could beemerge as a suitable alternative. In Growth Rate Index of S. T. the transportation sector, hydrogen will slowly find Population in Nandurbar its place. Above all, hydrogen as a mainstream fuel will definitely contribute towards the improvement District (Maharashtra) of the environment. References *Dr. Vijay. R. Baviskar 1. Imagining a future with distributed renewable Head, Dept. of Geography generation and Hydrogen Cells, https://energy. B. P. Arts, S. M. A. Sci. & K. K. C. Comm. economictimes. indiatimes. com/ energy- College, Dhule Road, Chalisgaon speak/imagining-a-future-with-distributed- renewable-generation-and-hydrogen-cells/ ======***********======4254 retrieved on 20 May 2020. ABSTRACT 2. Hydrogen Fuel Cells Are Losing The Battery Electric Car Race, But It’s Only Lap 1 The growth rate index shows the decadal https://www.forbes.com/sites/neilwinton/ growth in the population which is the indicator 2020/05/11/hydrogen-fuel-cells-are-losing- of HDI. The tribal population belts are specially the-battery-electric-car-race-but-its-only-lap- demarcated the high inclination of growth rate. 1/#7a8832333357 retrieved on 22 May 2020. Nandurbar district is the northwestern district 3. Want Electric Ships? Build a Better Battery, of Maharashtra which is identified as a tribal https://www.hellenicshippingnews.com/ district. The present research work is showing want-electric-ships-build-a-better-battery/ the growth rate index of tribal population. The retrieved on 17 May 2020. Akrani (Dhadgaon) and Taloda tehsils denote 4. Clean Hydrogen can cut carbon emissions 34%: highest growth rate index in 2001 and 2011. The Study, https://www.downtoearth. org.in/ majority of the population is from the S. T. news/energy-efficiency/clean-hydrogen-can- population of these tehsils while Shahade (2001) cut-carbon-emissions-34-study-70110 and Nawapur (2011) Taluka observed as the retrieved on 12 May 2020. lowest growth rate index. 5. Hydrogen fuel cell train trials completed, KEYWORDS https://www.railwaygazette.com/traction- and-rolling-stock/hydrogen-fuel-cell-train- Growth Rate, Growth Rate Index, trials-completed/56545.articleretrieved on 22 Fertility, Mortality, Inaccessibility etc. May 2020. INTRODUCTION 6. Hydrogen Powers Commercial Steel Population growth rate is a significant Production for the First Time, https:// factor which shows the past and future of a www.popularmechanics.com/science/ population. The population growth a32460567/hydrogen-powers-steel-production/ rate expresses in the change of population size retrieved on 18 May 2020. as a factor of time. The population growth rate 7. Nikola Unveils Trucks, Launches $1.5 Billion deals with the study of the average decadal rate Investment Drive https://www.trucks.com/2019/ of change of population size. The present 04/17/nikola-unveils-trucks-launches-1-5-billion- research work attempt to analyze two decadal investment-drive/ retrieved on 2 May 2020. variation population growths in Nandurbar [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereeddistrict. Looking Journal at theImpact population Factor growth 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) during ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0104 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 the inter-censual period 1991 to 2011 the For the measurement of population growth rate observed between 10 to 20 percent growth rate index following formula has been in the census of 1991 and 14 to 25 percent in employed; the census of 2011. OBJECTIVES 1. To study the decadal growth rate index Where, of Nandurbar district. GRI= Growth Rate Index THE STUDY AREA TPa= Total Population of Scheduled Tribe in 2001 Astronomically Nandurbar district TPb= Total Population of Scheduled Tribe in 1991 extends between 210 50’ to 22017’ North latitude Fig. no 1,2 and 3 shows the trend of and 73031’ to 74050’ East longitude. The region decadal growth rate index of S. T. population of is bounded by Dhule district on east and south, Nandurbar district. Trends of Tribal and Non- While on the west by Surat district of Gujarat tribal literacy in the study area during the period state and on the north by Badawani and Jhabua of 1971 to 2011 in the District. There is a large district of Madhya Pradesh state. The Nandurbar variation hence the dominant tribal taluka. In district with a geographical area of 5034.23 talukas large variation of tribal and non-tribal sq.km. has an amorphous shape. According to literacy. 2011 census Nandurbar district accommodates
16, 48,295 people with 69.28 percent of S. T. FIG. NO.1 NANDURBAR DISTRICT: GROWTH RATE INDEX OF SCHEDULED TRIBE POPULATION 2001 population, which ranks first in the state with 39 tribal groups being accommodated in various NANDURBAR DISTRICT talulas of the region. According to the census, 2011 quantity of urban population is very low with 16.72 percent of total population in the district and 83.28 percent of the total is living in rural areas. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY This study is based on the reliable and Sr. GrowthTable Rate No.Growth 1. Rate Change In Growth Name Of Talukas accurate census data. It is not possible to No. Nandurbar District:Index 2001 Index-S. 2011T. & RateNon-S. Index (1991 T.-2011) conduct an individual enumeration of the 1 Akkalkuva 1.4 1.94 0.55 2 AraniGrowth Rate Index in 1991-2011 required data from door to door in the study (Dhadgaon) 1.55 2.25 0.7 region. The required secondary data has been 3 Nandurbar 1.41 2.02 0.62 collected from the District census handbook 4 Nawapur 1.17 1.64 0.47 5 Shahade 1.22 1.86 0.64 (1991, 2001 and 2011) 6 Talode 1.22 1.45 0.23 The geographical study of over 2o years Study Region 1.33 1.86 0.54 i.e., from 1991-2011 has been analyzed for tribal population. For a detailed study of changes in the decadal growth rate index of S. T. population of specific talukas. The collected data has been Source: Computed By Author processed and analyzed by using the different According to 2001, the highest growth statistical technique. The tabulated data has rate index is denoted in Akrani (Dhadgaon) been presented by the figures. taluka (1.55) which rapidly increase in 2011 at 2.25. This growth rate index is the ranked first [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0105 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 in the study region in both decades. The lowest 1) Census Handbook Nandurbar, Dhule growth rate index is found in the Shahade taluka Districts 1991, 2001, 2011. (1.17) according to 2001 census, and in 2011 2) J. Beaujeu – Garnier (1978) Geography of the lowest growth Index is marked in Nawapur Population Longman London and New York. taluka. 3) 11) John I. Clarke (1972) Population Geography 2nd Edition Pergamon press Oxford New York, Toronto, Sydney, Paris, FIG. N0. 3 NANDURBAR DISTRICT: GROWTH RATE INDEX OF SCHEDULED TRIBE POPULATION 2011 Frankfurt. 4) 12) Vatsyayan (1982-83) Vital Statistics and NANDURBAR DISTRICT Population Problems. Kedar Nath Ram Nath Publishers Meerut. 5) 13) B.N. Ghosh (1985) Fundamentals of Population Geography. Sterling Population Private Limited New Delhi 110016. 6) 14)Gare, Govind (1993): “Bhartiya Adivasi Samaj Ani Sanskruti” Amrut Prakashan, ) Aurangabad. 7) 10) Siya Ram Sharma (2008) Population The maximum change is investigated in the Geography Murari Lal and Sons – 4378 / scheduled tribe population in Akrani (Dhadgaon) 4B Ansari road Dariya Ganj New Delhi taluka (0.7) during 1991 to 2011. The Minimum 110002. change is observed in the Nawapur taluka (0.23)
FIG. N0. 3 NANDURBAR DISTRICT: GROWTH RATE INDEX OF SCHEDULED TRIBE POPULATION CHANGE 1991 TO 2011
NANDURBAR DISTRICT NANDURBAR DISTRICT
CONCLUSION: 1. The average growth rate index of Nandurbar district is recorded 1.33 during 2001. 2. The average growth rate index of Nandurbar district is recorded 1.86 during 2011. 3. The average change in growth rate index of S. T. population is 0.54 in the study area. REFERENCES: [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0106 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 2) What is the commercialization of agriculture? 22 3) The causation of commercialization of agriculture can be studied. AGRICULTURAL 4) The effects of commercialization of DEVELOPMENTINBRITISH PERIOD agriculture can be studied. Research Methodology: DR. YOGESH JAGANNATH KORDE This research paper is basically Uttamrao Patil Arts and Sci. College, Dahivel descriptive and analytical. In this paper attempt has been taken to analyze the study done by ======***********======researchers on Agriculture during British Period. Introduction: The data used in it is purely from secondary India is an agricultural country. sources (Books, Literature, Articles, etc...) Agriculture is the basic means of livelihood for according to the need of this study. most of the people in India. During the British Agricultural system prior to British rule: rule in India, fundamental changes took place An important feature of India’s agro- in the field of agriculture. During the British rule economy was its self-sufficient rural life. in India, a new system of land revenue came Because urban and industrial life did not start into existence in the field of agriculture. At the like today. Before the British rule in India, same time, the system of private ownership of agricultural land was owned by the village. This land was introduced in India during the British land was given to the farmers for cultivation. rule. This led to the emergence of a new landed The king did not own any of the farmland, nor class. Land revenue began to be recovered in did he own any of it. India has been an cash. The commercialization of agriculture agricultural country since ancient times. began in India during the British rule. The Agriculture was the main source of livelihood commercialization of agriculture contributed to for most of the people in India. They only had the development of the national economy and the right to collect revenue from the territory the world of the villagers became wider. assigned to them. They did not get ownership Purpose of Study: of the land in any way. The grain produced from 1) To study the development of Agriculture in this farm was used to meet the needs of all the India during the British period. families in the village. Apart from grain, other 2) To study the development of modern means needs of the village were met by the village of transport and communication in India during artisans who did all kinds of business in the the British period and its assistance in the field village. They only had the right to collect revenue of Agriculture. from the territory assigned to them. They did 3) To study the trade of foreign countries in India not get ownership of the land in any way. The during the British period. grain produced from this farm was used to meet 4) To study the changes that have taken place the needs of all the families in the village. Apart in India due to the development that took place from grain, other needs of the village were met in the Agricultural sector during the British by the village artisans who did all kinds of period. business in the village. The government used Objectives: to get a part of the grain production from the 1) The changes that took place in the agricultural agricultural land of the village in the form of sector during the British period can be studied. revenue. The village was a component of revenue collection. The king collected revenue [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0107 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 separately from the people of the village. When during the British rule. Commercialization of revenue was levied on individuals, the income agriculture is the production of agricultural received by those individuals in that year was produce for the purpose of earning a living by taken into consideration. Their revenue was selling the produce in the market.During the collected in the form of grain. The king’s main British rule in India, the development of railways connection with the village was through water and modern means of transportation increased supply, public works and revenue collection. the rural-to-rural movement. If the mother from Otherwise, the villagers of the self-sufficient outside the village started coming to the village village would live in co-operation and goodwill. for sale, it became easier to send the goods from This tradition has existed in India for many the village for sale outside the village In both centuries but it was lost during the British rule. India and England, sea trade became faster and British agricultural system: larger. At the same time, global developments A new revenue system emerged during had a favourable effect on India’s trade. the British rule. In 1773, Lord Cornwallis Due to England’s trade and industrial introduced the law system. This system is known interests with India, England began to attach as zamindari system. Lord Cornwallis created a more importance to the production of cash crops class of landlords who collected revenue. This in India. For example, trade in cash crops such led to the acquisition of land by the former as tea, sugar, cotton, indigo, and opium was recovery officers who assisted the British, the profitable for England. As a result, British heroes who provided military aid, and some farmers began to invest their capital in village leaders who were loyal to the British. In agribusiness in rural India. Due to the high a way, the landlord was the mediator between demand for cash crops like tea, sugar, cotton, the British government and the local people. indigo, tobacco and opium in rural India, the Thus they became the owners of the land and investment made by British farmers in rural the cultivators became the clans and out of this agriculture in India has been very profitable for these landlords started collecting farm produce them.Farmers in rural India began to produce from these clans. For this, they started cash crops from their fields for sale in the harassing these clans on the occasion of time market. For example, specific crops like wheat, British Period Agricultural Development: cotton, hemp, sugarcane, oilseeds were being The British ryotwari policy established grown in certain sections. For example, rice in a direct link between the land grabbers and the Burma; Wheat in Punjab; Hemp in East Bengal; government. As the ownership of the land In Gujarat and Khandesh, specialization of cash passed to the farmer in the ryotwari system, the crop production like cotton took place. For farmer started working hard in his own field. This example, the province of Bengal was formerly led to an increase in agricultural production. The known as the rice depot of Asia; But due to the fallow land began to come under cultivation. It demand for cash crops, a large quantity of linen also increased government revenue. It was also was produced there. Due to the convenient for the government to formulate and commercialization of Indian agriculture, large implement the right policy for the progress of quantities of cash crops, especially tea and agriculture. Rayatwari’s class was useful in indigo, were taken and exported from Assam, terms of social health. Unemployment, class Bengal and the northern part of Bihar. Thus the warfare and oppression were reduced as small process of commercialization of agriculture in owners farmed themselves.The rural India took placeFarmers in rural India began commercialization of agriculture began in India [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0108 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 to produce cash crops from their fields for sale in the market. 23 Summary : Self-sufficient rural life was an important INDIA’S POPULATION GROWTH feature of the Indian agricultural system. In rural AND URBAN ISSUE: A CRITICAL India, cash crops are being grown on a large scale to make a profit by selling in the market, STUDY not for home or village use. This is called commercialization of agriculture. Mr. Kamble Rajkumar Dnyanoba The commercialization of agriculture in Veer Wajekar A. S. C. College Phunde, rural India was due to the need of farmers for Tal.: Uran, Dist: Raigad,MS, INDIA cash, modern means of transportation and transportation, high demand for Indian goods Dr. Rajaram Patil in foreign markets, British trade and industrial Head Department of Geography, interests. The commercialization of agriculture Arts and Commerce College, Phondaghat in India contributed to the development of the Tal: Kankavli, Dist: Sindhudurg, MS,INDIA national economy and expanded the rural world. The commercialization of agriculture pushed the ======***********======common people of India out of the confines of Abstract: the village and into greater faith. This process The births of 2000 and 2001 have seen became important in terms of national a huge increase in the population. Population awareness. growth has slowed over the past two References: decades. For the first time since independence, 1. Grovar B.L. : Aadhunik Bhartacha Itihas, in 2000 and 2001, the urban population grew Belhekar N.K.S. Chand & Company, ltd. New exponentially. There are many factors Delhi, 2003. contributing to population growth in cities. The 2. Jadhav Vasant : Aadhunik Maharashtratil city developed due to various plans and Parivartanacha Itihas, Vidya Prakashan, strategies. As the city’s population grew, so did Nagpur, 2005. 3. Javdekar S.D. : Aadhunik Bhart Continental the city’s planning. In cities and the problem is Prakashan, Pune, 1979. taking its toll. The problems are growing. There 4. Joshi Arun : Aadhunik Bhartacha Itihas, is stress on services and facilities in the city. Y.C.M.U., Nashik, 2001. Kew world: Urbanization Population growth 5. Patil Sanjay Jibhau : British Kalin Khandeshatil Civic problems increase Kapus Uttapadan, Samyakta Prakashan, Introduction: Dhule, 2013. The topic presented is highlighting 6. Vaidya Suman : Aadhunik Bhartacha Itihas, urbanization. The area of the country is 8 ° 4 Kothhekar Shanta Maharashtra Rajya ‘north to 37 ° 6’ north of the equator and the Granthnirmiti Mandal, Nagpur, 1985. line is between 68 ° 7 ‘to 97 ° 25’ east longitude. India is the seventh largest country in the world. It has an area of 3,287,263 square kilometers. India covers 3,214 squares (1,997 miles) to the north and 2,933 km (1,822 miles) to the exact west. Or 15,200 square (9,445 miles) border and 7,516.6 square (4,671 miles) coastline. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0109 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Research methods: In 2014 and 2015, the population continued to The presented dissertation is a grow exponentially. secondary data class statistic. It is based on In 2015, the total population of India was gadget books, magazines, dailies, etc. The graph 127 crore 81 lakh 19 thousand 445. In 2014, the is drawn. total population of India was 127 crore two lakh Objective: 72 thousand 105. The proportion of males is 65 1. To study the growth of urban and rural crore 66 lakh 59 thousand 592 and The population in India. population of femail was 61 crore 50 lakh 42 2.To study the major civic issues in India. thousand 950 Topic release: Table 3. Indian Population 1951 to 2011 Population density and urbanization in India Year 1951 1961 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011 Year 1990 2000 2010
Population 36.10 43.92 54.81 68.33 84.64 102.87 121.01 Population Density 285.7 354.5 411.9 (0,00,00,000) ( Per Kilometers)
References: Indian Census Report 2011 References : World Bank report 2011
Table no.1 Table of Population Density Urbanization India’s population has been growing in India According to a World Bank report, India’s year by year since 1951. In 1951, India had a urban population density is 411.9 years 2011. In population of only 36 crores. In 1961, India had 1990, the population density was 285.7 Over a population of 43.2 crores. 54 crore in 1971 and the next ten years, in 2000, it was 354.5 points 68 .34 in 1981, India’s population grew by 81 . In 2011, the density was 411. points 64 crore in 1991 and 102.87 crore in 2001 The table above shows that in 1990 there The rate of population growth was the highest was less density and in 2010 there was more in the last twenty years. density. Table no.2 Table no.4 Population in India between 2014 and 2015 Urban & Rural Literacy in India
2015 2014 2014 2014 2014 Urban / 1991 2001 2011 Population Total Population Male Female Male female Rural Male female Male female Male female Average Rural % 69.74 40.96 81.93 58.40 86.39 67.38 1,27,81,19,445 1,27,02,72,105 65,66,59,592 61,50,42,950 943 References : Indian Census Report January 2015 Urban% 86.41 70.87 91.03 79.09 93.79 85.44 References : Indian Census Report January 2011
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0110 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 The 2011 urban and rural literacy review There was a change of 7%. Also in 1971, 19.09 can be seen on the table above. In 1991, the per cent was only 1. Urbanization is going on at density in rural areas was 69. 74 per cent, while 9% saintly pace. In 1981, however, urbanization the density in urban areas is 86 per cent. The took a leap, reaching 27.8 per cent in 2001, proportion of women in rural areas is 40.96 per which continued to grow. And 31 in rural areas cent in the same year and the proportion of in 2011. The rate of urbanization increased by women in urban areas is 70 per cent in the same 2%. And the proportion of people living in rural year. It appears to be 87 percent. In 2001, the areas began to decrease. male literacy rate in rural areas was 81. 93 Table no. 5 Literacy rate in urban areas 91. 03 . In the same Gender ratio 1951 to 2011 year, the literacy rate of women in rural areas Year 1951 1961 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011 was 58. It’s 40. The literacy rate of women in Gender ratio 860 845 858 879 894 900 926 urban areas is 79.9%. In the ten years from 1991 (1000) to 2001, the literacy rate of women and men in References : Indian Census Report 2011 rural areas has increased. Also in 2011, there was a huge change in the proportion of men to women in rural areas. Males constitute 86.39% of the population and females 67.68%, while males constitute 93.179% of the population in urban areas and women in urban areas. The fact that the proportion of women in urban areas is higher in 2011 suggests that the literacy rate is higher in urban areas than in rural areas. Table no.4 Growth of urban settlements in India Year 1951 1961 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011 India has a high rate of population growth, but a low rate of urbanization. As a urban Population % 17.3 18 19.9 23.3 25.7 27.8 31.2 result, the proportion of people doing primary References : Indian Census Report January 2011 work is higher in rural areas. In 1951, the sex ratio was 879 per 1,000 males, compared to 845 in 1961. In 1971, there were 858 females per 1000 males. In 1981, there were 879 females and in 1991, the number of females increased to 894 . In 2001 there were 900 women and in 2011 the situation improved and 926 women are behind these 1000 men. The fact that the sex India is a rural country as 70 per cent of ratio is higher in cities and lower in rural areas India’s population is dependent on agriculture. at present means that the proportion of males India has a low urban population. Some cities in is higher in urban areas and the proportion of India have grown to a large extent. But in some females is higher in rural areas. states this urbanization appears to be backward. Urban problems In 1951, 17.3% of the population lived in urban 1.Slam : areas. In rural areas, 82 per cent of the In a slum city, large buildings appear on population lived. No change in next ten years. one side and small houses on the other. Not [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0111 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 everyone can afford to live in the same building. disposal or proper management of waste on a The slums are formed out of the support of the daily basis, failing which it can pose a significant common people or slums. Many problems have risk to human health. been reported in the slums. Water problems, 5. Language problems in the city: road problems, sewers, water pollution, Due to the large size of the hailstones, population problems, some people are more so people come to the cities from different parts the size of the city is increasing due to its of the country. Cities are inhabited by people proximity to the city. from districts, states, countries and abroad. 2. Water Pollution : Everyone’s language is different. There is The population of cities is increasing day harmony in the language,. Your thoughts are by day. As a result, every city is facing water presented. We understand our feelings, but crisis day by day. If a water tank was built ten languages cause conflicts in some cities. But years ago, it looks overwhelmed. The dam is linguistic problems arise. Some cities have had shrinking. It is not possible to supply water to similar problems. For example, cities like the entire city every day. Due to the large number Mumbai, Delhi, Hyderabad, Calcutta have of slum dwellers, not all public places get water. problems like languages. There is a problem of water supply in public 5. Poverty places as well as in all societies. For this, a few India has a high poverty rate. There is days of the week are given and there is a poverty in rural areas. Poverty is also seen in problem of water in the place where water is urban areas. There is a high rate of poverty in supplied. urban areas. According to the 2011 census, 3. Transport : poverty is on the rise. The city is experiencing a massive 6. Unemployment: increase in transportation. With the increase in Unemployment problem is becoming the number of vehicles, it seems huge when we more serious day by day. Unemployment is as go to the city in the morning and in the evening prevalent in rural areas as in modern times. when we go to the rural areas. There are a lot Unemployment is rising in urban areas. This is of signals everywhere. Also roads because because the introduction of new technologies people built houses on the side of the road. The in cities is leading to labor shortages. Skilled roads are getting shorter. Small shops and carts workers are not available. So unskilled workers on the road have caused problems for some are removed and skilled workers are hired. other reason. Unemployed people are seen wandering for their 4. Waste problems: jobs. Waste problems arise in cities. In a 7. Crime Rises: metropolis like Mumbai, it is becoming difficult Crime Rises Due to the high population to dispose of waste. The types of this waste are in cities, some amount of crime occurs. as follows. There are different types of wet Unemployment and poverty appear to be the waste, dry waste, plastic waste, e-waste. cause of these crimes. Unrest is spreading in Disposal of all this waste requires space away the cities. Some cities do not live quietly. Cities from human habitation. The local administration have higher crime rates in certain areas. and the state administration are making efforts 8. Pollution : for this. Many types of toxic gases are emitted The city is heavily polluted. This is from waste, and their exposure to humans can because the three types of pollution in cities endanger human health. This requires proper are air pollution, noise pollution and water [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0112 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 pollution. Air pollution is largely from vehicles, factories and industries. Water pollution today 24 is domestic water flowing through drains. The river also gets polluted after a large amount of WOOD LOAD WORKERS IN polluted water from factories as well as industries gets into the river. So water pollution RUBBER PLANTATIONS: A STUDY appears to be on a large scale. Also noise OF INFORMAL SECTOR LABOUR pollution appears to be rampant in both FORCE OF KERALA, INDIA metropolitan areas. This noise pollution is seen on a large scale in cities due to various noises Professor Dr. Dolly Sunny like train noise, train noise, plane noise, DJ, Department of Economics, wedding ceremony. Therefore, cities are found University of Mumbai, India to be the main source of pollution. Conclusion : The present dissertation studies the ======***********======population growth in India and the factors Introduction related to it. Attempts have been made to explain The rubber plant originally hails from the gender ratio, literacy and problems in the Dutch who cultivated it in their plantations at city. The city’s population is growing at a Indonesia. The Dutch introduced the rubber tremendous rate. More than 50 percent of the plant to Kerala, because of its similar tropical population lives in cities. The pace of climate. Rubber trees which are tall slim trees, urbanization of some cities has increased. Rural are a major revenue earner for the state of literacy is lower than urban literacy. The female Kerala.Kerala accounts for 91.00 percent of literacy rate in the city is lower than the male natural rubber production of the country. literacy rate. The sex ratio is unequal in cities. Kottayam District has extensive areas producing The city has more males and less females. The and processing rubber. The District is one of the city faces many problems. Transportation, most prosperous plantation sectors in India. transportation, health, pollution, water The Rubber plant produces a sticky, problems, waste problems. Home Problems white latex, which is collected and processed Many problems appear in this city. I think with to produce natural rubber. A rubber plant has to proper planning, these problems can be solved. grow for about seven years to produce latex and Reference : the rubber tree can be productive for over 20 1 Gazetteer of India Government of India. years. The rubber is harvested by rubber tappers 2 https://censusindia.gov.in who make a long curving cut on the outer bark 3 Indian Geography of the trunk of the tree. The latex from within 4 Geography of India –D. N. Wadia the tree seeps to the surface of the cut and 5 Social Geography – Maher Singh & trickles down the cut into a container, tied to Bhardwaj the tree by the rubber tapper. Every morning the 6 Urban And Social Geography an Introduction rubber tapper empties the container tied to each - Paul Knox and Steven Pinch tree, in the area of the plantation that he works 7 Urban Geography Tim Hall in. After a few days another cut is made just above or below the first cut, so as to extract more latex from the rubber plant. After about 20 years the rubber tree will stop producing [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0113 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 latex, which will have to be replaced upon so as Objectives of the Study to plant a new one. The following section throws Majority of wood-load workers in India light on the demographic features of the state. are engaged in informal/unorganised sectors Demographic Attainment of Kerala and Kerala is no exception to it. According to Among Indian States, Kerala has the reports given by various Welfare Boards of dubious distinction of being one of most thickly Workers of Kerala statethe workers of informal populated areas. If one takes into account the sector have no written contracts, no benefits low birth and death rates and the high literacy other than wages and so they are not covered rate, demographically Kerala may be well under the Social Security benefits. The analytical considered as the most modern state in India. focus of the study is the socio-economic profile Thanks to highest literacy rate in the country, of the wood-load workers who carry the rubber Kerala presents a fascinating picture of the wood which are cut for replanting purpose of impact of educational initiatives made by both rubber trees. Hardly any microeconomic studies Government and private agencies But its have been conducted for analysing the labour demographic achievement has not been market scenario of wood-loaders. The present matched by provision of employment study is fundamentally aimed at filling this opportunities which affects the development of serious knowledge gap by attempting a micro the state negatively. level analysis of wood-loaders. The Problem of Unemployment The Respondents of the Study Highest unemployment rate is reported The respondents of the study constitute to be the negative factor retarding the economic those who are involved in any loading activity development, which is almost three times that related to rubber plantations located in of all-India rate. According to the current daily Thidanad and Elikkulam Panchayats of Kottayam status approach, Kerala’s unemployment rate for District of Kerala state. The respondents those aged between 15-59 years was 16.5 constituted those who were engaged in wood- percent against the national average of 5.8 loading activity till the cut-off period. percent. Though Kerala registered a growth of The Research Methodology Adopted 8.24 percent in 2012-13, the state recorded the The universe of the study constitute 450 highest unemployment rate in the country. wood-load workers belonging to five trade According to the live register of employment unions affiliated to different political parties at exchanges, unemployed constitute 39.78 lakh Elikkulam and Thidanad Panchayats. The trade people in the state. The new statistics show that union leaders associated with the five political Kerala’s unemployment rate is 7.4 percent, which unions were contacted and detailed information is much higher than the national average of 2.3 regarding the profiles of the workers were percent. (Government of Kerala, 2013). collected. This was followed by an intensive Educated unemployment among youth is survey of 200 wood-load workers and their family an issue of concern for the state. The level of members with a specially designed unemployment is reported to be higher in urban questionnaire which constitute a sample size of areas compared to the rural areas under all approximately 43.00 percent. The income (wage) approaches of measurement. Since the living received by the wood-loader was taken as the cost as well as rate of unemployment are high dependent variable. Level of education of the in the state, youth prefer to immigrate to foreign respondent, membership of trade union, work countries seeking high remuneration. experience, number of hours of work and the
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0114 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 status of card holder/non-card holder were higher income for wood-load workers could be taken as independent variables. explained with only two variables. To summarize, The Econometric Model the logistic regression results show that the To study the likelihood of securing better likelihood of higher wages for workers engaged wages for wood-load workerslogistic regression in wood loading sector for the study area is used in this study. Bi-variate distributions are depends on two factors; firstly, having education generated to understand the profile of wood-load level of at least primary schooling and secondly, workers with selected background characteristics possession of card issued by Labour Officer. The and work profile in the informal wood-loading result also suggests that the model employed sector. An appropriate technique to analyse the relationship between a set of predictor variables is fairly good for the analysis as both the and a dependent variable, which is dichotomous, methods; forward and backward stepwise yield is the logit or logistic regression. the same variables as significant predictors. The In the case of logistic regression, the Exp (â) which is the odd ratio shows that odds coefficients are estimated using maximum of having higher income among card holders and likelihood method.The results suggest that the educated wood-load workers to be nearly twice odds of high income for wood-load workers could than those trade union members not having card be explained with only two variables; card or with little education. holders and education of respondents among Findings all the four predictors considered in this The proportion of married respondents analysis.The Exp(B) which is the odd ratio shows was reported to be high with 97.00 percent which that odds of having higher income among trade leaves out only 3.00 percent of singles .Since union members who are card holders and the job requires lot of physical strength, males educated to be nearly twice than those trade predominate and only two females were found union members not having card or with little in the sample. education. The literacy level of the workers is high Logistic Regression Results in this labour market, owing to the fact that The output table of the logistic Kottayam District attained cent percent literacy. regression analysis is given in Table 1. In the One of the important findings is that less table, the parameter estimates summarizes the educated people among wood-loaders effect of each predictor; the ratio of the constitute a small minority. Not only wood- coefficient to its standard error, squared, equals loaders, but also their spouses and children the Wald statistic. In the table, Exp (â) constitute the educated category. Yet another represents the ratio-change in the odds of the interesting feature of the wood-loaders profile event of interest for a one-unit change in the is that out of 200 respondents as many as 126 predictor. i.e., 63.00 percent belonged to the age group of Table 1:Variables in the Equation (35-44). Status of Employment β S.E. Wald Df Sig. Exp(β) Education 0.72 0.282 6.527 1 0.011 2.054 Another significant observation of the Cardholder(1) 0.699 0.337 4.303 1 0.038 2.011 study is that all respondents of this study are Constant -0.796 0.62 1.646 1 0.2 0.451 members of trade unions. However they may be Source: Computed from SPSS software classified into two ways on the basis of type of The logistic regression was performed the membership card of the trade union issued: through forward stepwise method as well as such as card holders and non-cardholders. The backward method suggest that the odds of card holders are permanent workers possessing [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0115 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 the card issued by the Labour Officer of District It was brought to notice that only 0.50 level located at Kottayam. The non-card holders percent (1 person) of the sample fell in the are temporary workers whose position is more highest category of wages earned ¹ (701-800). vulnerable as they are expected to participate The inference drawn from the sample indicated in election work, demonstrations, and are at the that higher wages had nothing to do with the mercy of the union leaders for their daily work. age or work experience of the wood-loader, but The Labour Officer stopped issuing labour cards was more dependent on his strong involvement for the last three to six years and hence the non- in the union activities. It also depended to a card holders outnumbered the card holders at certain extent on his capability to exert decision the time of survey. making. The leaders of the trade union and the Table 2:Age and Possession of Card card holders were reported to be in Age of the Card Non-card comparatively commanding position with regard Respondent Holders holders Total to allocation of wages as well the stipulation of 17 29 46 25-34 (8.50) (14.50) (23.00) number of days of work. Owning a card issued 84 51 135 by the Labour Officer will not affect the chance 35-44 (42.00) (25.50) (67.50) to secure higher wages or more number of hours 17 1 18 45-54 (8.50) (0.50) (9.00) of work in a labour market dominated by trade 1 1 unions, as revealed by the study. It may be 55-64 (0.50) 0 (0.50) 119 81 200 observed here in this context that the Total (59.50) (40.50) (100.00) engagement in the activity of wood-loading can * Figures in brackets indicate percentages be considered as survival strategy of the workers Employment was found to be quite since the number of days of work in a year is limited among wood load workers. It was further limited. observed that jobs held by wood-load workers Days of Gainful Employment were temporary in nature and therefore leading Along with the details of the current to insecurity and the income earned were work undertaken, it was pertinent to collect insufficient for survival. information related to total number of gainful Table 3.Wage of Card Holders and Non-Card employment of the wood-load worker. The Holders information brought out somewhat somber Wage Card Non-card picture in this regard. The minimum number of (in ? ) Holders holders Total 17 29 46 days which a wood-loader could secure the work 400-500 (8.50) (14.50) (23.00) was 35 and the maximum number of days work 84 51 135 501-600 (42.00) (25.50) (67.50) reported was more than 140 as brought out by 17 1 18 Table 4. Primarily, high rate of wages paid to a 601-700 (8.50) (0.50) (9.00) 1 1 wood-loader and secondly, due to the absence 701-800 (0.50) 0 (0.50) of any alternative avenues of work. 119 81 200 Total (59.50) (40.50) (100.00) Table 4.Number of Days of Work * Figures in brackets indicate percentages Days of work in a year Number Percentage It was revealed that majority of card 56-76 15 7.50 holders and non-card holders belonged to the 77-97 29 14.50 same age group i.e. (35-44) and the lowest of 98-118 95 47.50 both were from the age group (55-64). The wood 119-139 43 21.50 load workers are entangled in poverty due to More than 140 1 0.50 limited number of days of work. Total 200 100.00 [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0116 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 The simultaneous existence of piece rate repayment of loans, education, entertainment, contract and daily wage contract among wood- saving and investment, rent, health, liquor and load workers have been observed in the informal toddy, cigarette/beedi and other expenditures. labour markets in Elikulam and Thidanad. A daily The findings suggest that the maximum 44.50 wage contract for a wood-load worker involves percent households had spent ¹ (6,000-6,999) working for a fixed wage and a fixed number of per month on household expenditure, 19.50 hours. In the piece rate contract wood-load households up to ¹ (7,000-7,999) per month, workers are paid according to the amount of work while 0.50 percent up to ¹ 10,000 per month accomplished. Among wood-load workers in showing not so affluent pattern of Elikualm and Thidanad daily wage contract expenditure.Among the next pertinent regular accounted for ¹ 600 whereas piece rate contract item of expenditure the most prominent is the amount is higher which may go up to ¹ 800 for schooling of children. As noted earlier, an the remaining work. average Keralite is desirous to educate his Overtime and Part-time Wages children. The unique feature of the respondent As revealed by the survey, the availability is reflected in the heavy expenditure on of overtime and part-time wages depend upon education. As many as 22.50 percent of two factors, such as assignment of such respondents spent up to ¹ (6,000-6,999).While opportunities by the trade union leaders and 0.50 percent spent up to ¹ 9,999. The figures willingness to take up part-time and overtime suggest the need of respondents to create an jobs. It is observed that respondents having strong environment for mental relaxation where little influence in trade union, who secured job through union and are card holders get the opportunity to existed. do overtime work and receive overtime wages. The next important concern of wood- The card holders of union enjoyed priority loader is evidently on extravagant consumption treatment over the non-card holders owing to in the pattern of expenditure under two counts their proximity to trade union leaders and the namely liquor/toddy as well as cigarette/ willingness to devote more time for union bidi.Significantly a high percentage of activities as well as to contribute in larger quantum respondents were willing to spend heavy for the trade unions. amounts on these items constituting a The study also focussed on the number significant part of their regular income. It may of dependents of wood-loaders which have a however be observed that the initiative to spend bearing on the motivation for taking up further further on intoxicant is prevalent and was more jobs. Large number of dependents may provide prominent among respondents in the absence as a disincentive to wood-loaders from opting of wives or family members. for leisure and conversely less number of Closely akin to the respondents dependents may induce them to take up more predilections to repay loans, there is a tendency odd jobs when they are free from wood-load observed among respondents for building up related work. It was also revealed that some of savings and investment as an important the wood-loaders were engaged in repair work component of their personal and security. The of their house and storing dried tapioca which saving pattern can be improved if due care is is their staple food to take up hard work of wood- taken by them in limiting their consumption of loading. harmful items and diverting such expenses for Monthly Expenditure of Wood-loaders better quality food. Obviously expenditures on A wood-loader’s expenditure has unspecified items do not form a significant specified constituents such as household, [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0117 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 factor in the monthly income profile of the load workers’ activity in the informal rural majority of wood-load households. economy caters to strong markets and have strong production linkages with the formal economy. In light of the research findings on wood-load workers it is found that growth and efficiency oriented paradigms leave a large number of people untouched in the informal sector in rural areas. There is no single policy prescription for the informal economy in Kerala. The reforms must work in a more inclusive and socially responsible manner. Policy makers Fig. 1.Monthly Expenditure should draw their immediate attention for the Not more than 30.00 percent of the sustainability of rubber based wood-loading requirements from medical help. So high degree activity on which Kerala’s economy thrives. of reliance for financing liquor/toddy and References cigarette/bidi consumption was a matter of - Dolly, Sunny. (2013). Employment in the great concern. Rural Informal Sector: A Study of Wood-Load The study highlights the fact that Kerala Workers in Kerala, Major Research Project model of labour organisation by powerful trade financed by University Grants Commission, unions acts as a countervailing weapon in the New Delhi. age of liberalisation. Major decisions undertaken - Government of Kerala Various Issues, in the wood-load workers of the study are Economic Review, State Planning Board, shaped by the active support of the trade unions. Thiruvananthapuram. Conclusion - Ramachandran, V.K. (1997). “On Kerala’s A major finding of the survey reveals Development Achievements”, A Study that in Kerala’s rural informal economy, union Prepared for the World Institute for militancy is more pronounced than employer’s Development Economics, Research of the militancy. The post reform period in India United Nations University, OUP, New Delhi. testifies that trade union power has weakened - Renooy, P.H. (1990). “The Informal and as a result number of strikes have come Economy: Meaning, Measurement and down. As observed in many other studies, the Social Significance”. Netherlands employer’s militancy has gone up in the post Geographical Studies, Amsterdam. reform period as number of lock outs have come - Reports of Various Kerala Workers Welfare down significantly. The empirical data generated Board. in this study strongly refutes the impact of labour market reforms on wood-load workers in Elikulam and Thidanad Panchayats led by powerful unions. For the sustainability of the so called Kerala model of development, policy makers have to pay more attention to the rural unemployed and underemployed. Globalisation and the growth of union led subcontracting pulled many into the informal sector. The wood-
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0118 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 generations. So education has a crucial role in 25 balancing socio-economic conditions of a nation. The level of education is not only a reflection of A Geographical analysis of the level of development of a society but also Gender Parity Index in Mysore the growth and modernization of the society. Sustainable Development Goals (SDG’s) adopted Division by UNO in 2015 aims, the balance in social, economic and environmental sustainability. Dr. S. Srikanta Prasad, Gender equality is one among these goals. Assistant Professor, Gender Parity Index is one of the methods to P.G Department of Geography, assess the conditions of females of a region. It Maharani’s Art’s College for Women, is the ratio of the number of female students Mysuru. Karnataka. enrolled at primary, secondary and tertiary levels of education to the corresponding number of ======***********======male students in each level. In recent decades ABSTRACT Women have entered tertiary education and Education is one of the most important formal employment. The global gender gap tools in overall development of a country. It index shows that gender gap in professional ensures the growth of the country. More roles is narrowing in the world. emphasis has been given for the development Study Area: of education in recent decades. Sustainable Among four administrative divisions of Development Goals adopted by UNO aims the the state, Mysore division is one among them. balance in Socio, Economic and Environmental It is located in south and south-western parts Sustainability. Gender equality is one among of our state. The division covers an area of 2 the Sustainable Development Goals. Gender 43,473 km which accounts 22.67% of total area Parity Index is one of the parameter used to of the state. It has eight districts like understand the ratio of female students to male Chikkamagalur, Dakshina Kannada, Udupi, students in different levels of education. Here Hassan, Kodagu, Mandya, Mysuru and an attempt has been made to understand the Chamarajanagara. It has 20.55% of population situation of Gender Parity Index and Literacy of the state (2011) and consist 44 taluks. rate in various districts of Mysore Division for a Bangalore division is found in the east of this period of two decades. Choropleth maps and region and Belagaum division in the north. Udupi simple statistical tools are used for analysis and Dakshina Kannada districts are in coastal purpose. region. We can observe that windward and Key words: Sustainable Development Goals, leeward side of Western Ghats are found in this Gender Equality, Gender Enrolment Ratio, region. Gender Parity Index. Objectives: Introduction: The main objectives of this paper are – Women play a significant role in the 1. To understand the Population growth, sustainable development of a country. Education Literacy, Child and General sex ratio of the study of females plays a major impact on the area. prosperity of a family as well as a country. The 2. To know about spatio and temporal variations education of a girl is the education of a family, in Gender Parity Index in various districts of the which influences on present and future study region. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0119 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Methodology: The study is based on secondary females per 1000 males) sex ratio in the region. data. It has been collected from different sources It is very important to note that except Dakshina like Census of India, Department of Economics Kannada and Udupi districts, in all other districts and Statistics Government of Karnataka, the sex ratio has been increased from 1991 Journals, reports of UNO and Ministry of Human onwards. This can be observed in table- 1. Resource Development and others. By using Literacy is another important parameter to Gross Enrolment Ratio, Gender Parity Index has assess the socio-economic conditions of women been calculated here. Simple statistical tools in any region. In 1991 the literacy rate in the and Choropleth maps are used for analysis region was 58.5% and increased to 69.24% in purpose. 2001 which further enhanced to 76.9% in 2011. Discussion: It is very essential to understand More than 50% of women were illiterate in 1991. some basics of demographical aspects in the It is most important that the female literacy has study region. Demographic aspects like Growth been increased by 21% between 1991 to 2011 rate of Population, Sex Ratio and Literacy rate compared to male literacy (15%). It is a healthy have been studied first. Because they are sign in the region. But Chamarajanagara district influenced by various socio-economic aspects has lowest female literacy rate (54.32%) in this of the people of this region. Table-1 shows that region. It was 28.6% in 1991 and increased about from 1991, the growth rate of population is 25.72% in next two decades. Whereas highest continuously decreasing in all most all the is found in Dakshina Kannada (84.04%) district. districts. It was 15.97% in the division in 1991 Mandya, Hassan and Mysuru districts have less and it is further reduced to 6.55% in 2011. female literacy rate compared to the division’s Chikkamagaluru district has recorded a negative average literacy rate. Except Mandya, Mysuru growth (-0.28%). The districts like Kodagu, and Chamarajanagara districts, all other districts Mandya, Hassan, Chamarajanagara and Udupi have more literacy than the average literacy rate have less than the average population growth in the region. Dakshina Kannada (93.31%) and rate of Mysore division. Mysuru district has Udupi (91.69%) have registered highest male recorded highest growth rate of population literacy rate in the region. during 2011. Because it has the largest Table-1 populated Mysore city of the region. Here Demographic aspects in Districts of Mysore general sex ratio and child sex ratio has been Division (1991 to 2011) Sl. Population Literacy rate (%) studied for three decades. Because these two No District Year Growth rate Child Sex General (%) Ratio Male Female Total Sex Ratio also influences on the status of women. Except 1 Chikkamagaluru 1991 11.57 978 70.6 51.3 61 977 2001 12.15 959 80.29 64.01 72.2 984 in Kodagu district, in all other districts the child 2011 -0.28 963 85.66 72.88 79.24 1005 2 1991 15.98 966 84.8 68.7 76.7 1020 Dakshinakannada 2001 14.59 952 89.7 77.21 83.35 1022 sex ratio is in declining trend. In the entire 2011 9.8 946 93.31 84.04 88.62 1018 3 Udupi 1991 9.42 966 83.7 66.8 74.6 1134 division, it has been reduced from 966 to 958 2001 7.14 958 88.23 75.19 81.25 1130 2011 5.9 955 91.69 81.41 86.29 1093 girls for 1000 boys. Mandya has lowest (934) 4 Hassan 1991 15.67 967 68.9 44.9 56.9 999 2001 9.68 958 78.37 59 68.63 1004 and Kodagu district has highest (977) child sex 2011 3.17 964 83.55 68.3 75.89 1005 5 Kodagu 1991 5.75 957 75.4 61.2 68.3 979 ratio in the study region in 2011 census. The 2001 12.31 977 83.7 72.26 77.99 996 2011 1.13 977 87.24 77.91 82.52 1019 general sex ratio has been declined from 992 to 6 Mandya 1991 15.96 959 59.2 36.7 48.1 963 2001 7.26 934 70.5 51.53 61.05 986 964 females per 1000 males during 1991 to 2001. 2011 2.55 934 78.14 62.1 70.14 989 7 Mysuru 1991 24.84 966 59.7 41.6 50.9 953 But it increased to 1010 in the next decade. 2001 15.75 962 70.88 55.81 63.48 964 2011 13.39 956 78.44 66.59 72.56 982 Chikkamagaluru, Dakshina Kannada, Udupi, 8 Chamarajanagara 1991 14.99 966 47.3 28.6 38.2 953 2001 9.29 964 59.03 42.48 50.87 971 Hassan and Kodagu districts have more females 2011 5.75 942 67.88 54.32 61.12 989 MYSORE DIVISION 1991 15.97 966 67.8 49.1 58.5 992 than males. Mysuru district has lowest (982 2001 11.46 956 76.98 61.57 69.24 964 2011 6.55 958 82.91 70.98 76.9 1010
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0120 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Source: Primary Census Abstracts (1991,2001 Source: Karnataka at a Glance & personal & 2011), Karnataka & personal computation. computation Gender Parity Index (GPI) is a socio- Here to understand the spatial pattern economic Index designed to measure the relative of Gender Parity Index, Primary schools to First access to education of males and females. As Grade colleges are taken into consideration. As already stated, it is the ratio of number of girls to we observe in table-1, the growth rate of number of boys in primary, secondary and tertiary population is in declining trend from 1991 in all education. It is based on Gross Enrolment Ratio the districts and also Child sex ratio is in the which is free from the effects of the population same pattern. Hence the population between structure of the appropriate age group and the age group 7 to 18 year is less in 2011 census provides picture of gender equality in education compared to 2001. The Gross enrolment ratio (MHRD). Gender Parity Index is the ratio of the in the study region among boys in primary number of female students enrolled at primary, education was 93.28% in 2001 and it increased secondary and tertiary levels of education to the to 99.18% during 2016-17. It is also increased number of male students in each level (UNESCO). in girls education during the same period It has been calculated by dividing the female Gross (88.97% to 93.97%). Dakshina Kannada, Udupi Enrolment Ratio by the male Gross Enrolment Ratio and Mysuru districts have registered more than for the given level of education (UNESCO). When 100% in female Gross enrolment ratio in the the value of GPI is 1, it indicates equality between region. The increasing trend has been observed the boys and girls; when its value varies between in secondary education also. Whereas in Pre- 0 to 1, it means a disparity in favour of males and university the Gross Enrolment Ratio of females if it is greater than 1 it shows a disparity in favour has increased significantly in the region from of females. Gross Enrolment Ratio for a class group 34.32% to 52.93%. The same trend is observed is the ratio of the number of persons in class-group in all the districts of the region. In to the number of persons in the corresponding Undergraduate education (General education) official age-group (MHRD). also the same trend has been observed in female The spatial and temporal pattern of Gender Gross Enrolment Ratio. It has been increased Parity Index in the study region can be observed in from 12.17% to 21.52% which shows more table -2. emphasis has been given to female education. Table-2 In Primary education, the Gender Parity Spatial and Temporal pattern of Gender Index is almost nearer to 1 which shows that Parity Index (GPI) in Mysuru Division. there is almost uniformity in Primary education. First Pre university Grade Districts Year In 2004-05 there is a disparity in favour of Sl Primary Secondary College College No (1-7th Std) (8 to 10th Std) females during this period and it improved in 2004-05 0.96 1.04 1.14 1.07 1 Chikkamagaluru 2016-17 0.97 1.00 1.28 1.42 2016-17. There is an equivalence of males and 2004-05 0.95 0.78 1.01 1.36 2 Dakshinakannada 2016-17 0.97 0.98 1.06 2.22 females in Secondary education during 2016-17. 2004-05 0.94 0.91 0.93 1.16 3 Udupi It is found in almost all the districts. In Pre- 2016-17 0.96 0.98 1.10 1.97 2004-05 0.97 1.02 1.11 0.98 4 Hassan university education, Gender Parity Index was 2016-17 0.99 1.00 1.39 1.71 2004-05 0.96 1.16 1.86 1.10 5 Kodagu 1.04 in 2004-05 and increased to 1.22 which 2016-17 0.97 0.99 1.36 1.21 2004-05 0.97 1.02 1.11 0.89 6 Mandya shows that disparity is found in favour of 2016-17 0.97 0.99 1.48 2.01 2004-05 0.94 4.27 0.93 1.22 females. It is observed that wherever female 7 Mysuru 2016-17 0.98 1.01 1.25 1.93 2004-05 0.96 0.99 0.87 1.22 literacy is more the disparity is less in females. 8 Chamarajanagara 2016-17 0.62 1.06 1.16 1.18 In General education, the Gross enrolment ratio MYSORE DIVISION 2004-05 0.95 1.31 1.04 1.16 2016-17 0.95 1.00 1.22 1.29 among females has increased by nearly 80% Source: Karnataka at a Glance & personal computation [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0121 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 during this period compared to males (17%). It The Gross Enrolment Ratio among males is observed that the number of students joining and females are increasing in all the districts of to general education decreased in Dakshina the region, especially among females. It shows Kannada district (from 20200 to 18073), that more emphasis has been given for female especially more among males. In Mandya, Udupi, education. In Primary and Secondary education Mysuru and Dakshina Kannada districts GPI is nearer to 1, but there is a slight disparity disparity is found in favour of females. The in favour of females in Pre-university and changes in First Grade colleges has been General Education. Further, we have to give depicted in Figure-1. more importance for female education Figure-1 especially after Pre-university education. Females should be encouraged to study in higher education also. Bibliography: 1. All India Survey on Higher Education (2018- 19), Ministry of Human Resource and Development, Department of Higher Education, Government of India, New Delhi. 2. Gender Equality and Sustainable Development – World Survey on the role of Women in Development (2014), UNO. 3. Global Gender Gap Report 2020, World Economic Forum, Switzerland, pp 37 to 43. 4. Indian Standard Classification of Education (2014), Ministry of Human Resource and Development, Department of Higher Education, Government of India, New Delhi. 5. Karnataka at a Glance (2004-05 & 2016-17), Directorate of Economics and Statistics, Findings and Conclusion: Government of Karnataka, Bengaluru. The study has been carried out for two 6. Millenium Development Goals Indicators, time periods like 2004-05 and 2016-17. It is UNO. observed that the population growth rate is 7. Primary Census Abstracts of Karnataka declining in all the districts of the region and (1991, 2001 & 2011), Census of India, New literacy rate has been increasing from 1991 to Delhi. 2011. Most important is there is a significant 8. Sustainable Development Goals, UNO. increase in female literacy in all the districts of 9. Women and Men in India (2018) – A the region during this period. Chikkamagaluru, Statistical Compilation of Gender related Dakshina Kannada, Udupi, Hassan and Kodagu indicators in India, 20th issue, Central districts have more female population than male Statistical Office, Ministry of Statistics and population. But the child sex ratio is in declining Programme implementation, Government of trend in the region. It is an unhealthy sign in India, New Delhi. the region. We have to reduce the declining 10. Zainab M Khurram (October 2006), Bridging trend of Child Sex ratio in the region. the Gap, Yojana, Volume 50, pp 43-47. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0122 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 products, corruptions, financial burden, misuse 26 of power etc. This leads to economic crisis which is not cope with international competitions with Benefits and Detriments of foreign companies. Government is giving financial packages, disinvestment, Public Sector Units collaborations to overcome this problem. Key words : Indian economy, Public sector units, Dr. Sanjay Patil, Private sector, Disinvestments, liberalisation, Head and Associate Professor, Privatisation, Economic growth rate. Modern College, Ganeshkhind, Pune. Introduction Indian economy is basically agrarian ======***********======economy. Around 60 percent population depend Abstract on agriculture. Historically, India was leading in The economy of India is a developing 14th to 17th century in economies. Then India’s economy and first largest economy in the world. growth was more than Europe and China. From From 1947 to 1991, Indian governments adopted Mughal period, India’s economy little decreased. mixed economy proposed by first prime minister In 18th century when British came then small in 1950s, which result slow growth rate of Indian scale industry was at the peak in India, But economy. This protectionist economic policies Britishers destroyed small scale units to protect to protect indigenous manufacturing companies their own industries at England. British India resulted in slow progress, which is called Hindu government developed road and rail network to economic growth rate era. Many public sector distribute raw and finished products and to units or corporations established after distribute all over country. Many cities were independence by Indian government with the flourished due to manufacturing hub with the help of European countries, Russia and USA. In slight development in secondary and tertiary 1991, then Indian government adopted new activities. In second world war, British India economic policies to liberalise Indian economy government promoted Indian manufacturer to to external companies in collaboration with develop their manufacturing units with Indian companies. Due to welcoming of foreign technological help. Tata, Kirloskar and other investment, GDP increased rapidly and people established their units with the help of privatisation process geared up due to USA and British industrialists. globalisation. Public sector companies After independence, then Indian collaborated with foreign companies to government adopted five year plans, influenced modernised themselves to cope with global by Soviet Russian Federation. First prime competition. Growth of private companies minister, Pt Nehru was influenced by communist raised substantially to fight with monopoly of Russia, and implemented socialist economy, indigenous units. By the time, Indian Public which protects indigenous industries and levied sector units fighting with foreign big companies heavy taxes and import duties to restrict foreign by large investments along with modern goods. Initially, the Indian growth was called technology and skilled manpower. Indian Hindu Growth Rate, which was around 3.5% for government established disinvestment ministry many years. It was very slow growth rate. The to disinvest of PSU into private stakeholders. socialist economy had great impact on Indian Because public sector is facing many problems economy, which has big loss of Indian economy. such as political interferences, low quality China adopted capitalism in manufacturing in [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0123 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 80s. India adopted free economy in 1991, under Development of Public Sectors in India the Narsinharao government, which boost Indian The public sector means government economy and welcomed foreign direct share owns 51% or more. Before the investment at large extent with foreign independence, there were few public sector collaborations. Before that Public Sector Units companies, which includes, Indian Railways, All (PSUs) were totally controlled by Indian India Radio, the Port Trusts, the Posts and government from 40 years. The privatisation Telegraphs, and Ordinance Factory are some of process began in 1991-92. The new economic the major examples of the country’s public sector policy has given rise to significant focus for the enterprises. After independence, some policies privatization of public sectors from 1992. for the development of the socio-economic Disinvestment is a method of privatization for status of the country were planned out for self- public enterprises. It is a major step towards reliant growth of the nation’s economy. India’s privatisation and later liberalisation of Indian economy is characterised as a developing economy. Public sector was the backbone of economy. Indian economy till 1991. The government with Economy of India was largely influenced the technical assistance of International by Socialist Soviet Russia, which tends to Financial Institutions such as World Bank and socialism, and it was need of an hour of India. Asian Development Bank developed policies But later on investment in industries by the and various laws to facilitate private sector. government initialised. With the foreign There are many lacunae of Public sector due to collaborations, then Indian government settled incompetency, low per capita output, ignorance up BSNL, BALCO, NALCO, BSNL, MTNL, of consumer interest, difficult to manage and Hindustan Antibiotics, steel plants at Bhilai, political interference. The cumulative losses Bokaro, Rourkela, Durgapur, LIC, Maruti Udyog increasing of PSUs and Private sectors give better Ltd, Bharat Electronics etc. These all are public result in compare with public sector enterprises. sectors enterprises having major or whole Objective government stock. These PSUs helped to develop The following objectives are to be fixed India’s economy at large scale. But later on, it for the topic; seems that there is no big progress as such what 1) To study overall growth and development due government considered. Agriculture sectors was to public sector enterprises ignored by the government. Few multipurpose 2) To analyse the impact of the PSUs on national projects built across some rivers to provide income and growth. irrigation to the agriculture. Till today only 35% 3) To reveal the effect of new economic policy. land is irrigated. Agricultural development was Methodology sluggish which results economic development The methodology is used for this topic in terms of GDP. India’s economic development is of secondary data, published in government GDP was just 3 to 4 percent from 1952 to 1991. as well as public sector enterprises bulletin time It was half that of the world, and very slow if to time. Also considered the economic survey compare to Europe, Japan and USA. Somehow done by National survey sample at national public sectors increased employment at certain level. The analysis done for the data provided level. But this is not sufficient for huge before and after new economic policies. Simple population. In later 80s, green revolution statistical techniques used to reveal the effect boomed economic progress at large extent. But of public sector enterprises. this was not cope with huge population growth. Afterall, in 1991, Narsinhrao government opened [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0124 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 doors for foreign investment with minimum 3. Protection of public interest: This can bureaucratic barriers and promoting foreign decide and implement policies which direct investment in Indian companies with 24 promote public welfare. All policies to 49 percent investment. formulate by at ministerial level and Rationale of the Public Sector Units through parliamentary scrutiny. Public sector is a major part of the Indian 4. Quicker decisions because of reduced economy that comprises public services and bureaucracy and red-tapism. Delays in enterprises. The public sector are of three types decision making is avoided and – 1) Departmental Undertaking - which manages opportunities can be tapped in a better directly by concerned ministry or department. manner. (e.g. Railways, Posts etc); 2) Non-Departmental 5. Bureaucracy minimised due to Undertaking – PSU (e.g. HPCL, IOCL etc); 3) departmental undertaking. Financial Institution (e.g. SBI, UTI, LIC etc). 6. Fund raising is easier because of According to profit, these enterprises are divided government owned statutory bodies, they into mini Ratna, Navratna and Maharatna. So can raise funds through bonds, shares etc. that, government can take review and provide 7. Comparative prices are possible because financial needs. The rationale behind the they are not profit making units. Profit is establishment of PSU’s was Industrialisation and not prime objectives of public sector establishment of Capital Goods Industries and enterprises. Practically it charges at lower Basic Industries. The organizations that are not prices, so that common people are able to a part of the public sector are termed as private consume the services. sector that works to raise profit for the 8. Private monopoly which would cause high organization. prices is avoided. Government fixed the objectives of 9. Foreign denominations of the economy are setting up Public sector Unit in the country are- avoided. to create an industrial base at large scale, to Disadvantages of Public Sector Enterprises generate good quality of employment, to provide 1. Overstaffing is main issue. Per head resources to the government, to develop basic production is very less than private infrastructure, to promote exports and reduces corporations, means managerial control is import, and the reduce inequalities and difficult. accelerate the economic development of a 2. Financial over burden on government due nation. to less productivity or in debt. The Advantages of Public Sector Enterprises government provides subsidies or There are many merits or advantages of the financial packages to cover such loss, public sector units, which casues strain on government 1. Economics of scale : They operate on a resources. large scale, so that PSUs can reap more 3. Lack of autonomy is observed in public benefits of economics of scale with sector which leads to less accountability. cheaper and stable prices, better quality Lack of autonomy results in delay in of services. appropriate decisions. Lack of 2. Public Sectors have an autonomous set up: accountabilities delivers less outcome. means considerable independence and 4. Inappropriate investment decisions results flexibility in its operations. in wrong investment which turns into losses. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0125 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 5. Low quality and overpriced products are competitive edge. main issue in such businesses. There is no such competition on price point and quality of the product. 6. Trade Unionism is a big headache for PSUs. Every corporations have their labour unions for more and more demand which curbs the development of the corporation. Money could not save for further investment. 7. Government applied many reforms time to time to overcome debt and resources issue, but they have less capacity to adopt it sustainably. Source: Public Enterprises Survey 2017-18 8. Public sector enterprises cant cope with Rate of Capital Employed (ROCE) is a ratio foreign giant companies in quality, decisions, that measures a company’s profitability and the marketing, advertising, capital and efficiency with which its capital is employed. The technology. higher the ratio, the more efficient is the use of 9. Political interference is more in these sectors capital employed.Above graph (Fig 1) shows the which leads misuse of power, therefore decreasing efficiency of public sector units. customer interest is ignored. Profit and Loss-making PSUs 10. Anti-social activities are being conducted in Public Enterprises Survey 2017-18 whose some PSUs leads corruption, bribes, wrong that there are 257 operating Central Public Sector decisions, favour to any company etc. Units (CPSU). Out of which there are 184 CPSUs Public sector companies are in debt are profit making and 71 are loss making. Two largely, they are only beneficial for very big state companies made negligible profit, they were businesses and not for small businesses. working across 22 sctors and dominate in public Government has given many packages and utilities, trasportation, coal, oil and gas. The money reforms to overcome the financial burden and invested Rs. 5.28 lakh crore in 2009 and it increased resources of that corporations. The major PSU upto Rs. 13.73 lakh crores in 2018, rasied 10.24 reforms are New industrial Policy 1991, percent. The following date (Table no. 1) shows Voluntary Retirement Scheme, 1988, the loss and profit incurred by public sector units Administered Price Mechanism, Policy of from 2018-9 to 2017-18. It shows in 2008-09, there Navratnas, Policy of Mini Ratnas, Policy of were only 55 companies in loss, not increased to Maharatnas. 71 in 2017-18. Simultaneouly profit making Decreasing Efficiency of PSUs companies increased from 158 to 184 from 2008- The efficiency of government public 09 to 2017-18. Table-1:PSU Ranking in Loss and Profit sector enterprises is decreasing from year to Table-1:PSU Ranking in Loss and Profit year. If compare with 2009, the efficiency gets Year Companies in Losses Companies in Profit 2008-09 55 158 half in financial year 2018, means return on 2009-10 60 157 2010-11 62 158 capital employed shows14% output only. The 2011-12 64 161 economic survey18 shows that the rate of return 2012-13 78 151 2013-14 70 164 of capital deployment has decreased from 25.43 2014-15 76 159 2015-16 79 164 percent to 14.21 percent over nine years.This 2016-17 81 175 shows the decreasing monopoly status in this 2017-18 71 184 Source : Department of Public Enterprises
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0126 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Source : Department of Public Enterprises 61.48 percent of loss out of total loss among The percentage share decreased of top 10 companies. This result the input quality profitable companies from 74 percent in 2009 of the companies. to 72 percent in 2018. About 10 companies Table 2: Top 10 Loss-making Government whose two-thirds of the total profits, mostly from Enterprises oil, gas and power corporations. The top three Table 2: Top 10 Loss-making Government Enterprises Sr. Company Net Loss (Rs Cr) % Share companies are from energy sector, namely, IOCL, 1 BSNL -7,993 25.57 ONGC and NTPC, which are profit making in 2 Air India -5,338 17.07 2018. Indian Oil contributing largest share of 3 MTNL -2,973 9.51 4 Hindustan Photo Films -2,917 9.33 13.37 percent profit followed by ONGC (12.49 5 Western Coal Field -1,757 5.62 percent), NTPC (6.48 percent), Coal India (5.82 6 Bharat Cocking Coal -1,391 4.45 percent) and Power Grid (5.16 percent) etc. 7 RashtriyaIspat Nigam -1,369 4.38 8 India Infrastructure Finance -1,155 3.69 The number of loss making companies 9 Eastern Coalfield -931 2.98 increased up to 71 in 2018. The top ten loss- 10 STCL -657 2.1 Source- Public Enterprises Survey, 2017-18 makers accounted for 85 percent of the total loss making companies. BSNL, Air India, MTNL Source- Public Enterprises Survey, 2017-18 incurred a loss equal to 52.16 percent of total Conclusion and Suggestions loss in financial year 2018. Some companies Nearabout 28 percent companies are in are in loss from years together and expects loss out of 255 public sector units. There are financial package for the government which is many reasons for this loss. Surplus staff, not feasible for long time. The top 10 financial burden, corruption, government and profitable government enterprises shows in bureaucratic interference, delayed decision, no the following figure (Fig 2). new vision are among the top reasons to sustain in the globalisation. Indian government is planning to cut the stake in these sector from 51 percent to 24 percent. Disinvestment ministry is looking the financial corrections every year. State owned companies are also planning to sale to private firms to raise funds for the infrastructural development. The total cumulative loss of Rs 132,000 crores of these companies. Government always give packages and subsidies to boost these sectors. Its better to sale to private sector so that huge government Source : Public Enterprise Survey, Vol 4, 2017- funds can be utilised to health, education and 18. infrastructure sector, which would boost our The loss making units suffer from less economy. India currently 5th largest economy by order bookings, shortage of capital, large nominal GDP and third largest by purchasing manpower and old machinery and delay of power parity in the world. We have to reach 5 decisions. These units are also suffers from trillion economy very soon which is possible if competition, increase in the input cost and huge we sale partially or fully these PSUs to private overheads. Table 2 shows that the top ten loss sectors without disturbing socialist approach for making public sector units. The BSNL, Air India, poor and needy society. MTNL and Hindustan Photo Films contributed [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0127 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 term ‘sustainability’ should be viewed as 27 humanity’s target goal of human-ecosystem equilibrium, while ‘sustainable development’ Gandhian Political Economy refers to the holistic approach and temporal Thought and Sustainable processes that lead us to the end point of Development sustainability”. (Shaker, 2015) In short, sustainable development means achieving Mr. Deshmukh Appasaheb M economic development without harming the (Asst. Prof.) environment. C. B. Khedgi’s College, Akkalkot After looking at the definition of sustainable development, it would be appropriate to look at Gandhiji’s thoughts. The ======***********======misconception that Gandhiji was completely This paper about Mahatma Gandhi’s against the use of machinery is happening in political economy thought and sustainable his time and even now. Then one should know development. Mahatma Gandhi’s thought very Gandhiji’s mechanical approach. That is to say, useful for sustainable development. e.g. Theory Gandhi was not anti-machine. According to him, of small unit machine of Mahatma Gandhi.. This it is inappropriate to use a machine that causes theory is related to sustainable development disrepute and economic exploitation of working theory. This principle is complementary to life. Without hindering the elimination of sustainable development. unemployment and poverty in India, without First of all, what is sustainable allowing the centralization of power, without development? It remains to be seen. It is undermining the independence of the village, defined as follows in Wikipedia.” Sustainable there is no problem in accepting the development is the principle that organizes the mechanisms that are acceptable. Which fulfillment of human development goals, while benefits the majority, which increases the at the same time sustaining the natural system’s income and power of some and increases social, ability to provide natural resources and economic and political inequality, which in turn environmental services that depend on the makes life miserable for some and devalues the economy and society. The desired result is a lives of workers; Gandhiji was opposed to the state of society where living conditions and use (improvement) of any such device. (Parel, resources are used to complement human life 2009) He was of the view that the dignity of without compromising the integrity and stability the workers could not be distinguished from the of the natural system. Sustainable development dignity of the working life. According to him, can be defined as a development that meets some people find it useless to work without the needs of the present without compromising labor, while others find physical labor the ability of future generations to meet their disgraceful. As a result, they become enslaved own needs. (Wikipedia) The concept of to machines and paralyzed. Large machinery sustainable development is derived mostly from and industry will make cities grow, some will the 1987 Brundtland Report, As the concept get jobs, but the majority will be unemployed. developed, it has shifted its focus more towards There will be direct or indirect exploitation of the economic development, social development villages. A few capitalists can save money using and environmental protection for future the machine. But the majority of the poor generations. It has been suggested that “the working people will be economically exploited. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0128 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 In this way, Gandhiji had given impetus to principle of decentralization. According to him, village industries and basic industries by a village state in the true sense of the word will opposing machinery and big industries. be formed only when the villages become self- Regarding the machine, Gandhiji made it clear, sufficient and autonomous, considering the “I am not against the machine. But I am village or village as an important factor. Villages opposed to the madness of mechanization. The need to be economically, socially and politically device has its own space. Large scale industries selfsufficient. Economic transformation can be also have their own space. Modern technology brought about by increasing production, starting will also be used in the field of communication. new, old village industries and value industries. But the village industry and cottage industry that Panchayats will be set up to look after the is going on in the villages should survive.(Guha, governance of villages. Through panchayats, 2013) It doesn’t matter if you have to use some efforts will be made to resolve political, new technology to a certain extent. Apart from economic and social issues. Gandhiji has this, there is a huge problem of unemployment explained the idea of village state in the in the country It cannot be solved and if we do following words. “In such a state everyone is not solve this problem, our democracy will be in his own ruler. He rules himself in such a manner danger. that he is never a hindrance to his neighbor. In Village Industries: the ideal state therefore there is no political To eradicate rural unemployment and power because there is no state.” In order for poverty in India, Gandhiji gave importance to the component to be truly self-sufficient, every handicrafts and cottage industries. Village person in the village must participate in the industries should be given priority to make the administration of the village. Everyone should rural economy self-sufficient. Charkha is the control themselves. One should act responsibly only means of eradicating poverty and to ensure that the development of others is not generating employment and wealth. Farmers, hampered. All the problems of the people there laborers and all such people can add to the should be solved through the Gram Panchayat. national income by spinning in their spare time. Only then will an ideal village state be created He opined that a boycott of foreign goods should there. If every village becomes selfsufficient be done and domestic goods should be used, and happy, there will be no need for central so that the wealth going abroad would remain government in the country. If the whole society in the country and the rural economy would be becomes non-violent and egalitarian, then the more stable and self-sufficient. Defects like punishment of the state will be conflict, colonialism, imperialism etc. are unnecessary. (Fischer 1950). created. To avoid these defects, Gandhiji had After looking at Mahatma Gandhi’s placed more emphasis on village industries like thoughts in this way, you can say that Gandhiji khadi, handloom, charkha. (Brown, 1991) was opposed to the big machine. Because it Gandhiji has elaborated on the idea of degrades the environment and also increases Gram Rajya, Ram Rajya to create a stateless unemployment tremendously. Large machinery society. He was of the opinion that the social is degrading the environment. From that, the structure should be changed by considering the next generation will have to face many caste system in the society. He was of the view catastrophic things. Just like Gandhiji promotes that the overall development of the country village industries and cottage industries. It will would not take place unless the political power also eliminate unemployment and prevent reached the village level by adopting the environmental degradation. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0129 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Reference 1. Shaker, Richard Ross (2015). “The spatial 28 distribution of development in Europe and its underlying sustainability correlations”. “A Study on influence of Applied Geography. 63. p. 35. 2. Parel, Anthony J., ed. (2009). Gandhi: “Hind Smartphone in effective Swaraj” and Other Writings Centenary Edition. Cambridge University Press. ISBN Teaching and Learning Process 978-0-521-14602-9. as a Creative Skill” 3. Guha, Ramachandra (2013). Gandhi Before India. Vintage Books. ISBN 978-0-385-53230- Dr. Raju G. 3. M.A, M.Ed., M.Phil, Ph.D. 4. Brown, Judith Margaret (1991). Gandhi: Assistant Professor and Head, Prisoner of Hope. Yale University Press. ISBN 978-0-300-05125-4. Department of Education Kittel Arts College, 5. Fischer Louis (1950). The life of Mahatma Dharwad Gandhi. HarperCollins. pp. 43–44. ISBN 978-0- 06-091038-9. ======***********======Abstract: Smartphone’s are regular classroom accessories. Many educational institutions, especially higher education institutions, are considering to embrace Smartphone’s as part of learning aids in classes as most students (in many cases all students) not only own them but also are also attached to them. The main question is whether embracing Smartphone’s in classroom teaching enhances the learning or perhaps interference. Therefore, Major objectives of this research paper are: - 1.To Know the Smartphone’s created better learning experiences. 2. To study the influence of Smartphone in learning achievement of the students as a creative skill. Method-Research paper is basically descriptive and analytical in nature. Tools used-) 1.Student attitude scale constructed by Researcher keeping in view of different components of Mobile were used for data collection. 2. The study was carried out through a survey and interview/discussion with a focus group of students. Findings – There is significant relationship between Smartphone and better academic achievement and experience of the students. And found that they use their smart phones to access teaching [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0130 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 materials or supporting information, which are youth and students is rapidly growing (Abeele normally accessible through the Internet. 2016). They spend a lot of time online and most Students use Smartphone’s as learning aids due of them prefer connection to the Internet using many reasons such as they provide convenience, their Smartphone’s instead of other devices portability, comprehensive learning experiences, (García-Ormaechea 2014). Students normally multi sources and multitasks, and bring their Smartphone’s in classrooms and environmentally friendly. They also use smart lectures. In fact, some students capture the phones to interact with teachers outside classes lecture notes or other notes written or given by and using smart phones to manage their group their lecturers using their Smartphone cameras. assignments. Lecturers can even turn Smartphone’s to become Key Words: Smartphone, Creative Skill, learning aids in class (Anshari et al. 2016). This Learning achievement, Learning aids, Enhances leads us to the main question of this research an Internet article: do Smartphone’s create better learning 1 Introduction: experiences or learning interferences? A Smartphone is a mobile phone that can A) The conventional teaching perform many tasks and computations like a Conventional teaching method is known personal computer. It is slowly replacing the old as a traditional teaching method wherein cell-phone, as it is equipped with a powerful teacher is the source of information and the operating system (multi-tasking) along with a students is the receiver of information or myriad of useful applications (Apps) and high message. Teachers considered as the main speed data communication capability. Hence, actors in teaching and learning process. They browsing the Internet or running Internet-based have responsibility to hold a good teaching. applications is intrinsic. A Smartphone is a They regard the student’s listens to the teachers’ powerful handheld computer with an intrinsic explanations and examples, so the students connection mobile networks (Davies 2015; understand how use the knowledge. Rouse 2015; Anshari and Alas 2015).A smart Conventional teaching methods based on phone is so handy and is becoming a “traditional view of education, where teachers multipurpose mobile device that can assist serve as the source of knowledge while learners people to perform their daily as well as serve a passive receivers” (Kuzu as cited in professional activities. Smartphone’s are used Boumava, 2010, p. 11). According to by many to access information and knowledge Damodharan and Rengarajan (a sited in Ibrahim, from the Internet. In fact, some people develop 2015) there are some limitations of traditional knowledge by accessing a pool of knowledge teaching or conventional teaching they are: from the Internet using their Smartphone’s. 1.Teaching in classroom using chalk and Hence, Smartphone’s can definitely be taken as talk is “one way flow” of information2.Teachers to enhance education (Almunawar et al. 2015). often continuously talk for an hour without Nowadays, students can access information and knowing students response and feedback.3.The knowledge easily from the Internet and they can material presented is only based on lecturer also have discussions in social networks and get notes and textbooks.4.Teaching and learning are quick answers from peers, lecturers or even concentrated on “plug and play” method rather experts. Gerlich et al. (2010) found that many than practical aspects5.The handwriting of the college students use Smartphone’s to help them lecturer decides the fate of the subject 6.There study. The reliance on Smartphone’s is quite is insufficient interaction with students in evident and the usage of Smartphone’s amongst classroom.7.More emphasis has been given on [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0131 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 theory without any practical and real life time distractions that can be created. Some of the situations.8.Learning from memorization but not challenges are distraction, dependency, lacking understanding9.Marks rather than result hands on skills, and the reduce quality of face- oriented. to-face interaction. B) Smartphone as one of creative C) Using of Smartphone is one of the creative technological teaching -learning Skill: skills of the classroom teacher. Smartphone or known as mobile phone Smartphone’s are not just for making now became a principal need. Everyone wants calls or sending text messages. In recent years, to own it to solving their teaching or learning the mobile one’s pockets has become a problems. It brings both benefits and challenges. multifunctional device. Many teachers use their Smartphone is a mobile phone that can do many mobiles to teach the concept effectively through tasks; it can be connected to the Internet. mobile video, information and the internet Smartphone comes with many features. People facility in the classroom. Using of Smartphone can send email; browse the Internet, chat, video is one of the creative skills of the classroom chat, and other important daily tasks. There are teacher. many kind of mobile device manufactured they 2. Major objectives: are; RIM, Samsung, Blackberry, BenQ, Palm, i. To Know the Smartphone’s created better Sanyo, Sony Ericsson, LG, Apple, Nokia, Sharp, learning experiences. Motorola, Fujitsu, Kyocera, Oppo, and many ii. To study the influence of Smartphone in more. The kind of mobile devise above some of learning achievement of the students. that own by the students. There are some types 3. Hypothesis: The null hypotheses were set of learning through Smartphone’s: learning up for the present study. through sound, learning through short text i. There is no significant relationship between messages, learning through a graphical display, Smartphone and better learning experience of learning through information obtained from the students. data, learning through internet search and ii. There is no significant relationship between learning through camera and video clips (Sevari, Smartphone and academic achievement of the 2012). Most Smartphone can also record video. students. Students and young people use their Smartphone 4. Review of related literature; to record, watch and exchange video In order to understand the problem, the Study (Buchegger. 2010), and video also is useful for conducted in India and Abroad has been studied. teaching and learning process. Yassaei (2012) 5. Statement of Problem: define that use videos into lessons creates A Study on influence of Smartphone in enticing visuals and a special interactive effective Teaching and Learning Process as a environment in the classroom. Teaching Creative Skill” Education through videos also allows teachers 6. Design of the Study: to be creative when designing education · Method: The nature of present study is lessons. However, integrating Smartphone’s in Descriptive survey. a classroom-teaching environment is a · Sample: For the present study random challenging task. Professors may need to sampling technique was used. The total 200 incorporate Smartphone’s in teaching and students of Degree College and 50 faculties were learning to create attractive teaching and selected for the present study. optimum interaction with students in classes · Data gathering tools: The tests used in the while mitigating or at least minimising present study are as follows [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0132 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 i. Achievement Test. to be 5.92 and 2.50 respectively which is ii. Students attitude scale (constructed by significant. Hence, accept the research Researcher keeping in View of different hypothesis No.1 i.e., there is a positive components of Smart Phone (such as; Internet, significant relationship between Smartphone Mobile Video WhatsApp, Camera face book, and better learning experience of the students Messenger etc,). studying in Degree colleges. · Data collection procedure Ø Hypothesis: 2.There is no significant Printed copies of Attitude scale on relationship between Smartphone and academic Smartphone developed and standardized by the achievement of the students. To achieve this investigator were administered to the Degree hypothesis, the Karl Pearson’s correlation students studying different Degree colleges in coefficient method was applied and the results Dharwad district of Karnataka state. The filled are presented in the following table. in data from students of Degree College have Sl. Relationship Groups ‘r’ Value ‘t’ value Remarks No. between been collected by the investigator. The 1 Smartphone and Male students 0.82 11.90 responses were given by the degree students 2 academic Female students 0.92 11.01 Significant achievement of the were relevant to the subject. Prior to the students. administration of the different tools the Ø Table:2 Results of Coefficient of permission from the Principals of all the selected correlation between Smartphone and academic degree colleges were taken for the collection of achievement of the students and ‘t’ values of data. Along with the different tools the personal Male and Female students information of the degree students was Interpretation obtained. The above table reveals that the Statistical techniques: Mean, Standard obtained ‘r’ value of Male students is 0.82 which Deviation and Correlation analysis is positive and hig0h. The ‘r’ value of Female 7. Analysis and Interpretation of Data: students was found to be 0.92 which is positive Ø Hypothesis: 1.There is no significant and high. The ‘t values of both ‘r’ values were relationship between Smartphone and better found to be 11.90 and 11.01 respectively and learning experience of the students. To achieve are significant. Hence, accept the research this hypothesis, the Karl Pearson’s correlation hypothesis No.2, i.e., there is a positive coefficient method was applied and the results significant relationship between Smartphone are presented in the following table. and academic achievement of the students Ø Table:1 Results of Coefficient of correlation studying in Degree colleges. between Smartphone and better learning 8. Major Findings: experience of the students and ‘t’ values of Male 1. There is significant relationship and Female students. between Smartphone and better academic Sl. Relationship Groups ‘r’ Value ‘t’ value Remarks achievement and experience of the students. No. between 1 Smartphone and Male students 0.78 5.92 9. Educational Implications 2 learning Female students 0.46 2.50 Significant experience of the 1. This study has emphasized that the students use of Smartphone benefits the teaching and
The above table reveals that the learning. However, the use of Smartphone in obtained ‘r’ value of Male students is 0.78 which teaching and learning process has not gained a is positive and high. The ‘r’ value of Female was sufficient attention from teachers. found to be 0.46 which is positive and moderate. 2. Most schools and Colleges in India, The’t’ values of both the ‘r’ values were found especially in Dharwad district, forbid the use of [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0133 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Smartphone in classroom and even in schools effectively as a creative skill. “However, if and college environment. The fear of the teachers encourage use of the Smartphone in students get distracted during the class, and get their classroom through “engaging instruction the access to browse forbidden content from the and the continued teaching of digital Internet are the major reasons behind the policy responsibility, they can move students from of banning the use of Smartphone in schools and being digital natives to digital learners” To sum college. However, if teachers know how to up, the using of Smartphone in teaching and effectively integrate the use of Smartphone in learning can effectively overcome the students their teaching and learning process, those fears ‘poor performance and this makes them achieve could be erased. high. 3. Using Smartphone as a creative skill References is requires teachers to be more creative and · Banks, K. and Burge, R. (2004). Mobile innovative in designing the lesson plan. It should Phones: An appropriate tool for appropriately insert the use of Smartphone in conservation and development. Cambridge: certain activities during the teaching and Fauna & Flora International, UK. learning process. · Boumova, V. (2008). Traditional vs. modern 4. Thus, teachers who are not using teaching methods: Advantages and technology in their teaching and learning disadvantages of each. Master’s Diploma process will be considered obsolete by their Thesis. Retrieved from https://is.muni.cz/ students, and the fast growing number of the th/86952/ff_m_b1/MgrDiplomkaBoumo Smartphone users in India and in the world is va.pdf an indicator for teachers to start using it in their · Buchegger, B. (2010). Using the mobile phone teaching as a creative skill and encourage the in school: Handling opportunities and risks students to utilize Smartphone for effective appropriately. Margaretenstraise, Austrian educational activities. Institute for Applied Telecommunication 10. Conclusion (OIAT). Retrieved from https:// This research article aims to investigate www.saferinternet.at/uploads/tx_simaterials/ whether the use of Smartphone as a creative Using_the_ mobile_phone_ in_school.pdf skill in teaching and learning process and the · Mtega, P. W., Bernard, R., Msungu, A. & students’ increase their learning achievement Sanare, R. (2012). Using Mobile Phones for or not. The findings and discussion section of Teaching and Learning Purposes in Higher this paper presents the results of this research, Learning Institutions: the Case of Sokoine and from those results some conclusions can University of Agriculture in Tanzania. Morogoro be drawn. First, the use of Smartphone in – Tanzania: Sokoine University. teaching and learning process contributes a · Sevari, K. (2012). The role of mobile phones in positive impact to the increasing of learning education and instruction of classroom achievement. Students tend to achieve higher materials. Advances in Education, 1(1), 19-22. score when they are taught with the use of · Statista. (2017). Number of mobile phone Smartphone integrated model of teaching. users worldwide from 2013 to 2019 (in Second, students tend to suffer when they are billions). Retrieved from https:// taught with conventional teaching. Thirdly, the www.statista.com/statistics/274774/ academic achievement of the students with forecast-of-mobile-phone-users-worldwide/ using Smartphone is remarkable. This means that using Smartphone in teaching and learning [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0134 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 structured questionnaire. 220 tailors were 29 interviewed for fetching the information about sample area. Both male and female were Socio-Economic status of small entertained to get information of sampled areas. Data collected through Interview was fed in the entrepreneurs (Tailors) computer to process for graphic presentation of Mumbra-Kausa, Thane the facts. Secondary data were collected from various government offices like Nagar Nigam, Maharashtra census office. Simple percentage has also calculated for an easy understanding of the data. Kaneeze Ibrahim K.A.R.Sayed Socio-economic status Department of Geography MumbraKausa is a suburb of Mumbra Burhani College Mazagaon Mumbai Kausa in Thane District in the state of Maharashtra in India. It is administered by ======***********======the Thane Municipal Corporation. Here we discuss Abstract about the socio-economic status of tailors in A small entrepreneur, a person who runs Mumbra Kausa. To assess the socio-economic the business privately owned and operated with status of the tailors in Mubra-Kausa various fewer employees but often go it alone as variable has been taken into consideration as solopreneurs. They’re willing to take risks for below discuss. the reward. The present paper made to attempt Native Place the socio-economic status of small Table 1 clearly shows that the native place entrepreneurs with special reference to tailors of the people of the area are 86 percent of in Mumbra-Kausa, Thane district. For the Maharashtra and 14 percent outsiders of analysis of the socio-economic status of tailors Maharashtra. several variable has been selected like age of Table 1 : Native place. the tailors, marital status, education level, Native Place housing condition, economic condition, Govt Native Place help etc. some suggestion and Maharashtra Out- side of Maharashtra recommendations propose to betterment of the 86% 14% tailors in mumbra-kausa. Source:primary survey Objectives Years of staying in Mumbra-Kausa 1. To obtain baseline socio-economic The table 2 indicate that the people who data on tailors in the project area, and to assess are living in Mumbra-Kausa for less than 10 the quality of the life of the tailors years are around 12 percent, the people who 2. To measure both the quantitative and are living for 10 years are about 39 percent, and qualitative changes in living conditions. living for 10-15 years are 35 percent, 15-20 years 3. To evaluate the technical viability and are 10 percent, more than 20 years are 04 economic benefits of the tailors. percent found in this area. Data base methodology Table 2 : Years of Staying A double primary and secondary source of Table 2 : Years of Staying 10 10-15 information has been taped. The present study < 10 years% 15-20 years% > 20 Years% Years% years% mainly based on primary and secondary sources 12 39 35 10 4 of data. Primary data were collected through [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0135 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Source: Primary survey Source:Primary survey Ownership of the House:- 80% have television, who have House is very essential elements of the refrigerator are 55%, who has washing machine life. If the people have their own house they are are 35%, Gas connection – 83 %, who have AC very relaxed in their life. are 7%, micro-wave oven – 5%, and who have Table 3:- Ownership of the House water purifier are found about 14% in the area Own% Rented% Other% while survey. This table also show the vehicular 49 43 8 possession in the survey area, i.e found bicycle Source:Primaary Survey about 30%, and two wheelers are found in large Whole life passed without any stress of number of rate that is 57%, four wheeler are housing and renting. In Table no 3, it can be see found in less number like only 2% of people in that 49% people are living in their own house, Mumbra-Kausa-Kausa have such vehicles. 43% people live in rented house, and 8% others Total Income of Tailors. who live in mosque and some live in a shop so Income of the individual people is the on. Figure also exhibited that mostly people have indicator of the living standard. If the income their own house and very less people who don’t level is high the living standard is high, if the have house either own or rented house. income is low the living standard is low. Educational Status:- Table 6: Total Income. Rs. 45000- Rs. 60000- The literacy rate of people in Mumbra- Rs.< 45000 Rs. >100000 Kausa-Kausa which is classified into different 60000 80000 10% 22% 49% 29% classes like, people who are uneducated, studied till primary, 8th class, done with SSC, HSC, and Source:Primary Survey also who are Graduated. Table four exhibit the As it is know that, this survey is about literacy rate and format done. Where Socio Economic Survey for Tailors in Mumbra- Uneducated people are 22%, studies till Primary Kausa-Kausa, and now we’ve found their are 7%, who has studied till 8th class are 22%, monthly income, so the table 6 showing the total done with SSC are about 32 %, HSC passed are income of the tailors are in ranges, the people found about 14%, and graduated people are only earning <45,000 are 10%, 45,000- 60,000 are found in 3% in Mumbra-Kausa-Kausa while 22%, 60,000-80,000 are 49%, >1,00,000 are surveying. found 29% . Table 4:-Educational Status Total income of the family members/month. This table shows the total, income of the Uneducated% Primary% 8th Class% SSC% HSC% Graduate% family members. Table 07 shows that the people 22 7 22 32 14 3 Source: Primary Survey in the survey area who earns Rs 12,000 are found Possessions of Home Appliances and vehicles about 40%, Rs 12,000-15,000 are 45%, Rs Table 5 is showing that how many people 15,000-20,000 are 15%, and people who earn in this survey area have what home appliances more than Rs 20,000 are 0%. and vehicles. Table 7:Total Income of the family Member/ Table 5: Possession of Home appliances and month vehicles Rs 12000 Rs 12000-15000 Rs 15000-20000 > 20000 Table 5: Possession of Home appliances and vehicles Televisi Refrigerat Washin Gas A.C Micro Water Bicycl Two Four 40% 45% 15% 0% on% or% g Connecti % wave Purifie e% Wheele Wheele Machin on% Oven% r% r% r% e% Source:Primary Survey 80 55 35 83 7 5 14 30 57 2
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0136 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Types of Suit Stitching:- Table 11: Type of Business Table 08 reveals that how many gents Sole Trader% Partnership% and ladies stitch types of suits, are as follows: 82 18 80 percent of ladies suits have been stitched, Source: Primary Survey 16 percent of gents suits get stitched and 4 Suit Stitched/Day:- percent of both ladies and gents suits have been This table shows that how many suits stitched. have been stitched in a day and what rate do Table 08: Types of Suit Stitching we get we can see that in the table 12 Ladies% Gents% Both ladies and Gents% Table 12: Suit Stitched/day 80 16 4 4 6 8 10 Source: Primary Survey 49% 33% 14% 4% Ownership of shop Source:Primary Survey It is clearly revealed by the table 09 that No. of Workers:- 40%, tailors are the Shops owner and 60% tailors On the field survey it is found that every have shops on the rent. tailor shop has different number of workers, Table 09: Ownership of Shop some of them have one worker, some have two Owned% Rented% workers and some have more workers, so we 40 60 will show you number of workers, in the table Source: Primary Survey 13. Shop Rent (in Rs) Table 13: No. of Workers In survey area there are mostly tailors 2 4 6 8 are found while surveying and in this survey 42% 31% 15% 12% found that mostly people are not having their own shops, and they pay rents to the owners. Source: Primary Survey So in the table 10 we will see how many people Charges of the Ladies Suit:- have taken shops on rents and how much do Some tailors like ladies, also have little they pay cheap rates from that tailors who have shops Table 10: Shop Rent (in Rs) and big shops with workers, the rates are found 4000- Rs200 are 50%, Rs 400 – 26%, and who takes Rs < 2000Rs 2000-4000Rs >6000Rs 6000Rs 600 are 2%, and there are 0% people found who 0 42 16 2 take more than 600 or 800. So, in the Table 14
Source: Primary Survey we can see the chart of the charges of ladies Rs 2,000 are 0% , who pay rent Rs2,000 suit stitching. to 4,000 are found in large number and its 42%, Table 14: Charges of the Ladies Suit (in RS.) who pay Rs 4,000 to 6,000 are about 16% and 200 400 600 800 those who pay more than Rs 6,000 are found in 50% 26% 2% 0% very less number and its only 2%. Source: Primary Survey Type of Business:- Charges of the Gents Suit:- Table 11 reveals the types of business Table: 15 Charges of Gents Suit (in Rs) run by the tailors. Sole traders are mostly found 500 800 1000 1200 in this area with 82%, and people who are doing 14% 5% 3% 0% business in partnership are found in lesser Source:Primary Survey number, about 18%. Some tailors like ladies, also have little Type of business cheap rates from that tailors who have shops [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0137 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 and big shops with workers, the rates are found witnessed in the area. Data shows the Rs 200 are 50%, Rs 400 – 26%, and who takes educational achievements of the tailors of the Rs600 are 2%, and there are 0% people found Mumbra Kausa are at par with that of the general who take more than 600 or 800. So, in the Table population of the area. It is important to note 15 we can see the chart of the charges of ladies that 85% of the general population and 84% of suit stitching. the Muslim population has not opted for higher Type of the Tailor:- education. The difference between the two There are types of tailor found in population increases for higher education. Mumbra-Kausa-Kausa. There are some trained The population of households belonging and some are certified trained and some who to the low income group is significantly higher are under training like who are learning to stitch than that of households belonging to either suits. On the basis of table 16 it is say that the middle or high income group. It is important to trained are about 92%, Who is certified trained note that Mumbra kausa has only 1% of the are 06% and are under training are found about population earns above 10000 rupees a month 2% only. around and 93% of the population earns less Table 16:Type of the tailor than 10000 per month.While going through the Trained% Certified Trained% Under training% survey it is found that mostly people belong to 92 6 2 Maharashtra around 95% of the population Have the Registration no. belongs to Maharashtra and rest 5% are out of So here it can be see how many have Maharashtra. The family growth is small in registration of tailoring shops. So, about 90% Mumbra Kausa around 60% of the population people have illegal and not registered tailor belongs to small family size. shops, and only 10% people have registered As we know house is very essential shops with whole proper paper work. element of life. Most of the house is owned by Table 17:- Have the Registration no. an individual. The infrastructure of the house is Yes% No.% good made up of concrete but the living 10 90 condition of the people is compact and Source: Primary Survey congested. Data shows that the 92 percent Pay to the Workers (in Rs) trained tailors are found in this area but not from The owners who pay their workers less the certified institution mostly the get training than Rs 5,000 are about 67% and who pay from from where they are working. It important to note Rs 6,000 to 9,000 are 27%, and who pay more that mostly don’t have registration no and not better like Rs 9,000 to 12,000 are only about getting any government support. 06%. RECOMMENDATION Table 18: Pay to the Workers (in Rs) A development plan requires quantitative assessment of infrastructure < 5000 6000-9000 9000-12000 deficits based on a bench mark survey. However, 67% 27% 6% to be effective, the state resources have to reach Primary Survey and to be accepted by the people. This requires CONCLUSION an understanding of the people for whom On the basis of above discussion it is development is being sketched an concluded that Mumbra Kausa has a diverse understanding rooted to the people who affected population living together harmoniously, their approach towards the state, its machinery religion, regional and caste based diversity is and opportunities [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0138 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 The most significant problem of Mumbra Kausa is recommending measures to ensure 30 dispersion of the population. The Multi Sector development plan Artificial Intelligence – A (MSDP) should be incorporate to the betterment of the socio-economic status of these small perspective towards Tourism entrepreneurer. Financial assistant should be provided Satyaki Bhattacharya by the government for progression of these M.Sc (Sta0tistics), MBA small enterprenuerers. Senior Manager, AI &ML Lead There should be establishing the training Accenture Technology institution for these small enterprenuerers free Kolkata of cost. Provided them better machinery and fix the amount to pay the trainee by the trainer in ======***********======the shop because mostly are getting training in Abstract the shop not from the institution. According to a UNWTO report, in 2011, Refernces “international tourism receipts exceeded US$1 1. “Agriculture and Irrigation in Mumbai”. trillion for the first time” (UNWTO, 2012). Maharashtra State Gazetteers. 1987. UNWTO Secretary-General Taleb Rifai stated Retrieved March 6, 2012. this excess of $1 trillion was especially 2. Abrams, Charles, 1970, Slums. In (ed) important news given the global economic crisis Desai, A. R. and S. Devadas Pillai Slums and of 2008, as tourism could help rebuild still- Urbanization, Popular Prakashan, Bombay. struggling economies, because it is a key export 3. Agarwal, S., A. Satyavada, S. Kaushik, and and labour intensive (UNWTO, 2012). The paper R. Kumar, 2007, Urbanization, Urban Poverty majorly highlights the evolution of tourism and and Health of the Urban Poor: Status, adaptive changes that has impacted the Challenges and the Way Forward, economy and how trends and patterns can be Demography India, Vol. 36(1): 121-134. analyzed through proper statistical techniques, 4. “Bandra as it was centuries ago”. Golden including Artificial Intelligence and Machine Bandra. Retrieved 17 September 2012. Learning. The framework outlined and the 5. “District wise List of Assembly and observations are based on some facts and data Parliamentary Constituencies”. Chief and the recent impact of COVID-19. Keywords: Electoral Officer, Maharashtra website. Sustainable Tourism, Machine Learning, Artificial Retrieved 4 January 2010. Intelligence, Covid-19, GDP, Millennial. 6. “General Elections to State Legislative Statistical techniques. Assembly 2009”. Chief Electoral Officer, Introduction Maharashtra website. Retrieved 4 January The word hospitality predates the use 2010. of the word tourism, and first appeared in the 14th century. It is derived from the Latin hospes, which encompasses the words guest, host, and foreigner (Latdict, 2014).William Theobald suggests that the word tour comes from Greek and Latin words for circle and turn, and that tourism and tourist represent the [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0139 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 activities of circling away from home, and then Direct: The direct contribution of travel returning (Theobald, 1998)*.It has been pointed and tourism to GDP reflects the ‘internal’ out that the term “Tourism”was means leaving spending on travel and tourism (total spending home for sometime for other places for mostly within a country on travel and tourism by varied reasons can majorly be classified into 3 residents and non-residents for business and categories: leisure purposes), as well as government a)Paryatana - It meant going out for ‘individual’ spending pleasure and knowledge. Total:The total contribution of travel and b)Deshatana - Going out to other tourism to GDP reflects GDP generated directly countries primarily for economic gains. by the travel and tourism sector plus its indirect c) Tirthatana – Going to places for and induced impacts. religious importance. Interpretation: Gradually over the years the concept of The direct contribution of the travel and tourism slowlyevolved, and it was given a tourism industry accounted for 3.3 percent of business flavor when companies tried innovative the total global GDP in 2019, showing a small means to monetize tourism which essentially rise over the previous year. Comparatively, the unearthed new places for travel leaving beyond total contribution of the travel and tourism the traditional ideas highlighted above. People industry in 2019 accounted for 10.4 percent of slowly started getting inclined towards visiting the totalGDP worldwide [Source: Published by places which got stitched to the economic S. Lock, Mar 2, 2020 ] developed and it gave rise to different marketing platforms and the price war between organizations to attract more customers. Interesting the more happening era is when we started getting information about Travel and tourism with the advancement of technology and the digital footprint supported by Artificial Intelligence and chatbots started answering our curiosity within seconds and giving us a teaser with marketing offers that started attracting our attention more towards the gadgets and apps.Globally, travel and tourism directly contributed approximately 2.9 trillion U.S. dollars to GDP in 2019. In the same year, the United States’ travel and tourism industry directly The major influential factors notable for the contributed the highest amount to global change in business context of tourism could be GDP, with a total of 580.7 billion U.S. dollars. because of the following: Tourism:Data, Statistics &Implications:- · Attractions & Places of Interest are evolving In order to understand how the economy rapidly has really been impacted by Tourism as a whole · Customized Tours [Personal /Family Preference] it is essential to understand the contributions vis-a-vis Group Tours for major attractive places factors [Direct &Total] & the driving or the · Travel Companies & Assistance for Elderly influential factors to measure impact on GDP people for sustainable development. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0140 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 · Travel for Passion – Wildlife , Photography , preference and taste are very varied than the Adventure , Historical, Sailing, Treks etc traditional people who used to have a · Business / Corporate Travel conservative approach towards Travel in the · Millennials & Baby bommers – new generation earlier days. with a predetermined mindset on Leisure The reason to bring this generation to holidays the forefront of this discussion is that Millennials · Channels – Mobile Apps / Internet form a significant portion of the world’s · Finance Options [ EMI / staggered payment ] population today, and we are crucial in shaping Among the above the statistics around the way things go. We are also a generation that leisure travel really shows an increasing trend cares more about experiences than material and is very interesting to look at:- things. Everybody travels for different reasons Leisure tourism is the largest sector of and in different ways. the tourism industry. Leisure travel generally consists of taking a vacation from work or everyday life. During vacation, the traveler typically aims to relax, experience new cultures and locations, broaden their mindset and more, depending on the type of travel chosen. Global leisure tourism spending reached 4,715 billion U.S. dollars in 2019
Through the lens of a statistician and merging economic factors is the key deciding factor before applying an algorithm and thus the following section is an attempt to highlight some of the essential elements to be considered that should be considered before deploying a Traditional Forecasting Model [ e.g ARIMA ] or a Next Gen Model [ Deep Learning Framework] Forecasting the growth Market – AI Based for different uses cases [ subject to availability Technology Adoption of data ] As we have understood so far that Travel · Propensity to Travel / Visit a destination and Tourism continues to expand and is a · Factors influencing to Visit a Destination growing industry and since it has been attributed [ majorly the features that attribute to the mostly by human behavior aided by technology model] it can be predicted to an extent based on · Factors used for sustainability historical data on Travel experience customer · Potential Revenue Forecast for Travels survey and external data sources. The clear in a destination insight coming out of a study is that the · Investment in Tourism for a sector millennials& Baby boomers are a different · Global International Vs Travel Spend generation altogether and their choice, [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0141 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Past Trends show that travelers are environmental concerns, combat climate change making decisions motivated by expectations of and foster peace and intercultural experiencing value tourism, in which a understanding. An emerging trend among destination will seek the responsibility to Millennials is slow travelling. Slow travelling maintain their environmental resources. Based means that you don’t spread yourself too thin & on the data captured a statistical framework can going to fewer places and spending more time be defined through primary / secondary data to in each location. The following can be understand the initial descriptive statistics of considered as some of the criteria for the the attributes following up with some Responsible Traveler: - exploratory analysis to reveal some trends / · Choose your souvenirs and purchases carefully patterns / seasonality and cyclical fluctuation · Purchase a local craft of data. It is also essential to consider the · Volunteer and Travel [ stay with communities, concepts of auto correlation or multicollinearity or on farms, sign up with a local NGO] of the data that might affect the final stability · Give back to the community / society or accuracy of the model and outcome. · Refrain from using plastic and generating Culture and Nature of Tourism – Viewpoint unnecessary /biodegradable waste Bramwell and Lane (1993) outlined four · Eco- Tourism =ØÞ if you are interested basic principles of sustainable ecotourism Tourism is seen as an agent for rural development in line with the sustainable economic regeneration and as a way of development concept: valorizing conservation, in many parts of the (i) holistic planning and strategy world. But rural environment is a very fragile making(ii) preservation of essential ecological one because it changes or experiences damages processes(iii) protection of both human heritage easily due to rapid changes of any sort; and and biodiversity and (iv) development to ensure tourism is a powerful agent for change. This is that productivity can be sustained over the long an important issue because of the role rural term for future generations areas play in many countries as repositories of The Tourism industry is one of the both natural and historical heritage and fastest-growing sectors and a significant important commercially. contributor to the economy. However, this comes The challenge Ahead of us – Covid -19 Impact with its own implications on the environment While the “New Normal” market reality is and local culture. An increasing number of emerging, real clarity will take some time – an international and domestic travelers results in adjustment factor is required to be plugged in increased greenhouse gas emissions, generates based on the situations we foresee now. more single-use plastic, and leads to § New Regulations & limitations wrt Travel disconcerting issues like mass tourism and [ Clean Zones, Physical distancing, health increased waste production. screening] The negative implications can just go on. § Government Interventions: - Direct So, what can we do? Stop travelling? Capital support, changes in Tax Some of the measures that can be taken Structure, relaxing or strengthening of as a responsible traveler is to be conscious of current / new constraints the impact one is making & develop sustainable § Changing customer preference /concerns: tourism practice. Sustainable Tourism is to help Physical Contact, Fear of Travel, preserve the natural and cultural heritage, Touchless requirements, public safety, empower local communities, tackle Sanitized Hotels and public areas [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0142 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 § Business Travel to be replaced by Video months ] but international may take more than conference / digital meetings. couple of years § Continuous Volatility: Common Myths , Build Options & Multiple scenarios:- False alerts , Flashbacks of outbreaks are As new evidences and reality emerges we going to add to the challenge need to adapt to the changes and have several § Layoffs & Job Loss in the Travel & Tourism options in hand so as to mitigate the risk as well industry as slowly getting back to normal hence trying to As a result of the coronavirus (COVID-19) boost the economy slowly and steadily. Any further pandemic, the global travel and tourism market set back may bring us back to square one which is is predicted to see a loss of 75.2 million jobs an even worse scenario. worldwide in 2020. The region that is supposed Market consolidation- to see the biggest loss from COVID-19 is the Idea is to make a smart move and be agile Asia Pacific region, losing approximately 48.7 and provide fair priced travel options as competitors million jobs, while Europe is forecast to be the in each market would decline and there will be second hardest hit with a forecasted possible chances of mergers and take overs. Focus employment drop of 10.1 million should also be on value driven Innovation through automation and AI Powered intelligence Conclusion Understanding consumer decision-making is a cornerstone of marketing strategy & this is where the Tourism industry is headed today. A critical examination of the above facts and diagnosis can bring out several complex scenarios related to sustainable tourism and this raises the question of adopting technology aspect into this eco system which could lead to better decision making and overcoming some of the challenges in a more efficient manner. References As a result of the coronavirus (COVID- - https://opentextbc.ca/introtourism/ 19) pandemic, the global travel and tourism chapter/chapter-1-history-and-overview/ market is predicted to see a loss of 75.2 million - https://www.statista.com/topics/962/ jobs worldwide in 2020. The region that is global-tourism/ supposed to see the biggest loss from COVID- - https://www.statista.com/statistics/ 19 is the Asia Pacific region, losing 233223/travel-and-tourism—total- approximately 48.7 million jobs, while Europe economic-contribution-worldwide/ is forecast to be the second hardest hit with a - http://www.yourarticlelibrary.com/ forecasted employment drop of 10.1 million ecotourism/sustainable-tourism/ Recovery and the “New Normal” sustainable-tourism-concept-principles- Buy Time:- and-strategies-ecotourism/69054 From the data and statistics it is evident - https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/0a83/ by now that the recovery is going to take time – 403279002e0dc9ce34266d021b06f4bd While the domestic might take time [ ~ 9-18 403f.pdf [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0143 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 incidence of domestic, agricultural and 31 Industrial pollution which is causing environmental degradation in the river basin. Panchaganga River Pollution: Waterborne diseases, and associated health A Geographical Study hazards among the population in Panchganga Basin have been reported for some time. Prof. Sanjaykumar A. Menashi Therefore by using Water Quality Index (WQI) Head Department of Geography that relates the health survey of the people in Gopal Krishna Gokhale Collage, Kolhapur the study area along the banks of river Panchganga. This paper presents water quality ======***********======data of river Panchganga during the period 2010 to 2012 and a health survey conducted in the Introduction study area to understand relationship between Kolhapur city is known as Karveer Nagari. river water quality and water borne diseases in Kolhapur is located on the Sahayadri mountain the study area. range and south western part of the Maharashtra Objectives state. Kolhapur city is situated on the bank of 1. To identified causes of Panchanganga River Perennial river Panchaganga on the adjoining Pollution. hill named as Bramhapuri. During the historic 2. To suggest recommendations for minimize of period from first century B.C to ninth century Panchanganga River Pollution. AD, Kolhapur was situated on the Brahmpuri Study Area hills. Adjacent to this high hill the settlements The study area is in the northern part of like Kesapur, Kholkhandoba, Rankala, and Kolhapur district, located at 15043’ and 170 17’ Padmala which are as old as Bramhapuri were North latitude and 73040’ and 74042’ East located. Kolhapur city is established on the bank longitude. The western part i.e. 2/3 of the district of perennial river Panchaganga. The river is is located in the Western Ghats and all the five getting polluted due to discharge of large major tributaries of river Panchganga originate amount of sewage carried out by four major in the Sahyadri mountain range to the west, the sewers in the city such as Jayanti nullah, Dudhali area of the district is 7746 sq. km. and catchment nullah, Line Bazaar nullah and Bapat Camp of Panchganga river is 2099.63 sq. km. length nullah. Since most of the sewage is untreated, of Panchganga river is 81 Km including the it increases the organic load of the river water. tributaries the Panchganga river is 338 km. As Kolhapur is blessed with the presence of per 2011 census Kolhapur had a population of Panchaganga river travelling along the city. 38, 74,015 (Kolhapur District Tourism Plan, However, water quality and quantity in the river 2012). There are 9 K.T. weirs, across the river is more cause of concern than pride. The river Radhanagari major and some medium and minor is getting polluted due to Mixing of untreated dams make it a perennial river. domestic sewage, Disposal of industrial effluent, Result and Discussion Biomedical Sewage, Agrochemicals used in the Discharge of large amount of untreated field, Mixing of Crematorium ash, Religious domestic sewage from the city: activities, Other sources like Hotels, The river is getting polluted due to Restaurants, etc. discharge of large amount of sewage carried out The present study deals with by four major sewers in the city such as Jayanti Panchganga river water quality due to growing nullah, Dudhali nullah, Line Bazaar nullah and [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0144 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Bapat Camp nullah. Since most of the sewage Large quantities of agrochemicals are is untreated, it increases the organic load of the used in the agricultural sector in the upstream river water. The river water becomes highly as well as in surrounding areas of the river. The polluted due to toxicants, bacterial residues of these chemicals mix in to the river contamination, plastic litters, solid waste, etc. due to excess use, flooding, heavy rainfall, Total waste water without Total No of Industries excess irrigation, etc. Many pesticides and Panchaganga River Basin treatment 2953 1859302 million litre per day chemicals when dissolved in the river water Disposal of industrial effluent enter in the food chain. Studies have shown that The industrial effluent coming from many vegetables and fruits contain harmful different small industrial units, foundries spray residue of agrochemicals. Sr.No Type of agrochemical Solid state (per year) Liquid State (per year) painting units in Udyamnagar and Tanneries 1 Chemical fertilisers 78244 Tonnes - from Jawahar Nagar alters the quality of river 2 Pesticides 141764 Tonnes 22068 litres 3 Weedicides 34995 Tonnes 21664 litres water. The ground water quality also changes 4 Fungicides 6771 Tonnes 1828 litres due to the industrial effluent. Source: Panchganga Basin Pollution Study
Total population of Waste water without MPCB report, 2009 Kolhapur City (2011 Water Use (per day) Panchaganga River treatment (per day) census) Crematorium ash: 5.49 lakhs 120 Million Litres 100 Million Litres Crematorium ash is becoming one of the Source: Panchganga Basin Pollution study report, 2009 reasons of water pollution. There are about four Sewage from different hospitals, pathological crematorium sites present in the city. Each year laboratories: There are total 498 hospitals and approximately 130 tonnes of crematorium ash pollutes dispensaries(governmental, semi governmental and the river water. The crematorium which is most private) and 31 pathological laboratories in Kolhapur affecting the quality of river water is Vaishvadham city. Only one hospital i.e. Chhtrapati. Pramilaraje Crematorium located near Prince Shivaji Bridge and Hospital is planning for STP whereas none of the Bapat Camp crematorium. After burning of the dead hospitals in Kolhapur city treat its waste water. The bodies, as a ritual, the ash is disposed in the river untreated sewage about 1,00,000 litres per day mixes water, which forms a layer on water surface. It traps in to the river through nullahs which is highly the sunlight and prevents mixing of oxygen into the dangerous to the riverine ecosystem. water. There is change in the physicochemical Effluent from other sources: parameters of the water body. The amount of total There are about 49 servicing stations in the solids, total dissolved solids, toxic heavy metals, city which generates 49,000 litres of waste water. The phosphate and nitrate level increases. At the same quality of water alters due to oil and grease content, time, amount of dissolved oxygen decreases. The various petrochemicals colours, etc. The waste water aquatic ecosystem gets harmed as well as water coming from slaughter houses and fish markets are becomes unsuitable for drinking purpose. The having high organic load which is directly discharged downstream areas of the river also get affected as into the nearby sewer which finally ends into the river well as the aesthetic beauty of the site decreases. through nullahs. The sources like hotels, restaurants, Religious activities: hawkers, etc. also contribute for water pollution. Various religious activities during festivals Agrochemicals used in the field: produce solid waste in the form of nirmalya and idols.
Total amount of waste Sources Total No The idols made up of Plaster of Paris changes the generated Servicing Stations 41 200000 litres physicochemical composition of water body. There Hotels, restaurants and hawkers 1044 149400 litres / day Slaughter houses waste 02 800 Kg / day are 12 sites in the city where the Nirmanlya and idols Meat shops and fish markets waste 76 1000 Kg / day are disposed. The idols are made up of Plaster of Paris or Shadoo and coloured with chemicals. When these [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0145 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 idols immersed in water the chemicals dissolve in Ø Hospitals should consist of effluent treatment water body altering water quality. The paints are having plant in their premises. heavy metals such as copper, zinc, lead, chromium Ø Wastewater should be treated separately and iron. The other constituents of the idol like bamboo, (DEWATS) that is wastewater in Kolhapur city flowers, cotton, clothes and other pollutants such as should be treated at different location. eatables like prasad, coir, plastic, etc increase the Ø There should be ban on washing clothes, nutrients in the lake and lead to eutrophication. The vehicles, animals and disposal of crematorium water column is disturbed completely during idol ash in river water. immersion. Ø Improve public participation for avoid pollution Discharge of nullahs in the river basin: from ganapati visarjan in Panchaganga river. There are four nullahs in the city viz. Jayanti Ø Continuous flow is required to reduce pollution Nullah, Dudhali Nullah, Line Bazaar nullah and Bapat level in Panchaganga River to some extent. Camp Nullah. Jayanti nullah starts flowing from References eastern part of the city. During its course through the 1. American Public Health Association (APHA). heart of the city, it receives waste water from tanneries (1998). Standard Methods for the Examination from Jawahar Nagar, domestic waste from the city, of Water & Waste water, 20th edition, Port city effluent from fabrication units, spray painting units press, Baltimore, Maryland, USA. and foundries from Udyamnagar. Jayanti nullah basin 2. Barik, B. C. (2000). Resource Management and covers 2357 ha of the city. The pH of all the nullahs Contours of Development Reflections through shows slightly acidic trend. The nullahs carry sewage Macro-Micro Narratives, Rawat Publication, with high organic load, generated during domestic as Jaipur and New Delhi. 123-124. Census (2011). well as industrial activities in the city. As the Kolhapur District. temperature increases due to seasonal changes, the 3. Garg, M. (2012). Water pollution in India: causes oxygen dissolved in water decreases. At the same and remedies. International Journal of Physical time, the Biochemical Oxygen Demand increases. The and Social Sciences, 2 (6), 556. BOD is the amount of oxygen required to oxidise the 4. Health Department, Ichalkarnji Municipal organic load by the micro organisms in any aquatic Corporation. (2012). Epidemics in Ichalkarnji city. body. The increased level of BOD is an indicator of • Health department, Kolhapur Municipal organic pollution. The Chemical Oxygen Demand also Corporation. (2012). Epidemics in Kolhapur city. measures the organic matter with chemical oxidation. 5. Health Department, Zilha Parishad, Kolhapur. In the rainy season, all the values except the solids (2013). Epidemics in Kolhapur District during shows decreasing trend due to dilution. The total years October 2008 to April 2013. solids, dissolved and suspended solids shows 6. Keith Alcocks Javascript Webmaster. webmaster increased values due to mixing of mud. In comparison @ alcock.vip.best.com. (2008). accessed from with Line bazaar and Bapat camp nullahs, Jayanti http://www.water-research. net/watrqualindex/ nullah and Dudhali nullahs are the highly polluted. waterqualityindex.htm 09/03/2013. Conclusion 7. Kolhapur District Tourism Plan, (2012), Ø Wastewater and sewage line should be Collector, Kolhapur District. underground in all area. Sewage treatment plant should be provided for treatment of domestic wastewater. Ø Industries causing water pollution should consist of effluent treatment plant or common effluent treatment plant. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0146 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 continuously increasing consumption levels of 32 both the commodities. Garbage Disposal in Dharwad Composting-aerobic and anaerobic, both the options are available to the country for City: An Environmental Issue scientific disposal of waste in future. However, country also needs something in terms of policy Dr. I. A. Mulla Associate Professor and guidelines to enable the municipal HOD Dept. of Geography corporations to run the waste services efficiently. Anjuman Arts, Science, Commerce college and Keywords: Municipal solid waste; Disposal; PG Centre Dharwad Recycling; Plastic; India Introduction ======***********======Solid waste management issue is the Abstract biggest challenge to the authorities of both small Disposal of solid wastes is a stinging and and large cities’ in developing countries. This is widespread problem in both urban and rural mainly due to the increasing generation of such areas in many developed and developing solid waste and the burden posed on the municipal countries. Municipal solid waste (MSW) budget. Everyday each person produces at least collection and disposal is one of the major 500 gms f waste. In industrialized countries, the problems of urban environment in most average output can be as high as four kilograms countries worldwide today. MSW management per person. This is a throwaway society. Every year solutions must be financially sustainable, nearly 400 million tonnes of garbage is thrown technically feasible, socially, legally acceptable away all over the world. It consists of different and environmentally friendly. Solid waste types of materials, like mounds of food, scrap, management issue is the biggest challenge to commercial junks, plastic bottles and bags, old the authorities of both small and large cities. tyres and household trash. We cannot feel CFC In India, the collection, transportation and acid rain but can touch, see and smell garbage. and disposal ofMunicipal solid waste are Garbage is threatening human health worldwide. unscientific and chaotic. Uncontrolled dumping Garbage can be categorized into four types, of wastes on outskirts of towns and cities has namely, combustibles, non-combustibles, created overflowing landfills, which are not only recyclables and hazardous waste. One method of impossible to reclaim because of the haphazard disposing f garbage is by dumping it in low-lying manner of dumping, but also have serious areas. Ideally, the rubbish is spread in layers of environmental implications in terms of ground about two meters thick and is often covered with water pollution and contribution to global about 30 cms of soil. When carried out properly warming. Burning of waste leads to air pollution this technique can result in the reclaiming of useful in terms of increasedemissions, which is land. But the dumping place may attract flies and equivalent to vehicular emissions at times. rats and pollute the water and the surroundings. In the absence of waste segregation Plastic materials are not easily decomposed. Fifty practices, recycling has remained to be an different types of plastics are in use today. Many informal sector working on outdated technology, of them are made with a variety of toxic dyes and but nevertheless thriving owing to waste chemicals. material availability and market demand of Solid wastes arise generally from the cheaper recycled products. Paper and plastic domestic functions which create garbage, from recycling have been especially growing due to agricultural activities residues, pesticides and [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0147 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 fertilizers, from construction sites debris ad unused Thus, the primary information and data material, from power stations fly ash, from industry- is being supplemented with the secondary data. toxic wastes such as pesticides, asbestos, polish, The data has been analyzed with the help of paints, fluorescent lights, oils and solvents etc, maps, charts diagrams, and simple statistical radioactive wastes from nuclear installations, methods along with computer applications. mining and quarrying wastes, sewage sludge and Location and Area of Study bio-medical wastes etc. which have polluted air, Dharwad city, the head quarter of the water and land. The hazardous wastes are toxic district located in Belgaum division. The city has to plant and animals, inflammable, explosive and also been widened in area with inclusion of new corrosive or highly reactive chemically. The areas into corporation limits. The city has a total ecological effects of these solids waste on human area of 49.60 sq.km. Hence the Dharwad city life and other organisms has been felt in many has been selected as study region. ways particularly in urban centres. The disposal, Results and Discussion treatment and proper management these wastes Many scholars and experts on solid have become a greatest task for any government waste management have suggested a large and other agencies. number of methods to overcome or minimize the Objectives problems of waste management. The The present study covers the following objectives; researcher would like to suggest the following · To know the quantity waste generation in consolidated methods which help in treatment Dharwad city. of waste and its management. · To Analyze the types of waste generation in 1. Minimum production of wastes: Dharwad city. § Consumption patterns and waste · To Analyze the source of waste generation in production are linked as also the life style. If Dharwad city. consumption is more (and unsustainable) · To Assess the waste disposal methods. production will increase resulting in increased · To suggest some effective measures to manage waste production. the waste disposal. § Besides consumption patterns, the · To suggest remedial measures. waste production can be minimized by adopting Methodology suitable technology in production process. The present work is carried out largely § A waste minimization policy should on the basis of collection of primary information be formulated which is possible if there is in the field work as per the questionnaire mechanism to quantify the waste production. prepared in this connection.The researcher had 2. Maximizing waste reuse and recycling: undertaken the survey/field work during March- Reuse of wastes has become very May 2007. Interview with the concerned officials important not only in view of the fact that wastes of the agro-based industries and the farmers, pose a threat to environment but also due to shop owners was conducted, and the required the fact that waste disposal has become very information was collected. expansive. Time now has come to formulate a The secondary data, and information was national programme for waste reuse and collected from the Government offices such as recycling. Statistical Office Dharwad, District Industrial 3. Reusing: Center, Dharwad. P.W.D. Office, Dharwad, and The reuse of product means using same Municipal Corporation Dharwad. product over and in its original form. Glass bottles or Cola bottles instead of cans are used [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0148 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 again and again. Why not use glass material The sanitary landfills scientifically serve as for beverages instead of containers of plastic large sites for decomposing biodegradable materials. material for beverages instead of cans or They are managed in such a way that garbage and cardboard cartons. Similarly, it is good practice other wastes should be spread out evenly and to carry lunch in steel boxes instead of covered with soil on daily basis. Ideally landfills should be constructed in such a way that they are containers of plastic material which is not covered with plastic sheets all around or biodegradable and reusable. semipermeable soil/clay/sand/gravel to prevent To encourage the use of recyclables, a ground water pollution from leaching. system of refund/deposit be introduced. Human 6. Composting: Resource Development efforts should be Municipal solid wastes, garbage from intensified to train the people in various kitchens, food processing industry and degradable organizations to reorient current waste wastes from slaughterhouse can be composted management practices to include waste reuse composing plants and sold as fertilizer. Household and recycling. garbage can be composted at backyard to serve as 4. Promoting environmentally sound waste useful nutrient material of vegetation. disposal: 7. Incineration: Incineration is another method of disposal Despite the fact that waste production especially of garbage. It is disposal of waste through is minimized and wastes are reused and burning. It can reduce both the volume and the recycled, some wastes still remain. Even after weight of the wastes. It can render toxic wastes into treatment, wastes still remain and have impact less toxic substances. The case of Japan using on environment. Treatment of municipal wastes incinerators is mentioned above Impacts of like garbage and fecal material should be given incineration include release of fumes and harmful priority substances unless it is carried out at very high Various options for waste disposal are: temperatures and equipped with pollution control i) Recyclying and reuse devices. People usually don’t like incinerators near ii) Landfills. their homes unless they meet high standards of iii) Composting. performance and maintenance. As a result of incineration about 25% of waste iv) Incineration. residue is left as an ash and it is usually disposed off 5. Landfills: by depositing it in landfills. If the landfills are not Earlier almost all the wastes were sanitary landfills made in accordance with standard dumped at so called landfills and burnt releasing procedures, the residues of incinerators would cause smoke and foul smell. These landfills are source soil and water pollution. of soil and water pollution. This dumping of 8. Extending wastes services waste in this way is not environment friendly. 9. Municipal solid wastes (management and Like other issues of environmental handling) rules should be followed concerns, adverse effects of landfills on 10. Management of biomedical wastes environment are the externalities that do not Conclusion figure in our practice of costing. No monetary Disposal of waste and its management is value is placed on these external costs. Market a major task of governments and their agencies mechanism would therefore, will favor landfill or organizations. The waste particularly in urban use. To correct this market failure, economics favor centers generates from a large number of sources the use of taxes on polluting activities of landfills such as domestic, agricultural construction sites, as a means of ensuring that the polluter takes power stations, industries, nuclear installations, account of the external effects of their operations. mining/quarrying, sewage sludge and biomedical [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0149 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 wastes. In Dharwad City 91 tons of waste generates everyday excluding the waste 33 generating from industries and construction sites. With increase in population and urbanization on URBAN GROWTH: ISSUES AND rise, the waste generation in Dharwad city has CHALLENGES IN MARGAO TOWN been increasing. The major contributor of waste in Dharwad city is that of the domestic source or OF GOA; PEOPLES PERSPECTIVE households. Reference Adrian Ferro 1. Environmental Studies: 172-176. L.N. Agarwal Publ. Assistant Professor, Department of Agra , Awasthi, N.M. and Pande, P.R. (2007) Geography & 2. Hazardous Biomedical Waste in Hubli-Dharwad Research Center, Parvatibai Chowgule Twin Cities. Serial Pbul. New Delhi by Biradar. S.I. College, Margao-Goa and Kotyal, M.N. (2006) 3. Environmental Geography: Hazardous Waste Dr. Nandkumar Sawant Production and Disposal. 161-170. GNOSIS Publ. Delhi by Biswas, B.C. (2006) Principal & Associate Professor, Department 4. Geotechnical Practice for waste Disposal. London of Geography & Research Center, by Daniel David E. (1993) Parvatibai Chowgule College, Margao-Goa 5. Recycling and Incineration, Environmental Defense Fund. Island Press, Washington, DC by Denison, R.A. ======***********======and Ruston (eds) (1990) 6. Biological Waste Treatment. Pergaman Press. Abstract Oxford by Eckenfelder, W.W. and Conner, DJO (1961) Today, along with globalisation, 7. Municipal and Rural Surface. McGraw Hill Publ. New industrialisation and modernisation another York. P.111-112, 131-132 by Ehlers and Steel (1955) change that is largely occurring is urbanization. 8. Municipal and Waste Sanitation: McGraw Hill Book Urban areas are growing at a fast pace due to Company. New York. P. 103 by Ehlers and Steel (1955) multiple facilities and amenities they offer. 9. Solid waste Pollution and Its Management. Sarup and sons Publ. by Gagur, G. (1997). According to the 2011 Census, presently, 62.17 10. Solid Waste Management in India. 20th WEDC. Conf. percent of Goa’s population is residing in urban Columbo. Sri Lanka by Jain, A.P. (1994) areas and this number will further see a 11. Urban Solid Waste Management. Assoc. Publ. by phenomenal growth. Urban growth though seen Jaysheela and Soukat Ali, M. (2006) as a determinant of development comes with 12. Environmental Pollution: Solid Waste Pollution, Anmol its own set of issues and challenges like traffic Publ. New Delhi. Pp. 122-159 by Katyal T and Satke M. congestion, garbage disposal, pressure on land (1998) 13. Environmental Issues of Development: Solid Waste and resources. Hence, this research is directed Management (ed.) Urbanization and Solid Waste towards understanding the traffic and garbage Management in Bangalore. The Associated Publ. pp. management issues and challenges in Comba 225-315 by Kawadia G. Keshava, S.R. and Ahuja, K. and Fatorda (both suburbs of Margao town of (2006) Goa). The methodology comprises of both 14. Hospital Solid Waste Management in Indore City. The primary as well as secondary data. A survey was Assoc. Publ. by Kawadia Ganesh and othes (2006) conducted of 276 respondents. Descriptive and analytical data has been interpreted to attain the findings. Ranking method has been used to reveal the variance in opinion of the respondents. As per the findings, garbage [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0150 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 management and traffic congestion is a ground and analytical data has been interpreted to attain reality that has to be paid heed to rapidly. the findings and determine the perception on Key words: Urban area, urban growth, traffic and the issues and challenges faced. garbage management. Study area: Goa, Margao, Comba and Fatorda Introduction: Goa nestled in the Sayadhris on the Urban growth can refer to any type of Western Coast of India covers an area of 3,702 growth of the urban environment. For example: sq. kms. Administratively, the state is divided Population, land area and intensive land use into two districts i.e. North Goa District and South (Burdett, 2018). Today, 55 per cent of the world’s Goa District comprising of 12 talukas with 443 population lives in urban areas, a proportion that villages and 70 towns (Census of Goa, 2011). is expected to increase to 68 per cent by 2050 In South Goa, the two most urbanized talukas (United Nations, 2018). As population increases, are Mormugao (85.6 percent) and Salcete (72.2 pressure on the available resources also percent). Among the towns of Salcete taluka, increases paving way for a load of problems like Margao town is the largest urban settlement. garbage disposal, traffic congestion, crime and According to the 2011 Census, Margao is an scarcity of resources. Therefore, in the said Urban Agglomeration with the total population research paper effort has been made to identify of 87,650. Comba and Fatorda have rich cultural the local issues pertaining to urbanization in and architectural heritage. Comba is located in Margao and suggestions have been offered. the core of the town and is a home to 2002 Objective: people while Fatorda is located in the suburbs. The objective of the research is to As per the voter list of 2017, there are 28985 understand the traffic and garbage management electorates in this suburb. issues and challenges in Comba and Fatorda Discussion: according to people’s perspective. The following discussion is divided into Database and Methodology: three sections. The first section focuses on the The following research is a product of both major problems faced. The second section primary as well as secondary data. Primary data comprises of traffic management issues and in focused on field based study, using survey the third section, garbage management issues method where, 276 respondents were surveyed are discussed. from two different wards of Margao. The sample Margao is a commercial center and has size of the study area are; Comba (111) and good connectivity, which has resulted in large Fatorda (165). A questionnaire was prepared to scale in-migration from all over India. According study and understand the perception of the to the Census, in the year 2001 the population population based on traffic and garbage was 78,382 whereas there is a sudden increase management issues and challenges faced. The of population in 2011 by 87,650, this may be questionnaire focused on ranking method in due to the growing job opportunities which not order to gauge the variance and perceptions of only provided opportunities for Goans but also the population. attracted migrants from other States like Secondary data sources consisted of Karnataka, Bihar, Uttar Pradesh etc. published newspaper articles, Government I. Major problems faced in Comba and Fatorda: reports, Official Gazetteer, Electoral roll of 2012 Suburban regions are expanding in terms published by the Election Commission of Goa of settlement and population. The accelerated Government, Census of Goa 2011, published rate of increasing population needs to be books, projects, articles, journals. Descriptive [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0151 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 controlled to improve the standard of living and II. Traffic Management issues: protect the habitat. Traffic management issues in the Table no. 1: Major problems faced in Comba suburbs are caused due to increase in and Fatorda population and vehicles leading to traffic congestion on a regular basis. Major problems faced in Ranks Major problems faced in Ranks Comba Fatorda a. Causes of traffic congestion in Comba and
Crime 1 Garbage 1 Fatorda: Garbage 2 Lack of employment 2 Lack of employment 3 Crime 3 Poor access to health 4 Poor access to health 4
Source: Primary Survey, 2018-19 With the commencement of door to door collection of domestic waste by the municipality, the problem of garbage is ranked second in Comba and first in Fatorda. Even after the collection of domestic waste, garbage is seen dumped along the road side, into drains and open spaces. A major fire broke out at the garbage dump near the Solid Waste Management plant at Sonsodo on 27th May, 2019. The garbage from Margao town is dumped at this plant. Due to the fire incident, garbage was not collected from residences leading, stench overflowing from garbage bins and trash being piled up. Unemployment among the locals is ranked third in Comba and second in Fatorda mainly because of the influx of inter and intra state migrants. The purpose of these migrants is to avail good source of income and possess facilities which are not available to Fig. 1: Causes of traffics congestion in them at their original place of stay. Comba and Fatorda Despite having police stations in these Source: Primary Survey, 2018-19 areas, crime is another problem faced by the The traffic congestion in Comba mostly people and this is mainly because of robberies occurs due to the road routes, as they are narrow which includes burglary of residences, shops, and the parking of vehicles (53 per cent) besides motor vehicles mainly bikes, assaulting and the roads leading to traffic congestion, followed attempt to murder and desecrating crosses. by too many vehicles (45 per cent). This is mainly Increase in rate of unemployment, idleness and because Comba is located at the core of Margao joblessness lead to increasing problem of crime. which is the only route connecting to the offices, With regards to access to health, Comba has schools and colleges. Parking of vehicles is a relatively more number of health facilities than major concern as parking slots are made Fatorda, hence people prefer visiting the core available besides roads leading to decrease in area where there are more specialized health the space for vehicular movement. centers.
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0152 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 With respect to Fatorda, 55 per cent of The respondents feel that the public the respondents feel that the usage of too many transport services are unsafe to travel especially vehicles is a major problem of traffic congestion. the buses which are in bad condition. They are During peak hours, the traffic is too dense such also unhappy by the time schedule that is not that it delays the flow of network of the users. followed by the public transport especially the The main Margao bus stand, fish market, buses, because they do not leave until the entire commercial offices, stadium, theatre, shopping bus is accommodated with passengers and also, centers are all located at Fatorda which is the the buses move at a slower pace and make major reason for the increase in flow of traffic. unscheduled stops. Residents also feel that the People from other villages too come to this place bus stops are far away and not maintained. Also to purchase daily essentials. People from the motorcycle taxi pilots or rickshaws are not Margao who work at Panjim have to commute available nearby as they have their depot everyday on National Highway number 66, and located at bus stands, railway station making it have to pass through Fatorda which again leads inconvenient. to heavy flow of traffic. 27 percent respondents III. Garbage Management issues in Comba and opined that infrastructural development along Fatorda: the roads reduced the road efficiency. 18 percent Population growth, rapid urbanization, of people responded that the interior roads’ booming economy and the increase in the connecting the main junction causes traffic standards of living in a community have congestion. substantially enhanced the rate of municipal b. Problems of public transport services: solid waste generation in developing countries (Minghua et al., 2009). Disposal of garbage by households:
Fig. 2: Problems of Public Transport Services in Comba and Fatorda Source: Primary Survey, 2018-19 Fig. 3: Disposal of garbage by households in The major problem faced by the locals Comba and Fatorda is over-crowding of public transport. This is Source: Primary Survey, 2018-19 basically due to the small size of the buses, and The issue of garbage in Margao is a huge despite the traffic regulations, buses continue problem as garbage is still seen dumped along to go packed beyond the permissible limit. the roadsides despite having started door to door People don’t prefer travelling by rickshaws and waste collection exercise. In Comba, it is noticed taxis to a short distance because the fares are that 49 percent of the respondents burn the unaffordable. The second problem is absence waste in their backyard as these people live in of ‘night services’; the respondents face this houses, which mostly consist of plastic and problem as some of them finish their work late, paper. In Fatorda, 47 percent burn the dry waste for example; people working in hospitals. along with dry leaves as in when they clean their backyards. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0153 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 from the vehicle is not fluttered off or on public moving on the road. In Comba, 47 percent of the respondents have said that garbage trucks have a covering. Sometimes the garbage is covered with a tarpal so that it is not visible. 53 percent (Comba) and 93 percent (Fatorda) of the respondents have said that the garbage Fig. 4: Margao: Waste Management collected by the Municipal vehicle is visible to Source: Compiled by Researcher the public. The trucks carrying garbage are not Dumping of garbage in the waste bins maintained as leachate leaks all the way leading here refers to door to door garbage collection to foul smell and causing menace to the public which is then disposed off by the worker in- passing by. Many a times paper and plastic charge. 48 percent respondents of Comba and waste is blown off from the garbage truck as it 45 percent of Fatorda dispose their garbage is not covered which then lies besides the road through door to door collection. With the leading to pollution. garbage collection contractor resigning, the door Suggestions: to door garbage collection had stopped in many The respondents have put forth some wards of Margao including Comba and Fatorda suggestions to resolve the above mentioned which led to increase in waste in the open and issues. stray dogs creating mess with the garbage bags 1. Broadening the roads wherever possible which were not collected. The respondents have to curtail traffic congestion making it convenient said that they dispose the garbage in the open for the public. and also at the garbage collection stations 2. Multi-storey parking facility for free flow because collection of garbage was stopped and of traffic. 3. Signals at places where there is heavy flow the waste was not collected for many days of traffic especially during peak hours. raising stink. The respondents have also said 4. Stricter implementation of traffic rules. that there are people from other places coming 5. The Municipality needs to upgrade the and dumping waste at the garbage collection garbage trucks with proper covering. stations at night as the municipality have failed 6. Installation of surveillance cameras at the to collect their waste. sites prone to frequent dumping. a. Method used to cover the garbage carried by 7. Public transport should be made the Municipal Vehicle: affordable and efficient. 8. With reference to crime, authorities concerned should be vigilant and there should be police patrolling even during day time. Conclusion From the current study, it is evident that urban growth has its own set of issues and challenges, for instance, garbage disposal and traffic congestion. Inconvenience caused by Fig. 5: Method used to cover the garbage these two set of issues cannot be overlooked carried by the Municipal Vehicle which demand swift actions. Judicious planning Source: Primary Survey, 2018-19 and enforcement of rules and regulations can Every garbage truck has a covering so bring about positive change. that the waste is not visible and the garbage [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0154 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 References Burdett, Matt. “Urban growth and 34 urbanization”. “Geography Case Study.com”, Blog at Wordpress.com, 28th May 2018, https:/ STRATEGIES FOR THE PROMOTION /geographycasestudysite.wordpress.com/ urban-growth-and-urbanization/ OF HERITAGE TOURISM 1. Census of Goa (2011): “Primary Census Abstract, Goa state”, Registrar General of Vishnupriya, India, New-Delhi. MPhil Scholar, Dept. of Geography, SSUS, 2. District Environmental Plan for South Goa Kalady District, (2020), District Planning Committee, Dr. Lancelet.T.S Professor, Goa. Dept. of Geography, SSUS, Kalady 3. Gomes Adrel, (2018), Metamorphosis of Suburban Landscape: A Case study of Fatorda, Dissertation work submitted to the ======***********======Department of Geography, Parvatibai Abstract: Chowgule College, (Autonomous) Margao. Tourism is an important means of Minghua, Z., Xiumin, F., Rovetta, A., promoting cultural exchanges and international Quichang, H., Vicentini, F., Bingkai, L., Guisti, cooperation. Cultural Tourism is a wing of A., Yi, L., 2009.Municipal Solid Waste tourism which is not physical in character, but Management in Pudong New Area, China. it is associated with social and cultural Journal of Waste Management 29, 1227-1233. geography. The coast of Kerala had a great 4. Raikar Kamini, (2018), Occupational significance in its culture. The port Muziris was Dynamics, Social Adjustability, Issues and Challenges in Urban Core: A Study of Margao, one of the oldest and busiest ports on the west Goa, Dissertation work submitted to the coast of India. The Jews and Europeans had Department of Geography, Parvatibai come through this port. It results the arrival of Chowgule College, (Autonomous) Margao. foreign traders and their settlements in central 5. Solid Waste management Rules, 2016 in the part of Kerala. It helped to have cultural state of Goa, Goa State Pollution Control relations with the outside world in early days. Board, Saligao, Bardez-Goa, October, 2019. Still the contributions of foreigners can be seen United Nations, 2018, 68% of the world in the form of palaces, religious centers, population projected to live in urban areas museums, forts or other ancient buildings. The by 2050, says UN, https://www.un.org/ main aim of the study is to identify different development/desa/en/news/population/ types of heritage sites and the promotion 2018-revision-of-world-urbanization- prospects.html strategies of heritage tourist centers. The data Zohoori, Mahmood & Ghani, Ali. (2017). collection methods like Field observation, GPS “Municipal Solid Waste Management survey, and interviews have helped to Challenges and Problems for cities in Low- complete the study. The geospatial Income and Developing Countries”. techniques using Arc GIS has been used for International Journal of Sciences and the fulfillment of maps. Engineering Applications. Key Words: Heritage Tourism, Foreign Traders, Cultural Relations Introduction: Tourism geography is the study of travel and tourism, as an industry and as a social and [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0155 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 cultural activity. The word Heritage is associated The study area lies between the lat long in the context of cultural tourism. People extensions of 10°6’0" N and 76°14’0"E. The study preserve their valuable objects as their heritage. area comes under two municipalities namely According to Melville (1974) is: “culture is the North Paravur in Ernakulam district and man-made part of the environment. “Cultural Kodungalloor in Thrissur district. Panchayaths tourism satisfies the visitors to make understand are Chendamangalam, Vadakkekkara, among the old properties, in terms of art, culture, Pallippuram, Chittattukara, Methala and history and architecture. The areas of present Eriyad.The study area is low land has an average Kodungalloor and North Paravur belong to the elevation of 13 mtrs from msl. districts of Ernakulam and Thrissur in central Kerala is an apt destination for heritage tourism. The famous port Muziris was situated somewhere in present Kodungalloor determined the trade in middle Kerala. Kerala had a great connection with the Jews where they vanished from their hometown. In associated with the trade they had settled at Kodungalloor, North Paravur and the adjoining areas. They have contributed many remnants. Churches established when St.Thomas landed in Kerala Map No: 1 and flourished markets of spices began to Source: On the basis of M.Phil dissertation, expand and attracted many countries to reach December2019 Kerala. The history of Kerala is well reflected in Previous Empirical Reviews:- the monuments like forts, palaces, museums, The book entitled “Heritage temples etc. The combination of all these Conservation Preservation and Restoration of structures led significant role in heritage tourism Monuments”by N.L Batra (1997)describes in his in Kerala .The evidences to believe that Kerala book is about various conservation measures as had attracted traders for over 2000 years. well as the challenges still confronting to Objectives: - The objectives of the study are preserve and Conservation measures, remedies following: , Preservatives and consolidates (Page 137- Ø To understand the distribution of 160).Another book “Cultural History of Kerala” different types of heritage sites in the study area (Vol.1) by Rajan Gurukkal and M.R Ø To identify the promotion strategies of RaghavaVarior, Dept. Of Cultural Publications heritage tourist sites in the study area Govt.of Kerala TVM, (Year 1999) reveals in Methodology: chapter 2, the Environment, climate, & rainfall, The present study is based on primary Formation of Kodungalloor coast and and secondary data. Primary data collection Development of Coast Page (31-50).The book is based on GPS Survey, Field observation, “Monuments of Kerala” (Published by The Interviews etc.Cartographic analysis was Director General ASI New Delhi 1992) by H.Sarkar done with the help of geospatial techniques reveals in his book that the origin of Christianity, using Arc GIS software. The secondary data synagogues and also the monuments. The book have been collected from books, reports, “Religious Tourism in India”written by Lavkush articles, and newspapers. Mishra had explained that, In India pilgrim Location Aspect of the study area : [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0156 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 tourism has an important role in domestic tourism. In this book he emphasized on different religions and major religious centers and its origin. Museum Guide”Kerala Lifestyle Museum PaliamNalukettu”described about the famous Paliam museum at Chendamangalam. This book says the peculiarities of the Nalukettu and Dutch palace constructed by the Dutch. Findings and discussion:- Ø Spatial Distribution of Heritage Sites All the heritage sites under this study are interrelated with its historical background. Map No: 2 Due to the arrival of Jews, synagogues had Source: On the basis of M.Phil dissertation, constructed as a worship centre. In associated December 2019 with a street and cemetery called Jews cemetery Ø CLASSIFICATION OF HERITAGE SITES and Jews Street emerged.St.Thomas established All these diversified cultural products are church in the study area and still it is functioning. considered as the heritage of our state. We In North Paravur municipality several heritage should take care of all these rare pieces for our spots are located very closely. Cheraman Juma future generations because past is reflected Mazjid is located nearby Kodungalloor, and is through these heritage sites. Below table shows considered as the first mosque in India. different types of heritage sites in the study Cheraman Parambu is associated with it. area. Excavations conducted here in 1944 and 1945 Religious Sites Cultural Sites Commercial/Administra tive Natural Sites Mookambika Temple Jews Synagogue Paravur Market Thattukadavu by Govt. of Kerala. Most of the valuable things Kannankulangara Jews street Boat Jetty Temple Jews Cemetery Kottappuram Market Kottakkavu Church Paliam palace G othuruth had discovered during the time of Manjumatha Church PaliamNalukettu Kacheri Compound (Admin) Kottayilkovilakom Vypeekotta Kottappuram excavation.Paliam place and Nalukettu is CheramanJumaMazjid sem inary ferry Marthoma Church Pallippuram Fort situated very closely. It reveals the history of Kodungalloor Kottappuram Fort Bhagavathi Temple CheramanParambu Paliath Achans. Gothuruth is an island with major Thiruvanchikulam SahodaranAyyappan Mahadeva Temple M useum Pattanam site natural scenic attraction in the study area.
Chavittunadakam is a folk dance and art form by Latin Christians is still performing in Table No: 1 Gothuruth. There was a cultural transmission Source: Computed by the investigators through the dance.Kottyailkovilakam have been Ø All the religious sites are functioning in promoted many form of art for the cultural proper manner except synagogues harmony of the local people. Except synagogue Ø Kottappuram and North Paravur markets other three worship centers are functioning. are the combination of many lifestyles of different These four worship centers are situated inside people who did trade with Kerala. Now the market a fort and it is historically interrelated. The below has changed the old form due to latest map shows distribution of all heritage sites in development in the town. the study area (Map No: 2). Ø Natural sites are conducting ferry services to connect different heritage sites in the study area. Synagogues: - It is the oldest heritage monuments in Kerala. Jews came in Kerala since 1st BC and [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0157 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 their communities were settled around present of the palace. This floor was totally under water Kodungalloor region. They had established and about 50 lakh loss happened. The water synagogues as their worship centre. Cochin level was 5ft. in 2018 flood. Jews or Malabari Jews are the oldest group of Conclusion & Suggestions Jews in India. There are eight known synagogues A good number of above mentioned located in Kochi neighboring Ernakulam, North cultural sites were destroyed during the conflict Paravur, Chendamangalam and Mala in Kerala. between the ancient rulers. Few of them are still North Paravur synagogue is the oldest remains and still functioning well. Historic and largest in Kerala, and second largest in India. buildings were subjected to damage due to Typical style of Kerala architecture is evident many reasons. Recent flood adversely affected here. Jews came to Kerala for trade and became on these spots. Therefore primary focus is made settled near by the coastal area and they made of proper planning and cultural preservation of a place (market) for trade.Paravur market is all historical attractions. The following associated with this synagogue. After the suggestions have put forward for the formation of Israel Jews from Kerala migrated conservation to their homeland and left their worship place. Ø Conservation of heritage monuments through The average number of tourists in Cochin cultural tourism will be generated to the economy synagogue is around 1500 per day. But in North of the state Paravur and Chendamangalam are visited by low Ø It is more profitable and efficient to preserve number of tourists due to the lack of road old buildings than new buildings Ø It creates job opportunities to the local transportation facilities. Due to the demand of community and generating income for household tourists Cochin synagogue is more attracted with Ø Flooding would promote the growth of fungi ancient objects in different styles like lights, and it will affect the manuscripts, artifacts of lamps, floor etc.There are lack of good guides organic origin which needs more scientific to explain all the characteristics or importance conservation methods. of the synagogue is the problems associated ØIn order to save flood affected materials or with this site. In attached with this they have paining on the walls and doors need advices from kept the Jews cemetery in proper manner. If it is conservators. maintain properly it will be a good site to Ø Support water proofing walls and roofs to preserve as the past relic. prevent damage from floods and heavy rainfall Palaces: - especially on palaces. Ø Forewarn water level indicators of flood should Paliam palace in the study area tells the help to reach the people in a safe place. history of Cochin kingdom and its relation with Ø Keep micro film copies of manuscripts and other countries. Paliam is actually the name of cultural reports in a separate location may be a family. ‘Paliath Achan’ is the name given to recommended. the eldest male surviving member of Paliam Ø Develop a mitigation plan for repairing and family .This palace was the reward of Dutch to restoring process through major strategies and the Paliath Achans.The architecture includes tactics for immediate evacuation. Kerala style as well as Dutch contributions.The Ø Finally it can be gained by communication of palace is under the power of private trust by plans to all employees in the associated the Paliam with Govt.of Kerala.The palace was institutions using model posters and banners. affected by recent flood (2018 &2019). Ancient Ø Educate the visitors about the importance of heritage properties. valuable things like manuscripts, artefacts, were References:- damaged. All these were kept in the ground floor [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0158 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 1. Lavkush Mishra.1999.Cultural Tourism in India. New Delhi.Mohit Publications 35 2. Lavkush Mishra.2000.Religious Tourism in India. New Delhi. Mohit Publications GEOMORPHIC INFLUENCES OF 3. Melville (1974).Current Trends in Cultural and Heritage Tourism (pdf) THE CLIFF FORMATION AND Shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in>bitstream DESTRUCTION IN VARKALA COAST, 4. M R Raghava Varier.2013.History of Kodungalloor (first edition in KERALA malayalam).Director, Kerala State Institute of Children’sLiterature.Thiruvananthapuram. Athulya R.V, 5. Museum guide Kerala Lifestyle Museum Research Scholar, Dept. of Geography, Paliam Nalukettu.Muziris International SSUS, Kalady Convension & Research Centre.Muziris Dr. Lancelet T.S, Professor, Heritage Project. Kerala (first edition 2015) Dept. of Geography, SSUS, Kalady 6. Navina Jafa. (2012)Performing Heritage Art of Exhibit Walks. New Delhi. SAGE Publication India Pvt Ltd. ======***********======7. S. Raimon. (2006). Cultural Heritage and Abstract: Disaster Management. Thiruvananthapuram. Coastal geomorphology is the study of Kerala. Kerala State Archives Department the morphological development and evolution of the coast as it acts under the influence of winds, waves, currents and sea level changes. The cliff is the most important erosional feature of the coast and coastline is eroded to form a cliff. Sea cliffs are formed by the erosional process of coast. The most widespread landforms of erosional coasts are sea cliffs. Varkala is a major commercial, tourism region in Thiruvananthapuram district. Varkala is located between 8° 43' 59.88" N and 76° 43' 0.12" E. The main objectives of the study are to analyse the formation of Varkala cliff and to identify the main reasons for cliff destruction in Varkala coast. Both primary and secondary data are used for conducting the study. This study mainly focuses on the formation and destruction of cliff in Varkala coast. Warkalli formation is mainly based on the geology, and then geographically, hydrologically cliff formation is based on the geographical factors and geomorphologic factors. Physical actions are mainly affecting the formation and destruction of varkala cliff and besides the anthropogenic activities are also responsible for the destruction of cliff. Temporal changes of cliff destruction [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0159 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 from 2003 to 2019. With the help of photographs Source: prepared by the investigator (On the main difference between the cliffs, basis of the Mphil dissertation 2018-2019.) destruction of cliff could be identified. Objectives Keywords: cliff, destruction, physical · To analyze the geomorphic influence for the activities, geologic, geomorphic actions. formation of Varkala cliff. Introduction · To identify the main reasons for cliff Geomorphology is defined as the science destruction in Varkala coast. of landforms with an emphasis on their origin, · To measure the changes of cliff destruction evolution, form and distribution across the from 2000-2019. physical landscape. Geomorphologic features Methods and Techniques are coast, shore, and cliff which are constantly Primary and secondary data are used for shaping by geographic process. Coastal the study. Primary data includes toposheet - for geomorphology is the study of the morphological base map preparation (1:25000, 1:50000), development and evolution of the coast as it satellite images - Landsat 4 to 8 series for acts under the influence of winds, waves, analysing the shoreline changes. Questionnaire currents and sea level changes. survey was carried out for analyzing the The cliff is the most important erosional problems and population pressure on cliff feature of the coast and coastline is eroded to destruction. Secondary data such as census, form a cliff. Sea cliffs are formed by the erosional technical reports and other statistical data are process of coast. The most widespread used for interpreting the study. landforms of erosional coasts are sea cliffs. Characteristics of the study area: These very steep to vertical bedrock cliffs range Varkala is the only place in Kerala where cliffs from only a few meters high to hundreds of are found adjacent to the Arabian Sea. Cliff are meters above sea level. Their vertical nature is a unique geological feature on the flat Kerala the result of wave induced erosion near sea level coast, are known among geologists as Varkala and the subsequent collapse of rocks at higher Formation and a national geological monument elevation. Many coastal locations, there is a thin, as declared by the Geological Survey of India narrow form of sediments forming a beach along for their protection, maintenance, promotion and the base of sea cliffs. Cenozoic sedimentary enhancement of ecotourism. Varkala is an formation cliffs are a unique geological feature important place as far as Kerala Geology is on the flat Kerala coast. concerned as it exposes sedimentary rocks Location of the study area belonging to the Cenozoic age, popularly known Varkala is a major commercial, tourism in the Geological literature as the Warkalli region in Thiruvananthapuram district. It is formation. Varkala has a moderate humid located between 8° 43' 59.88" N and 76° 43' climate. It has heavy rains during June to August 0.12" E. Varkala is a coastal town and elevation due to a south-west monsoon. In summer, the is 191m. temperature rises to a maximum of 32°C and 31°C in the winter time. The Varkala Municipality has population of 40,048 of which 18,312 are males while 21,736 are females. The cliff is located at the papanasam beach side and is adjacent to the north to south portion of the varkala beach. Results and Discussion [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0160 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Mainly the formation and destruction of break against the cliffs, some features are cliff are due to physical activities, especially formed and the landform is wave-cut-notch and geologic, geographic and hydrologic activities. it is the base of the cliff. Wave action is mainly · Formation and Destruction of Varkala cliff affected the formation of coast and its The formation of the cliff is mainly in landforms. The water of the oceans is in three forms. These are geologically, constant motion. The gravitational pull of the geomorphologically and hydrologically. All three sun and moon oscillates the surface of the are interconnected and inter linked. Oceans twice a day while the wind agitates it into waves. Coastal currents are generally joined to winds, waves and land formations. Wind is the most powerful agent; it forms currents, tides and waves. Currents and tides are the most important agents of the cliff formation. strongest winds creates the currents and the currents create the tides and waves. These things are mostly affect the coast and forming the landforms. Tidal currents happen to stronger Source: Prepared by the investigator (On the near the coast and play and more and more basis of the Mphil dissertation 2018-2019.) significant role in narrow movement. Mainly The Cliff is unique Geomorphological trade winds or easterlies are affecting the Kerala feature and the formation is based on the coast and the after effects are landform Geology. Varkala and adjacent areas form a part formation and landforms destruction in slowly. of Kerala Khondolite Belt of the Southern Physical Activities Granulite Terrain of India. Three geological Cliff is a physical feature and natural formations are formed in the tertiary periods. one. Cliff is formed by the some physical Main formations are Vaikom formation, Quilon activities like currents, tides, waves and wind. formation and Warkalli formations. The Tertiary These activities are mainly affected the sedimentary formations of Kerala basin formation and destruction of Varkala cliff. uncomfortably cover the Precambrians. The Especially geological, geographical and name Kerala Basin denotes the southernmost hydrologic actions are due to the formation and division of a great sedimentary zone spread over destruction of cliff. Many physical activities are a major part of the western continental margin affecting the destruction of cliff are given below; of the Peninsula. · Geology Constructive waves and Destructive With the presence of warkalli formation in area waves are regularly formed in the Varkala coast. is capped by hard laterites. These are formed The name indicated that the Constructive waves during the second laterisation cycle observed are constructing many land forms and in Kerala. North cliff exposed to wildly wave Destructive waves destructing the landforms. action. North cliff exposes carbonaceous clay Destructive waves are common in Varkala, witness in Kerala. This soft sandstone is distant because erosional action is high in waves. eroded by seawater and creation the top laterite Destructive waves are formed the cliff, because overhangs the cliff face. Varkala cliff faces the the destructive waves are creating the erosional tension cracks enlarge in the surface which landform. It is the most important problem is eventually leads to erosion. Sometimes affected into the cliffs. As the waves move and geological tension cracks leads to landslide. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0161 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Geology of the cliff plays a significant role in Soil is mainly eroded due to the action formation the cliff. The rock is highly weathered of waves, rainfall, and weathering. and the soft rocks are eroded and the base rock Geographically weathering is affected by the soil is consisting the remaining portion. and soil erosion is suddenly happened by · Waves Action erosion. Wave action is related to hydrologic Temporal changes of cliff destruction from activity and mainly Varkala beach is affected by 2000-2019 destructive and constructive waves. Destructive Temporal change refers to the time waves are high frequency waves and erosional period activities. This means the interval action is high in the coastal areas. The Varkala between the time to time changes. Temporal beach has high waves, due to strong winds. High maps and photographs of the different periods, tides are affecting the cliff area and slowly helps to identify the changes occurred. The map eroding periodically. Then the soft rocks are shows the time difference from 2000 to 2019. suddenly moving to the sea. There have been many changes identified from · Rainfall each year. As mentioned the changes of Varkala Rainfall is the major geographical action cliff are mainly due to the physical activities and of the destruction of cliff, because the laterite anthropogenic activities. soil is suddenly subjected to leaching and Analysis of Temporal changes through maps moving. The average annual rainfall is 1900mm The following table and map shows the and in some instances the area experiences temporal changes of the Varkala cliff from 2003- more than 2500mm of rainfall. The south east 2019. This map has prepared to show the and north east monsoon is highly influenced in temporal changes of Varkala cliff for 2003, 2009, the cliff structure and shape. Carbonaceous clay 2013 and 2019. Every year several changes is and laterite soil are highly leached soils and occur the cliff. In 2003 the total area of the cliff rigorous erosion is happened in the cliff. was 0.042884sq.km. Minute changes are · Slope identified the cliff area. It is considered as the Slope gradient is a critical factor actual area of the cliff. Destruction of the cliff controlling the distribution of cliff destruction is due to physical as well as anthropogenic and failure occurs only on slopes exceeding the activities. In the cliff erosional activity is high critical angle for the materials to be moved. due to the destructive waves. Varkala cliff is nearly in vertical shape and Table: 1.1 Temporal change in cliff area formed due to west coast faulting. Weathering (Sq.km) is mainly attacks the gently slopes and the Year Actual area of Cliff(Sq.km) Change of Cliff area(Sq.km) affected area become weaker and weaker. 2003 0.042884 Sq.km _ · Ground water 2009 0.042752 Sq.km 0.000132 Sq.km Ground water is the hydrological action 2015 0.042504 Sq.km 0.000248 Sq.km for cliff destruction. The most significant 2019 0.042481 Sq.km 0.000023 Sq.km attraction of Varkala cliff is a natural mineral Source: Computed and calculated by the spring. Water springs are naturally occurred in investigators (On the basis of the Mphil the cliff and cliff is a hill, therefore, ground water dissertation 2018-2019) is contact between the laterite and carbonaceous clay; this is the main reason for the destruction of cliff. · Soil erosion [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0162 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Source: Prepared by the investigators (On destruction and damage of the cliff. Physical the basis of Mphil dissertation 2018-2019.) activities and anthropogenic activities are equally affecting the Varkala cliff destruction. From 2003 to 2019, there is a change in the cliff but temporal change map shows that in 2003 cliff area was 0.042884 sq km. In 2019, the cliff area is getting reduced to 0.042481 sq km. With the help of photographs the main difference between the cliffs, destruction of cliff could be identified. Reference Image: Old and new photographs of varkala · Agarwal, Amitha. 2000. Indian Ocean and cliff (On the basis of Mphil dissertation World Peace. New Delhi. Kanishka 2018-2019.) publishers distributors.Pp.1-41. The above map indicates the major · Dr:N.Balakrishnan. 1994. Kadal Oru changes occurred in the cliff from 2003 to 2019. Adbhutham. Thiruvananthapuram. The State Shops, resorts and constructional works are Institute of Languages.Pp. found between the gap of the cliff. Physical and · Dr.A.N.P. Ummarkutty, Kuryan.K.K, anthropogenic activities are responsible for the Ramachandran.K.K, Thomas.K.V, changes in the cliff. During this, the area under Sreedharan.C.R.2000.Samudrashasthram. cliff was decreased and beach area increased. Thiruvananthapuram. The State Institute of Minute changes can be shown in 2003 and 2009 Languages.Pp-1-6. but in 2015 and 2019, the bulged portion of cliff · Sharma.R.C, Vatal.M. 2001. Oceanography in the southern area was broken down to narrow for Geographers. Allahabad. Jain for strip along the coast. Chaithanya Publishing House.Pp.1-11,190- Conclusion 215. This paper deals with the geomorphic · Hastlet.K.Simon.2009.Coastal Systems. influences are affecting the formation and London and Newyork. Routledge destruction of varkala cliff. This study mainly Introduction to Environment Series. focuses on the formation and destruction of cliff · Singh,Surender. 2011. Geography. New in Varkala coast. Warkali formation is mainly Delhi. Tata Mc Graw Hill Education pvt based on the geology, and then geographically, ltd.Pp-4.1-4.37. hydrologically cliff formation is based on the · Craghan Michael. 2003. Physical geographical factors and geomorphological Geography: A Self Teaching Guide. Canada. factors. Physical factors and anthropogenic John wiley and sons. activities are responsible for the destruction of · Smithson peter, Addison Ken, Atkinson Ken. cliff. Cliff formation is the very slowly process, 2008. Fundamentals of the Physical but destruction is the much hidden process. Environment. USA and Canada. Routledge Population pressure is the severe problem on Publishers. Pp.229-248,400-4 the cliff and constructional works in the surroundings of the cliff area. Important constructional activities are resorts, stairs and shops. Besides of the above reasons are the anthropogenic influences. These affect the
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0163 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 study tries to put lights on how the social security 36 schemes have been started, what are the different laws available to the workers of this SOCIAL SECURITY LAWS FOR sector. Descriptive study methodology has been ORGANISED SECTOR IN INDIA: adopted and the relevant secondary data have been gathered. AN OVERVIEW Key words: Social Security, organized sector, Schemes and Employment. MUNDARGI. M.B INTRODUCTION Assistant Professor of Social Work The concept of social security has been Department of Social Work, playing a significant role in developed as well Government First Grade College, as developing economies. Like other countries, MUDHOL, Bagalkot (Dist) Karnataka India also has enacted different types of social security measures for the benefit of its citizens. ======***********======Several studies have been conducted on social ABSTRACT security measures in India and abroad. Social Social security is a government program security is a government program designed to designed to provide for basic economic security provide for basic economic security and welfare and welfare of individuals and their dependants. of individuals and their dependants. The concept The concept of social security is based on human of social security is based on human dignity and dignity and ideals of socio-economic justice. The ideals of socio-economic justice. The primary primary object of the international labour object of the international labour organisation organization is promoting social justice and is promoting social justice and improving the improving the living and working conditions of living and working conditions of workers workers throughout the world. It emphasized the throughout the world. It emphasized the importance of comprehensive social security importance of comprehensive social security measures in the preamble to its constitution, in measures in the preamble to its constitution, in which it promised, “protection of employment which it promised, “protection of employment injury and disease and workers against stress, injury and disease and workers against stress, the protection of children, young person and the protection of children, young person and women, provision for old age and injury. The women, provision for old age and injury. The major aims of social security are: Compensation, major aims of social security are:1) Restoration, and Prevention. Social security is Compensation, which takes care of income of two types, Social Assistance and Social during emergency or old age. It provides for Insurance. The organized sector includes workers upkeep of worker and his family to protect employed by the government, state-owned redoubles loss. 2) Restoration, which enables enterprises and private sector enterprises. the workers to get back to normalcy so as to Based on the survey carried out by the National lead a normal working and private life.3) Sample Survey Organization (NSSO) in the year Prevention, which tackles obsolescence as well 2011-12, the total employment in both organized as further loss of capability. and unorganised sector in the country was of Social security is of two types 1. Social the order of 47 crores. Out of this, about 8 crore Assistance: A method to provide benefits to were in the organized sector and the balance of persons usually for the vulnerable groups of 39 crore in the unorganized sector. The present community (Children, mothers, disabled, old age [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0164 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 people etc.) from general revenues of the state, , social disability, old age, employment injury, it is non-contributory.2. Social Insurance: a sickness, maternity and so on. method to provide benefits to person through “Social security is a programme of contributions of beneficiaries with contribution/ protection provided society against those subsidies from employer and state. The primary contingencies of modern life- sickness, object of the international labour organisation unemployment, old age dependency, Industrial is promoting social justice and improving the accidents and invalidism against which the living and working conditions of workers individual can’t be expected to protect oneself throughout the world. It emphasized the and family by his/her own ability or foresight.” importance of comprehensive social security (2) Social security may be defined as any measures in the preamble to its constitution, in mandatory arrangement that provides which it promised, “protection of employment individuals with a degree of income security injury and disease and workers against stress, when faced with the contingencies of old age, the protection of children, young person and survivorship, incapacity, disability, women, provision for old age and injury. unemployment or rearing child. It may also offer METHODOLOGY OF THE STUDY. access to curative or preventive medical care. The present study tries to put lights on According to Saxena (1974), social how the social security schemes have been security was a dynamic conception, considered started, what are the different schemes in all advanced countries of the world as an available to the workers of this sector. indispensable chapter of the national Descriptive study methodology has been programme to strike at the root of poverty, adopted and the relevant secondary data have unemployment and disease. been gathered from various books, journals, and The organized sector includes workers employed reports of Government agencies, commission by the government, state-owned enterprises and and Non-governmental organizations. private sector enterprises. (3) OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY HISTORICAL BACKGROUND OF SOCIAL a) To understand the concept, historical SECURITY background and changing trend of Social security History of social security is divided into and unorgnised sector. two phases namely, during colonial India and b) To analyze the social security measures Independent India. After the establishment of prevailed to organized workers of India. Cotton Mills in 1851 and Jute Mills in 1855 the A BRIEF LITERATURE REVIEW government felt the need for social security to Some research work has been done in the working class due to the prevalence of this area from various perspectives. “Social unhuman working environment in factories due security is the protection that a society provides to more working hours, neglect of welfare, lack to individuals and households to ensure access of holidays and absence of medical care. The to health care and to guarantee income security, lack of safety provisions at workplace, increased particularly in cases of old age, unemployment, accidents to result in labour unrest. The Fatal sickness, invalidity, work injury, maternity or loss Accidents Act, 1855 enacted by the British of a breadwinner”.(1) Social security is the Government was inadequate restricting protection furnished by society to its members dependents like brother, sisters from claiming through a series of public measures against compensation and awarding inadequate rate of social and economic distresses such as compensation. unemployment, under employment, destitution [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0165 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 (a) First Phase (1919-1941): After First by modifying 15 years of service which was the World War, the world turned to peace by ending eligibility for the gratuity on retirement or hostility. The policy of reconstruction resignation. It also recommended including established International Labour Organisation voluntary withdrawal from service with previous (ILO) by adopting 17 Conventions which was notice. later increased to 28. The Minimum Standard of (c) Third Phase (After 1942): The Social Security (Convention No. 102) is a Beveridge Report of British Social Insurance and comprehensive instrument covering many branch Allied Services in England, Wagmur-Murray, of social security against contingencies of Diongal Bill in USA and Marsh Plan (Report on sickness, unemployment, oldage, death, Social Security) in Canada compelled colonial employment injury, invalidity etc. Government Indian Government to enact meaningful of India ratified Workmen s Compensation legislative measures for social security. (Accident) Convention 1925 (No 17), Workmen Agarwala A. N. (1960) in India Social Security s Compensation (Occupational Disease) started with the third Labour Ministers Convention 1925 (No. 18), Workmen s conference 1942 proposing schemes for Compensation (Occupational Disease) sickness insurance through the advancement of Convention (Revised) 1934 (No 42), Equality of loan to run the schemes in cotton, jute, textile Treatment (Accident) Convention 1925 (No. 19) and heavy engineering industries. In 1943, The and in 1962, The equality of Treatment (Social Government of India appointed a committee Security) Convention. presided by Prof. Adarkar B.P to formulate a (b) Second Phase (After 1920): Trade scheme of health insurance for Industrial Unionism emerged in India when workers started workers. This scheme was examined and organizing themselves to redress their endorsed by experts of International Labour grievances as per Trade Union Act 1926. The Organisation Mr. Mistach and R.Rao in 1945 Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923 eliminate with the modification of separation of the hardship of employees due to accidents by administration of medical and cash benefits, ensuring benefits with minimum legal formality. integration of maternity benefits with workmen’s The government of India enacted the Provident compensation and extension of the scheme in Fund Act, 1925for Railways and Government all perennial factories to cover non manual Industrial Establishments. In 1929, Royal workers. Commission on Labour investigated the working (d) Fourth Phase (Free India after conditions of Industrial labours recommending 1946): India became independent on 15th Maternity, welfare and old age benefits. Upon August, 1947. The interim government its recommendation, The Government of Bombay formulated five year programme for the welfare adopted The Maternity Benefit Act in 1929 and of the labour class including Health Insurance The Central Provinces Act in 1930. The following scheme for factory workers, Revision of provincial legislations relating to Maternity Workmen’s compensation act, a central law for Benefit was passed in Ajmer Merwar (1934), maternity benefits which is based on the report Delhi (1937), Madras and United Province (1938) of National Commission on Labour (1969) and and central legislation for Mines Maternity extension of right to sickness allowance to other Benefit Act (1941). By abrogating the doctrine class of workers within specific limits. The of common employment Employers Liability Act enactment of Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 was passed in 1938. It also reviewed the process entitled the industrial workers to gratuity as a of Payment of Gratuity to Railway Employees legal right. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0166 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 (e) Fifth Phase (After 1950’s): After India The composition of employment in the became republic on 26th Jan, 1950 it emphasized organised vs un-organised sector was in the upon various provisions to stress socio economic proportion 13:87 in 2004-05 and 17:83 in 2011- security through Indian Constitution. Indian 12 (Table-1) indicating an increase in or-ganised constitution being the law of the land aims sector employment from 13 per cent in 2004-05 towards Justice, Equality, Liberty and Fraternity to 17 per cent in 2011-12. But this increase in to all. It emphasized social security of the people organised sector employment was informal in by granting the right to equality before law under nature (48 per cent in 2004-05 increased to 55 (Article 14) as a Fundamental Rights. It also per cent in 2011-12) while the share of organised ensured that the state should direct its policy formal employment decreased (52 per cent in towards securing the right of adequate means 2004-05 decreased to 45 per cent in 2011-12). of livelihood (Article 39(a)), Equal pay for equal But in the unorganised sector the share of formal work (Article 39(d)), secure public assistance in employment marginally increased from 0.3 to case of unemployment, old-age, sickness, 0.4 per cent and that of informal employment disablement and other cases of undeserved declined marginally from 99.7 to 99.6 per cent. wants (Art 41), securing just and humane On the whole the number of formally employed conditions of work and for maternity relief increased from 33.41 million in 2004-05 to 38.56 (Article 42), secure all workers with living wage, million in 2011-12 , while informally employed conditions of work and decent standard of life increased from 426.20 million to 435.66 million (Art 43). The Five Year Plans emphasized a better during this period. standard of life and social justice all. Under Third Five Year Plan special welfare funds has been constituted for financing welfare measures.(4) Table.1 Work force distribution in India
% in Organized % in un-organized Year Sector Sector 1971 9.6 90.4 1981 9.3 90.7 1993 8.7 91.3 2001 7.5 92.5 2011 17.3 82.7 Majority of the worker of unorganized sector engaged in agriculture sector where as In agriculture sector, which is a main one fourth of the total work force are engaged contributor of employment, nearly 97 per cent in non –agricultural sector of the employment is informal in nature (Table- (NSS Survey, 2011-12) and Figures are in per 2). But the share of agriculture in total cent share. employment has decreased from 58.50 per cent Table 1, Trends in Formal- Informal in 2004-05 to 48.90 per cent in 2011-12 which Employment is indicatives of the structural transformation 2004-05 Organised Unorganised Total of the sector. In manufacturing sector the Formal 32.06 (52) 1.3 (0.3) 33.41 (7.3) Informal 29.54 (48) 396.66 (99.7) 426.20 (92.7) increase in share of employment was accounted Total 61.61 (13) 398.01 (87) 459.61 (100) 2011-12 for by the organised sector which showed an Organised Unorganised Total Formal 37.18 (45.4) 1.39 (0.4) 38.56 (8.1) increase in both formal and informal Informal 44.74 (54.6) 390.92 (99.6) 435.66 (91.9) Total 81.92 (17.3) 392.31 (82.7) 474.23 (100) employment. In non-manufacturing which Figures in Million and Percent share comprises of the construction sector there was Figures in Million and Percent share an increase in employment across both the [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0167 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 organised and unorganised sector as well as in Presently, the Act is applicable to 187 the formal and informal sector, though the share specified industries/classes of establishments of informal employment was higher. The same in which 20 or more person are employed, trend was observed in the services sector also. cinema and theatres 5 or more. There are 3 SOCIAL SECURITY MEASURES IN INDIA schemes under this act Employees’ Provident Given the importance and the size of the Fund Scheme, Employees Deposit Linked work force both in organized and unorganized Insurance Scheme, 1976 (EDLI), Employees’ sector, the government has notified/enacted Pension Scheme. several schemes to provide social security for The Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 the workers and deliberate importance is given The Act regulates the employment of to the unorganized sector. These schemes are women in factories, mines, the circus industry, discussed below. plantation units and shops or establishments THE PRINCIPAL SOCIAL SECURTY LAWS FOR employing 10 or more persons except the ORGANIZED SECTOR employees covered under the Employees State The Employees’ Compensation Act, 1923 Insurance (ESI) Act, 1948 T. Maximum period for In case of death 50% of the monthly which a woman can get maternity benefit is 12 wages multiplied by the relevant factor or an weeks. A medical bonus of Rs.3,500/- is being amount of Rs.1,20,000/-, whichever is more is provided from 19.12.2011 under the Act. (7) paid. In case of permanent total disablement The Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 60% of the monthly wages multiplied by the Under this act after completion of min. relevant factor or an amount of Rs.1,40,000/-, 5 yrs of service, for every completed year of whichever is more is paid lifelong. A sum of Rs. service or part thereof in excess of six months, 5000/- is paid as funeral expenses. (5) the employer pays gratuity to an employee at Employees State Insurance Act, 1948 the rate of 15 days’ wages based on the rate of The Employees’ State Insurance Act, wages last drawn.(8) 1948 applies to factories employing 10 or more Conclusively, the government and other persons. State Governments have extended the agencies have made genuine efforts to provide provisions of the Act to shops, hotels, various Social Security benefits to workers. The restaurants, cinemas including preview theatres, concept of Social Security has arrived in India road motor transport undertakings, and practically and its need has been fully realized. newspaper establishments, educational and However, in spite of massive efforts, there exists medical institutions employing 10 or more a lacuna in the intentions and their fulfillment employees. Employees in receipt of daily which should enable the workers in unorganized average wage upto rate Rs. 70/- are exempted sector to leave a decent life. The idea is also to from contributions. The benefits provided under enable them reap the fruits of social and this act are Sickness benefit, extended sickness economic development while protecting them benefit, and enhanced sickness benefit. from the contingencies of modern life. Disablement benefit, Dependants’ benefit References: Maternity benefit, medical benefit, Confinement 1) Facts on social security, international labor expenses, Funeral expenses, vocational organization. available from http:// rehabilitation, Physical rehabilitation, www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/ Unemployment allowance. (6) dgreports/dcomm/documents/publication/ The Employees’ Provident funds & wcms_067588.pdf.[last accessed 2 nd Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 November 2018] [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0168 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 2) Prof. Friedlander: in “sociology” by shankarrao C. N. published by S.chand and 37 company ltd, New Delhi (2007) page no 876. CLIMATE CHANGE AND WATER 3) Economic Survey 2010-11.MoF CRISIS 4) The Schedule II of the Act consists of The Employees’ Compensation Act, 1923; The Dr. Ravi S. Naik Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948; The Mahantswami Arts, Science and Commerce Industrial Disputes Act, 1947; The College, Haunsbhavi Employees’ Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1952; The ======***********======Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 and The Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972. 5) NSAP, Ministry of rural development. Abstract: Available from http://nsap.nic.in/. [Last India is facing the worst water crisis in accessed 6th November 2108] recent history. The increasingly severe situation 6) Atal Pension Yojana. Available from http:// is getting worse with nearly 600 million Indians financialservices.gov.in/APY.asp. [Last facing high-to-extreme water stress. By the year accessed 7th November 2108] 2030, India’s water demand is expected to be 7) Indira Gandhi Matritva Sahyog Yojana. twice the available supply as the water supply Available from http://wcd.nic.in/ continues to decline. This is largely due to the SchemeIgmsy/scheme_igmsy.htm. [Last impacts of climate change. Global warming accessed 7th November 2018]. targets already vulnerable communities through 8) Annual Report 2017-18 page No 92, Ministry droughts and floods and has enormous effects of Labour & Employment Government of in the days to come. India, Website: http://www.labour.nic.in last Introduction: accessed 3rd November 2018 Water is a critical ingredient to all life on earth and is without substitute. Although there is an abundance of water globally, only a limited amount of that water is suitable for human consumption and just a fraction of that is accessible through current technologies. As populations continue to grow and temperatures continue to rise, the already finite stock of fresh water is being drawn on at an exponential rate. An important question to ask then is how will a changing climate affect the hydrologic cycle in the future? As temperatures change, so will the distribution and availability of fresh water. The potential for global warming to disturb fresh water resources is tremendous, so it is important to predict and prepare for these changes. This article focuses on the effects of climate change on fresh water resources in India and discusses
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0169 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 the potential impacts on the country’s and only a limited supply, fresh water is demography. The predicted effects of global becoming more and more difficult to come by. warming vary, but India is especially susceptible Climate change will surely make problem in terms of environmental, economic, and social worse. It’s uncertain what role of higher impacts. India has one of the largest populations temperatures have played in recent droughts, in the world and depends heavily on agriculture. as the climate models have mainly predicted As a result, there is a huge demand for fresh increasingly intense monsoons. But the longer water. With an increase in temperature, the term forecast is that the extremes will become distribution and availability of fresh water is more extreme threatening more frequent likely to change and the country’s demography flooding and longer droughts. More than 600 million Indians face acute In the past few decades, India has seen water shortage according to a report by NITI rapid growth in its populations as well as its Ayog, a prominent government think tank. economy, industry, and agricultural sector. Seventy percent of the nation’s water supply is India’s growth coupled with climate change has contaminated causing an estimated 200000 put a huge strain on the nation’s fresh water deaths a year. Some 21 cities could run out of resources: Urban agglomeration is causing ground water as early as next year including radical changes in groundwater recharge and Bangalore and New Delhi. Forty percent of the modifying the existing mechanisms 2. India’s population or more than 500 million people will large, developing population is forcing climate have no access to drinking water by 2030. These change that will no doubt have an affect on the sources indicate that India will experience more hydrology of the region. The IPCC Special Report intense monsoon seasons with less rainfall Emissions Scenarios from 2000 predict during the winter, which will result in regular greenhouse gas emissions to increase in the extreme weather events and a shift in India’s future, leading to higher temperatures and more demography as its agricultural sector could be precipitation by 2100 3. Climate change will crippled. There is some skepticism as to how disturb the distribution and availability of fresh severe the effects of climate change will actually water in India, which will result in a number of be, but predictions show that India will be put social, economic and environmental under immense pressure to provide for its people repercussions. as fresh water resources diminish. India is a Most climate studies predict that India unique location in terms of its geography and will get more rain on average in the decades to demographic characteristics. With the Indian come, though regional and seasonal patterns Ocean bordering the south and the Himalayan will vary sharply. A paper published last in Mountains in the north, India has an incredibly geophysical research letters found that flash diverse landscape those transitions through flooding will significantly increase in 78 of the forests, deserts, plains, and mountains. Home 89 urban areas evaluated if global temperature to more than a billion people, India’s landscape rises to 2 º C above preindustrial levels. The is put under tremendous pressure to provide for resulting catastrophes will disproportionately its dense population. Fresh water is an harm India’s poor, who settle along especially important resource as India relies anthropogenic greenhouse gas emissions are a heavily on irrigation to keep up food production: large contributor to the changing climate and About 83% of the available water is used for are set to grow as developing countries like India agriculture alone 1. With an increasing demand transition into a more stable position. The effects of these emissions on temperature and [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0170 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 rainfall patterns have a number of implications, national effects. For example, water stress may including increased chance of water-borne dry out soils to a point that they are unable to diseases, loss of soil fertility and decreased absorb the intense monsoon rains, resulting in agricultural productivity 4. As these changes more runoff and even greater water stress. The take effect India’s agriculture will perish, its potential for climate change to disrupt fresh economy will be crippled, and its demographic water resources varies as India has such a transition will be delayed. Higher birth and diverse landscape but the likelihood of disaster death rates, extreme levels of poverty, and will only increase as temperatures continue to instances of disease are likely to follow these rise. changes. Together with the effects of climate India’s diverse landscape makes it prone change, overuse of fresh water is set to cause to most natural disasters but as the climate major changes in India’s environment and changes it is likely that these disasters will occur economy. Fresh water constitutes only about much more frequently. The effects of extreme 2.5% of the globe’s 13,860,000 km3 stock of weather events can create a vicious cycle where water 5. As climate changes and India increases damage can be compounded by hunger, which its consumption of this vital resource, things like can increase chance of disease and so on until drought, salt-water intrusion, and pollution will entire regions are displaced. As fresh water become more common. Extreme events such as becomes less available crops are unable to flooding and landslides will also occur more produce as much. So climate change can also frequently with rising temperatures. Therefore, lead to increased risk of disease and hunger. it is important for India to prepare for a number The effects of climate change act like a series of possible climate change scenarios in which of dominos, complicating much more than just fresh water distribution and availability will fresh water resources. For example, more evolve. As temperatures continue to rise, India’s severe weather events coupled with increased landscape will be altered in many ways. Based levels of runoff can cause rivers to change on the 2000 SRES ‘Marker’ scenarios from the direction. Migrating rivers are a huge concern IPCC, the temperature in India is expected to because they increase the risk of flooding and increase 1.4 – 5.5°C depending on emission can cause displacement of millions. With India’s levels 6. This shift in temperature has the landscape under immense pressure as it is, just potential to change weather patterns and in turn a slight increase in temperatures can result in the landscape of the country. By the year 2100, many environmental and social catastrophes. India will be faced with regular drought patterns Climate change predictions by the IPCC and intense rain during monsoon season, which suggest that India’s fresh water resources will will lead to higher incidence of extreme rainfall become scarce in some areas and a hazard in events. Flooding and landslides, especially in others as weather patterns change throughout the Himalayan region, could become a common the century. India’s policy makers will face many theme of the future. Although most climate tough decisions in the near future as water change scenarios predict increased rainfall and resources change and the country continues to extreme weather events over the next century, grow. There are a number of challenges that it is difficult to know exactly what to prepare policy makers must overcome in order to prepare for. India is expected to experience up to a 25% for the changing climate. For example, the decrease in winter precipitation and a 7-10% government needs money to fund projects and increase in summer precipitation. This change further research is necessary to ensure the in precipitation will have both regional and accuracy of these predictions. There is no doubt [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0171 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 that India’s hydrology will be affected by climate Such flooding has worrying implications for change, but further research is needed for policy health, livelihoods, homes, and food security. makers to know exactly what to prepare for. Hostilities rise to the surface and groups with Although there is some variability in the pre-existing grievances are tipped over the edge predictions, most sources suggest that India’s when having to compete for a limited yet booming cities and large agricultural industry essential resource. Without immediate and will be crippled by these changes unless widespread investment into water infrastructure measures are taken to prepare for them. and profound changes to governance and policy, India’s states have created climate a changing climate will add significantly to an adaptation strategies that call for big changes already difficult situation. in behavior. The southern state of Karnataka, for References: instance, developed a plan recommending 1. Mall, R.K., Gupta, A., Singh, R., Singh, R.S., increased use of rainwater harvesting structures Rathore, L.S. (2006) Water resources and wider adoption of drip and sprinkler irrigation climate change: an Indian perspective. Curr in agriculture, tighter restrictions on bore wells Sci 90(12):1610–1626 and improved sewage management to prevent 2. Postel, S. L., Daily, G. C. and Ehrlich P. R., water bodies and aquifers from being polluted. (1996) Human Appropriation of Renewable But experts say these plans would be incredibly Freshwater. Science, 271, 785 – 788 difficult and expensive to implement and 3. Misra, A.K. (2011) Impact of urbanization inadequate even if they were realized. India on the hydrology of Ganga Basin needs to overhaul the way it uses water. The (India). Water Resour Manag 25:705–719. dry parts of the country will have to create jobs doi:10.1007/s11269-010-9722-9 in industries other than agriculture which 4. Lal, M. (2001) Future climate change: currently employs nearly half the workforce. implications for Indian summer monsoon Cities will need to build modern networks of and its variability. Curr Sci 81(9):1205 water and sewage pipes, treatment facilities and 5. Sharma, K., Bhattacharya, S., (2003) wetlands and restrict development and add Vulnerability Assessment and flood protections along waterways Adaptation. Climate Change and India 13 Conclusion: 6. Schmidhuber, J., Tubiello, F. (2007) Global To say that the state of water in India is food security under climate concerning is an understatement. Vast areas and change. PNAS 104(50): 19703–19708 the populations that live within them are being starved of water as the average temperature warms. Hundreds of millions of Indians already suffer from water stress. Climate change will only make this worse. Poor governance over the precious resource combined with irresponsible usage practices compounds the effects of an already endangered national water supply. In regions that experience increased flooding and glacial melt, short-term spring-time excess is met with limited capacity to store and clean water, causing immediate inundations in the warmer months and scarcity in the colder ones. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0172 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 good even today as our fast growing civilization 38 uses more of modern technology for day-today life e.g., Air cooler, Refrigerator, Washing ENVIRONMENTAL DEGRADATION Machine, Car/Two Wheelers etc. are commonly AND SUSTAINABL DEVELOPMENT used by even middle class people which results in environmental pollution (causing noise, air Dr. Shashidhar.S. Mathapati pollution, water pollution etc.). The whole world Assistant Professor of Geography, is classified into North & South Blocks that means M.A.S.C. College Haunshbavi the U.S.A. & Asian nations are polluting the atmosphere more than the south blocks. ======***********======CLIMATE CHANGES IN INDIA: The melting of Antarctic & glaciers will have Man has become a victim of his a disastrous impact on India. Already, the global envimnment. He is not in control of his mind but sea level has risen by 10-25 centimeters. A one a victim of the environment & the total stress in meter rise, according to an Asian Development polluting our environment in a very subtle way Bank study, may displace around 7.1 million through our negative emotions. But it takes quite people in India. The entire population of some time to clear the environment of this. It is Lakshadweep could be at risk. A UN study estimates inevitable sometimes you feel stressed, that one meter sea level rise will inundate an area sometimes you feel negative, sometimes you feel of 170,000 hectares, primarily agricultural land in doubt, sometimes you get into alt sorts of moods Orissa, West Bengal. & Goa stands to lose -is inevitable. It happens. Nobody wants it. But 4.32percent of its total area due to sea level when it happens how do we handle them? We hear rise. a lot about other things in life but we spend very The impact of climate change on the little time to hear about ourselves: how to handle economy of a City will be staggering. A city like our mind? How to be in the present moment? How Mumbai could lose around US $48 billion & to live we have not leant. This is the most those like BAL sore would lose around US $75 unfortunate thing. Then what is the solution? This million, according to the Centre for science & is where we miss a very fundamental principle environment, New Delhi. The overall impact is that governs our environment, our oiind our alarming. In the 21* century, the annual average emotions & our life in general. Our body has temperature over India increased by about 0.57 the capacity to sustain much longer the degree c. In future, rainfall in winters may decline vibrations of bliss & peace than it does negative by 5-25 percent leading to droughts in dry summer emotions because positively is in the centre of months. More dry spells may result in a decline of the atom & electrons are only the periphery, 12.3 percent in agricultural production. same is with our! Vies; the centre core of our Review of Literature: existence is bliss, positively & joy but it is l) A study by Stewart Hudson who has surrounded by a cloud of negative ions. Through presented his paper at the World Bank the help of the breath we can easily get over our Conference reveals that pollution intensity per negative emotions in a short period of time. capita appears to fall as income rises but evidence Through meditation & certain breathing of the relationship presented at World Bank techniques we can clear this negative cloud. Conference was based on industrial toxic According to Mahatma Gandhi “There is emissions data, which reflects changes in enough in the world for everybody’s needs but economic stricture (compositions! effects) & not not for everybody’s greed”. The opinion holds [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0173 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 the toxic intensity of manufacturing output. Toxic that product in the world trade in manufactures. If emissions continue to rise worldwide. it is, the country is said to have a revealed 2) A study by Marian Radetzki discusses comparative advantage in that product. Applying the links between growth & the environment in this index to dirty industries showed a general terms. The author argues that increasing disproportionately large increase I the number our levels of economic Activity are linked to improved developing countries with RCA’s in most of the environmental conditions. Explaining this unbundling technology, such as the expense of relationship, he identifies as key factors the high shifting from “Eleanor” production promesses income elasticity of demand for environmental to older, “dirtier” ones. quality, compositional shifts towards cleaner Objectives of the study environmental activities at higher income levels The present study has the following objectives & the extension of property rights combined with 1.To know the environmental situation desiring development of policies to deal with common the past Mo decades both at micro & level global externalities in industrial countries. 2.How poverty has a linkage with environment a Drought- 3) Explains that the intensity of pollution is purposively studied by choosin8 prone is beginning to level off in industrial counits & is district, Bijapur in Karnataka, increasing in developing canneries. They relate 3.To study the effects pollution on different data on toxic emissions from the United States to sections of the community. cross-country manufacturing & find that the 4.To suggest remedies. intensity of emissions grew rapidly in developing Methodology: contries during the 1970s & 1980s. So, dirty The present study is ba9ed on data both soumes. Bijapur district in industries have certainly nioved into developing primary & secondary countries, but it for 8 moot question that whittler Karnataka state is purposively selected for the Poverty is estimated across they migrant from industrial countries study. different castes, 4) Patrick Low & Alexander Yeats use trade size of land holding & occupation wise poverty how data as a proxy for shifts in the Pattern of estimated taking consumer expenditure as the international industrial location for examine how criteria for estimating poverty. Whether cutting of trees led to the drought, much dirty industries have migrated to developing or drought itself contries over the past two decades. They identified causes the farmer to cut the trees for survival is 43 dirty industries based on the assumption that a serious issue as Bijapur district as got hardly the higher the expenditure on pollution 2% of its ana undet forest. abatement & control, the dirtier an industry. Trade Population Growth& Enviroiunent data show that the share of dirty industry trade in (World & Lydia) total trade declined between 1965 a 19g, largely as a result of trends in industrial countries. Over the same period, the share of the output of dirty industries in the exports of many developing countries increased. 5) Low & YeaSt supplemented that analysis with an examination of the revealed comparative¢ advaiit8gC (RCA) Of 109 cosmoses if the dirty industries. The RCA index measures whether the share of a product in a country’s manufactured Source: Population Foundation of Lydia (PFI) by & Jayachandran-2001. exp0rt is proportionately larger than the share of Naterajan [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0174 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Population growth & consuuiption Of itfltiipBl Environmental Degradation resoiir’Seg: “Environmental problems are really social The increased population also increase problems. They begin with people as cause and end requirement for naturel resources, due to with people as victims “. Edmund Hillan. environmental exploitaion inGrease economic Environmental pollution may be defined as the inequlity & environmental abuse. H0nce Îhere unfavourable alteration of our surrounding wholly is no doubt that thg explosion must end. If we or largely as a byproduct pattern, radiation levels, fail to our population growth, nature will end it chemical and Physical constitution and abundance by her own way by killing a large portion of of organisms .there are several kinds of pollution humanité. Therefore “wc want green but no like solide waste , radio - active , waste from gruen revolution & industrial revolution.” nuclear plants, heat from thermal p1ants,gaseous pollution like carbon monoxide, So2, No2, CFC, (water,air, soil)etc. Soil Degradation: The demand for farmland and increased demand for Forest products to the Developing country have caused deforestation to the extent of 11 million hectares Atlas of Inida. The following kinds of soil degradations have been Quantified i.e. Wind erosion 19.7 million hectares Poplulation Growth “OQ” Cllrve ghows that growth of Stalinization 04.1 „ Water logging 03.1 „ environmental probleme. If high population the Water erosion 69.6 „ consumption of natural Resources wi[1 be it} asgd Soil fertility 15.7 „ $q jjjdjjy environmental problems will be there. decline Snstainable Development and Environmental The above data indicates the heavy Degradation. degradation of soil due to high growth of Sustainable Development concept was population, high demand of forest goods, food and popular since 1980’s. The term sustainable indusnial raw materials. In India total area of land development was first used in gin the world is 32,87,266 Eq. k.m. and only ó2% of land is conservation strategy. However, this formulation cultivable. India since 1947, 53000 s.q. k.m. of emphasized sustainability in ecological terms, prime forests area larger than Punjab has been & was far fees ecnnomic development i.e. 1) lost. The land is device in cropping, forest, grazing maintenance of ecnlogical balance 2) The land and urban land. Thus the limits of potentially sustainsble use of resource & 3) The maintenance amble land. and the limits of increasing productivity. of genetic diversité. The définition later tumed The loss of agricultural land due to urbanization and of ecosystems ruiher than human need & industrialization. Over grazing by cattle, irrígation aspiration. imperatives of 1e pmservation of schemes in area without drainage, modern the.According to Karshenas (1994) “Sustainable the methods of agriculture etc. These factors strips the development may be defined in ternis of land of its fertility and expose it to the risk of erosion pattern of stnictural change in naturel & Max of soil. Deforestation and soil erosion wkich in turn wade capital stock, which ensures feasibility lead to floods, silting of rivers. Soil fertility and ofat least a msmininiurn soci desired rate • !? earth recuperative power are also damaged in the où growth ici the long-run.” long run by the over use of chemical fertilizers [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0175 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 and pesticides. Agricultura has become a 5. Seven million cubic miles (2%) is frozen in commercial activity. Therefore we use more polar ice caps. fertilizers and pesticidas to grow more food and raw 6. 53,000 cubic miles of water pass through materials for the industrial purpose and cam more the planet’s lakes & streams. profit. In 1951, we used 2.2 million Tonne fertilizers 7. 4,000 cubic miles of water is atmospheric and pesticides but, today it is much more increased moisture. to 13.6 million tones and we produce food 58.8 8. 3,400 cubic miles of water are locked within m.t.s to 210 m.t.s today. the bodies of living things. DEFORESTATION: 9. If all the world’s water were fit into a gallon India has a total geographical area of jug, the fresh water available for us to Use 32,88,000 sq.k.m. Out of this 7,47,800 sq.k.m. Would equal only about one tablespoon. (22.74%) was occupied by forest. At the time of 10. It doesn’t take much salt to make water independence according to NASS 34,020 sq. k.m. “salty. If one-thousandtli (or more) of the forest was between 1951 -1972 in India. (71.5%) was weight deforested because of agricultural activities. 11. The overall amount of water on our planet Deforestation leads to soil erosion, loss of good has remained the same for two billion years. grain, occurrence of drought threat eco — system. 12. The united states consumes water at twice Due to soil errosion 6,000 M.T. soil run away from the rate of other industrialized nations. Ganga river per year, In India since 1947, 53,000 13. 1.2Billions - people worldwide do not have sq.k.m. Qf prime forest larger than Punjab, has access to clean water. been lost. According tO the working group of 14. EaGh day almost 10,000 children under the energy, in India 133 M.T. wood consumed as age of 5 in Third World countries die as a source of energy, out of this 110 M.T.wood result of illnesses contracted by use of consumed to house purpose i.e. cooking fod impure water. &fire. The S.C, S.T,N.T. people gathered around 15. Mostt of the World’s people must walk at 25 to 30 as a price for development. percent least 3 hours to fetch water. tation has aroused because of Deforestation is REFERENCES: leading to arise in four principal cause over 1. lshac Diwan & Nemal Shaifik : “Investment, grazing by cattle, fire & clearance of land for Technology & the Global Environment cultivation, excessive cuting of tree for timer, rail :TowardS International Agreement in a World & rosd track, industrialization, urbanization etc. of Disparities “.1992. today vast area of forest is lost temperature. 2. Marian Radetzki: “Economic Growth & Water is not Unlimited Environment”l992. 1. Water covers nearly three-fourths of the 3. Nancy Birdsall & David Wheeler: “Trade earth’s surface. Policy & Industrial Pollution in Latin America: 2. Most of the earth’s surface water Where are the Pollu on havens†” 1992. pemianently frozen or salty. 4. Patrick Low & Read Safadi: “Trade Policy & 3. Over 90% of the world’s supply of fresh water Pollution”.1992 is located in Antarctica.The earth’s total 5. Ph. D. thesis entitled “Rural Transformation allotment of water has a volume of about in a drought-prone Region, the case of 344 million cubic miles. of this 315 millioii Bijapur District in Karnataka. cubic miles (93%) is seawater! 4. Nine million cubic miles (2.5%) is in aquifers deep below the earth’s surface. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0176 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Maharashtra is located between latitude 39 15050’17" N to 22012’52" N and longitude 72035’26" E to 80053’9" E and covers a total area An Overview of Temperature of 308,000 sq.km. and Rainfall Trends in Data The data consists of mean monthly Maharashtra: A Regional maximum and minimum temperatures and Approach mean monthly rainfall for 21 stations of Maharashtra obtained from India Dr. Sunita Maral, Meteorological Department (IMD), Pune for the Assistant Professor period 1951-2006. The stations having Mithibai College (Autonomous) availability of minimum 80% data and less than Vile Parle, Mumbai 10% missing values in the period 1961-90 (WMO reference period) have been considered for the present study. ======***********======The analysis of the temperature and ABSTRACT rainfall series of Maharashtra was carried out Trends in regional series of maximum by dividing the state into four meteorological and minimum temperatures and seasonal (met) sub-divisions, viz. Konkan (Alibag, Dahanu, rainfall of Maharashtra over a period of 56 years Harnai, Mumbai, and Ratnagiri), Madhya have been assessed using temperature and Maharashtra (Ahmednagar, Jalgaon, Jeur, rainfall data of 21 meteorological stations. Kolhapur, Malegaon, Pune and Solapur), Regional series of temperature and rainfall Marathwada (Aurangabad, Parbhani) and derived using two methods, viz. spatial Vidarbha (Akola, Amravati, Buldhana, aggregation method or grid (spatial aggregation) Chandrapur, Gondia, Nagpur and Yeotmal). method and simple averaging methods have Methodology been compared. Mann–Kendall trend test and The temperature and rainfall series of 21 the Sen’s slope method have been used to selected stations were subjected to quality detect the significance and the magnitude of control. temperature and rainfall trends. i. The outliers were identified and treated as Key words: maximum and minimum missing and later filled with the help of reference temperatures, seasonal rainfall, Maharashtra, series. regional series, spatial aggregation method, ii. Standard Normal Homogeneity Test (SNHT) simple averaging method was run for all the stations. In-homogeneities Introduction detected in isolated month and in- The present paper attempts to obtain an homogeneities in less than six months were not overview of climate of Maharashtra for the adjusted. In-homogeneities were not present period 1951–2006. A regional series of maximum throughout all 12 months in case of series and minimum temperatures and seasonal tested for in-homogeneities. rainfall of Maharashtra have been obtained and iii. Reference station method has been used for examined for presence of significant trends. filling the missing data values of a station. Study Area Fig 1 Schematic Model of Methodology The study area is the State of Followed for Generation of Regional Maharashtra in India. Geographically [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0177 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Temperature and Rainfall Series of which N=1, the station values have been used Maharashtra as the corresponding grid point values. Structure of Regional temperature /Rainfall series For the calculation of spatial averages for the study area as a whole, the spatial averages of each network grid point are Method I Method II similarly weighted. Spatial aggregation/grid Simple averaging
Conversion of absolute series Average of series of absolute values for each sub-division into anomaly series
Overlay of spatial grid on the Single series of study area averaged absolute values for Maharashtra (ten boxes of 20 latitude x 20
Conversion of absolute values into regional Calculation of average anomaly anomaly series series at each grid box (w.r.t.1961-90 Normal) Map 1.1 Location of the Meteorological
Obtaining a single regional Stations and Grid used for obtaining the anomaly series for Maharashtra Maharashtra Regional Series of Spatial Aggregation/grid method Temperature and Rainfall consists of constructing a regional series of a Source: Survey of India Topographical sheet climatic variable by superimposing a spatial grid Man-Kendall Test and Sen’s Slope Estimator over an area. While Gray (2000), Brazdil et al Mann Kendall, a non-parametric test has (2001), Galan et al., (2001) have used grid been used here for detecting the significant method, Walker (1924); Parthasarathy and Dhar trends in the time series of mean monthly (1974); Pareek and Ramaswamy (1976) and maximum and minimum temperatures and Parthasarathy and Mooley (1978), Shukla (1987) seasonal rainfall of Maharashtra. According to this test, the null hypothesis H assumes that have used area weighted means to derive 0 regional series. there is no trend (data are independent and The regional temperature/rainfall series randomly ordered) and this is tested against the alternative hypothesis H , which assumes that is calculated by applying the weighted algorithm 1 described by Jones et al. (1986) in his spatial there is a trend. aggregation method: Theil–Sen estimator, also known as Sen’s slope estimator, an unbiased estimator of the N N N N A d A d true slope in simple linear regression been used g s s s Ag ds As ds s1 s1 s1 s1 to calculate trends. Data were processed using (Galan et al., 2001) an Excel macro named MAKESENS created by
Where: Ag is the interpolated Finnish Meteorological Institute (2002) temperatur e/rainfall anomaly for each grid The results and findings: point, As (s = 1, N) is the temperature/rainfall Maharashtra Regional Series - Trends in anomaly of the station, d is the inverse Seasonal and Annual Temperature s The regional anomaly series of distance between station “s” and the grid point. maximum and minimum temperatures for four Given the fact that the number of stations varies seasons (winter, summer, monsoon and post- with time and between grid boxes, the cases in monsoon) and year obtained by using two [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0178 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 methods - ‘grid or spatial aggregation’ and The regional anomaly series of seasonal ‘simple averaging’ - were compared and the and four month’s rainfall of Maharashtra differences between the series were found to obtained using grid method as well as simple be small. averaging method do not exhibit statistically It is evident from the Table 1 that significant trends except July month. A statistically significant increasing trends are statistically significant negative trend is evident shown by post-monsoon and annual maximum in July rainfall series calculated by average regional series of temperature of Maharashtra method. No significant trend is evident in obtained using ‘simple averaging method’. The rainfall of other months. regional series of summer minimum temperature Conclusion calculated using ‘simple averaging method’ Researchers have been using both the shows a statistically significant decreasing methods viz. spatial aggregation or grid method trend. Annual minimum and other seasonal and simple averaging methods for obtaining temperature series do not exhibit significant regional series of temperature/rainfall. However, trends. I believe grid method to be more appropriate Table 1 Maharashtra - Linear Trends in than simple averaging method as it is based on Temperature weighted spatial averages. The findings based
Maximum Temp Minimum Temp on grid method suggest that there is no Decadal Decadal Decadal Decadal Trends Trends Trends Trends significant rise or decline in the temperature and
(grid method) (averaging (grid method) (averaging method) method) rainfall of Maharashtra over the study period. Winter 0.03 0.02 Winter 0.05 0.03 Acknowledgement Summer 0.09 0.07 Summer -0.05 -0.09* Monsoon 0.00 0.03 Monsoon 0.03 0.00 The present study is based on the Post-monsoon 0.10 0.12* Post-monsoon 0.13 0.14 climate data obtained from National Data Annual 0.04 0.07* Annual 0.03 0.00 Centre, Pune. I am thankful to Dr. (Mrs.) Tapati Trends in Seasonal Rainfall of Maharashtra Mukhopadhyay, Emeritus Fellow for her valuable The regional rainfall series for four guidance. months (June, July, August, September) and the References seasonal rainfall series (average of the four 1. Bradzil R, Stepanek P and Kveton V (2001): months) of Maharashtra were calculated using Temperature Series of the Czec Republic both the methods; the Spatial Aggregation/grid and its Relation to Northern Hemisphere method and the simple averaging method. The Temperatures in the period 1961-1999. In regional rainfall series of Maharashtra obtained Manola Brunet India and Diego Lopez using two different methods mentioned above Bonillo (Eds.) - Detecting and Modelling showed noticeable differences unlike regional Regional Climate Change. (pp. 69-80) temperature series of Maharashtra. Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg New York. Table 2 Maharashtra - Linear Trends in 2. Galan E., Canada R., Fernandez F. and Seasonal Rainfall Cervera B. (2001): Annual Temperature Evolution in the Southern Plateau of Spain Decadal Trends Decadal Trends Time series from the Construction of Regional Climatic (grid method) (averaging method) Time Series. In Manola Brunet India and June 2.66 1.50 Diego Lopez Bonillo (Eds) - Detecting and July -3.42 -9.37* August 0.12 5.13 Modelling Regional Climate Change. (pp. September -1.75 -1.85 119-131) Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg Seasonal -1.25 -2.92 New York.
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0179 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 3. Labajo J.L. and Piorno A. (2001) Regionalisation of Precipitation in Castilla 40 and Leon (Spain). In Manola Brunet India and Diego Lopez Bonillo (Eds) - Detecting Tourism Potential and and Modelling Regional Climate Change. (Pp.100-118) Springer-Verlag Berlin Challenges in Ratnagiri District Heidelberg New York. 4. Shukla J. (1987): Interannual Variability of Mr. Hanamantrao Ratnappa Yadav Monsoons. In Fein J.S. and Stephens Head of the Geography Department Pamela L. (Eds.): Monsoons. A Wiley Sant Rawool Maharaj College, Kudal. Dist- Interscience Pub. John Wiley & Sons. Sindhudurg. (MS) 5. Rathore L S, Attri S D and Jaswal A K (2013) ‘State Level Climate Change Trends in Mr. Rajesh Sidhartha Kamble India’ under the Meteorological Monograph Research Student No. ESSO/IMD/EMRC/02/2013 India Dr. B. A. M. University, Aurangabad, Meteorological Department, Ministry of Tq. Aurangabad, Dist. Aurangabad. (MS) Earth Sciences Government of India ======***********====== Introduction As per the District Tourism Plan 2013, detailed information about the current state of tourism in Ratnagiri district and recommendations for improvement has been made. Ratnagiri district has potential opportunities for natural beauty, historical sites and temples, beautiful beaches, creeks, forts etc. to promote tourism domestically and internationally. Many of these places are especially suitable for beach tourism. But there is an opportunity to develop sustainable tourism that will not harm the conservation of marine habitats and natural beauty while creating tourism for employment generation or as a source of income for the local people. According to a tourism survey conducted by the Market Research Department, The Ministry of Tourism said that, Ratnagiri district is one of the poorest tourist destinations in Maharashtra. This is because the number of domestic tourists in Ratnagiri district is large (99.95 per cent) but the number of foreign tourists is low (0.05 per cent). Being close to Goa, Ratnagiri district could have capitalized
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0180 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 on its natural beauty through tourism, but for Discussion and Result the following reasons it is not possible. Tourist Population in Tahsils of Ratnagiri Total Tourist Tourist Local Tourist Outside Tourist Objective of the Study Tahsil per year (in During fairs (in lakh) (in lakh) lakh) 1) To study the potential tourist destinations in Mandangad 0.16 0.1 1.03 1.29 Dapoli 0.25 0.4 2.66 3.31 Ratnagiri district Khed 0.39 0.05 0.26 0.71 Chiplun 3.91 0.71 2.65 7.27 2) To analyze the major challenges in tourism Guhagar 0.20 0.59 2.55 3.35 Sangameshawar 3.15 0.48 8.89 12.33 development of Ratnagiri district Lanja 0 0.1 0.08 0.17 Ratnagiri 9.23 2.57 13.26 25.05 Research Methodology Rajapur 1.5 0.23 0.77 2.5 The current study is based on secondary Total (in lakh) 18.8 5.23 32.14 56.12 data. The secondary information has been Source: District Tourism Plan for Ratnagiri District collected from Maharashtra Tourism Development Corporation (MTDC) and surveys by other government and non-government agencies. Internet websites, journals, books and various reports etc. are also used for scrutiny. Also statistical methods and ArcMAP GIS software are use for graphical presentation. Study Region Ratnagiri district is located in the konkan region of Maharashtra. Ratnagiri district lies between 150 36’ north to 180 5’ north latitude and between 730 5’ east to 740 36’ east longitude. It is located in konkan region. The total area of Ratnagiri district is 8208 km2. To the west of Tahsil Wise Total Spend on Tourism the district is Arabian Sea to the east is Satara, Development in Ratnagiri District Total Spend on Tourism Sangali and Kolhapur to the south lies Tahsil Number of Tourist Centres Development (in lakh) Sindhudurg and to the north lies Raigad district. Mandangad 04 0 Dapoli 17 0 In the eastern part of sahyadri mountain ranges Khed 11 0 Chiplun 14 0 are present which about 180 km is and it Guhagar 09 0 Sangameshawar 07 20.01 possesses coastline of about 167 km. There are Lanja 04 0 Ratnagiri 16 19.99 nine tehsils places in the distractive Ratnagiri, Rajapur 08 0 Total (in lakh) 90 40.00 Chiplun, Khed, Sangmeshwar, Dapoli, Source: Socio-Economic Review of Ratnagiri district Mandangad, Guhagar, Rajapur and Lanja. (2017-18) Location Map of Study Region Lanja tahsil has the lowest number of tourist visits while Sangameshwar and Ratnagiri tahsils have the highest number of tourist visits. From the above figures, it is seen that only in Ratnagiri and Sangameshwar tahsils only expenditure has been made for the development of tourist places. The rest of the tahsils have almost zero expenditure. Determinant of Prosperity of Tourist Places Tourism is booming in Ratnagiri district. But not all places in Ratnagiri district can be developed as tourist destinations. To develop any place as a tourist destination; There should be many components available according to the needs of the tourists. According to the present study, various places in the
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0181 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 district are being examined as potential tourist the other hand, there may be a rush of tourists to some destinations. locations, but the parking and local traffic and hygiene 1. Accessibility of the place. management is wanting. 2. Historical significance / value of place. 5) Limited Integration of Local Communities: 3. The religious significance of the place. leading to opportunities lost for realizing the benefits 4. Enrichment of the natural resources of the place. of tourism for local people. The exposure and training 5. Availability of various tourism sources. to local people on how to promote and manage tourism 6. Availability of basic facilities. has been limited and larger operators seek to maximize Potential Tourist Destination in Ratnagiri District the potential in areas like Goa and Karnataka. Local The potential tourist destinations in Ratnagiri biodiversity conservation committees can be district are classified into three sections namely constituted and operationalzed to regulate specific Religious, Historical and Natural Tourist. Natural tourist locations and promote local stakes in tourism. destinations are subdivided into four categories: 6) Tourism has been inadequately resourced waterfalls, beaches and hot springs and hill stations. and funded: despite declaring this as a Tourism district, These places have been categorized according to the govt. funding made available to provide infrastructure priority capacity of some of the potential tourist and promote tourism has been vastly unequal to that destinations in the district. required to harness the district’s potential. Even when Types of Tourism plans were drawn up, these were not funded well or S r. N o . Name of the Potential Tourist Pla c es P o ten tia l Anjarle, Dabhol, Asud, Adivare, Velneshwar, Kasheli, prioritized for implementation. 1 R elig io us Hatis, Chinchkhari, Tikleshwar, Kasba, Ambav, Burband, Gondhale, Turambav, Bharane Conclusions Harnei, Panhalekazi, Govalkot-Govindgad, Sumargad, Gopalgad, Palshet, Bankot Jaigad, A m bo lg ad , 1) Despite the scenic beaches and rich culture 2 H i sto rica l Purnagad, Malgund, Kasba, M ahipatgad, , Rasalgad, , Mahipatgad, Ambdav and culinary culture, the tourism sector in Ratnagiri is 3 N a tura ls 1 ) Hill Stations Machal, Ambet unorganized and the arrangement is temporary. This has Ganeshgule, Ladghar, Kolthare, Rohile , Tawsal, M ad b an, Ade, Karde, Undi, Malgund, hampered the district from gaining tourism potential 2 ) B ea ches Ambolgad, , Ambolgad, Bhandarpule, Ambet, Warwade, Karambavane due to lack of infrastructure, investment, development 3 ) W at erfa lls Nivali, Adare, Chuna- kolvan, Sawat Sada, Tivare 4 ) Hot Springs Unhavare, Rajew adi, Aravali, and marketing and lack of empowerment of local agents
Major Challenges of Tourism in Ratnagiri District to play a more central role in the tourism sector. This is Being close to Goa, Ratnagiri could have also due to the relative comfort and low poverty level in capitalized on its natural capital but the potential remains the district. locked due to the following factors: 2) The western part of Ratnagiri district is more 1) Lack of proper marketing: with little suitable for tourism development as compared to the promotion of tourist circuits, cultivation of good tourism eastern part. sector operators within and outside the district to attract 3) There are about 57 potential tourist foreign and domestic tourists, the value from tourism destinations in Ratnagiri district at present. But due to has not been materialized for the districts beyond ad various obstacles, tourists do not visit these places. hoc tourist arrivals that remain unplanned and 4) The development of these tourist unregulated. destinations will provide employment to the local 2) Poor Transportation linkages: current tourism people. This will reduce the migration to other cities is based on tourists having their own vehicles as public (Mumbai & Pune). This is because Ratnagiri district has transportation is not oriented toward promoting tourism. the highest rate of migration to metropolitan cities in Rail linkages are not adequate to serve tourism needs, the last ten years. and the nearest airports are at some distance. 5) Domestic tourists can play an important role 3) Lack of Infrastructure, particularly in tourist in the growth of tourism in Ratnagiri district. areas: the absence of adequate services like a good range Reccomendations of hotels and eating houses, besides related water and The following steps can be considered to boost tourism sanitation, public transport and reliable electricity development in Ratnagiri district. services have constrained the tourism industry. Tourists 1) Tourism in Ratnagiri district can be multi- are also deprived of good banking services, poor faceted - regional culture, natural beauty, religious and signage’s and tourist information, and a lack of tourist historical resources as well as new health facilities, operators. Saturday and Sunday tourism and nature tourism can 4) Existing tourism products are underutilized: provide new sources of employment to the local people even though there are good locations naturally, and and provide a source of entertainment to tourists. some that have been developed to some extent, their 2) Development of infrastructure in Ratnagiri potential has not been systematically harnessed. On district is a basic requirement for the development of [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0182 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 tourism industry. E.g. Improvement of travel routes - Roads / Railways / Airways are the basic requirements 41 for the development of the tourism industry. It is also important to have better availability of banking, ATM and forex facilities. Level of Urbanization in 3) In order to attract foreign tourists in Ratnagiri district, it is necessary to prepare information about Haryana State – A tourist places and experiences on the international tourist map. Geographical Study 4) It is necessary to improve the quality of tourist infrastructure and services. e.g. Number and variety of Jitender Kumar* living facilities, dining houses, roadside facilities and Dinesh Kumar** overall variety 5) Communication facilities need to be Praveen Kumar*** improved with easy access. E.g. Telephone / Fox / Internet etc. And there is a need for availability of ======***********======communication guides with English and foreign languages as well as good provision of signs and INTRODUCTION information leaflets. Urbanization means an increase of 7) Security and safety system needs to be population in urban areas. It is a dynamic improved. Good parking facilities, side cleanliness and process of process of society transformation management of pilgrimage sites etc. from rural to urban. It closely associated with 8) Development of environmentally sensitive tourism is necessary which will create employment the industrial revolution and economic opportunities for the local people and will not create development. Urbanization includes the growth human-animal conflict. of secondary and tertiary activities like 9) Passenger cruise ship service can be manufacturing, trading, services etc. and on important for tourist attraction. This service has already started from Mumbai to Goa. There is also an opportunity other hand threaten the growth of agricultural to develop such services in Ratnagiri. areas.The process of urbanization takes in two 10) Some stakeholders suggest that the State ways; one is the natural increase, which is Department is not capable of promoting and regulating determined by the factors of birth and death and tourism services at the local level. Therefore, planning another important factor is the migration which and service regulation at the local level can be better if management is entrusted to local and private sector takes place from rural area to urban areas. This agencies to attract the private sector. process of urbanization not only includes the 11) Co-benefits can be obtained by converting increase in the population of any urban area, tourism with mangoes, cashews and related economic but also includes the process of socioeconomic activities. There is potential for training and food- processing to develop Konkani products and markets. transformation as people move from rural to References urban areas, their way to live also change. 1) Malhotra, K.C.: “Tourism Today”, Kanishka Moreover, in this process of change their Publishing house, Delhi activities also change from primary to 2) National Council of Applied Economic Research secondary& tertiary level. Urbanization is not a January, 2019 3) Planning Commission Report on Tourism new phenomenon; it has been evolved long year Development in Maharashtra (Govt. of India) back. The process of urbanization doesn’t take 4) Socio-Economic Review of Ratnagiri district (2017- place evenly everywhere rather than it is a more 18) uneven process. 5) District Tourism Plan for Ratnagiri District (August 2013) One of the known aspects of 6) http://ratnagiri.nic.in urbanization is the uneven pattern of urban 7) www.maharashtratourism.gov.in system all over the world; in which there are [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0183 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 few big cities and a large number of small towns. • The average rate of growth of urban In India, the pattern of urbanization is found in population in Haryana during the last decades the same way where there are few larger (2001-11) was 44.25%, which is greater than the cityaccounts for a larger share of total urban national average of 31.08 percent. population, whereas the large number of small • Due to their proximity to larger cities i.e. urban settlements occupy only small portion of Delhi and Chandigarh, the state has become the total urban population. Even in the large almost first choice for the foreign investment & cities, the percent share of urban population is SEZs development, also the real estate sector high amongst few metropolitan cities like Delhi, is flourishing with great pace in the near future Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata and Bangalore • But the pattern of Urbanization is not in etc.this uneven spatial distribution pattern of uniform ways. So there is a need to study the urban places and urban population affects the spatial Pattern of urbanization in Haryana level of urbanization of any region. The level of StudyBackground and Location urbanization of any region may be measured in Map 1: Location Map - Haryana many ways, such as a percent share of urban Haryana, as one of the most developed population to the total population of any region, states of India has been selected to find out the rural population served by each town which can spatial structural pattern of urbanization. The be regarded as an indication of its effectiveness, state is emerging as the place of rapid distance to the nearest town or spacing between urbanization as their proximity to large cities like the towns and density of towns per unit of area Delhi and Chandigarh. It is situated in the etc.One of the common methods used is the northwestern part of India extending between percentage of urban population to total 27° 292 to 30° 552 N latitude and 74° 272 to population. But this only shows the effective 77° 362 E longitude. The Haryana state has been urban population share rather than the structural carved out from Punjab as an independent state pattern of urbanization in some areas. Whereas on 1st November 1966 with a total geographical the other method like rural population served area of 44,212 sq. kms. The percent share of by each town and the spacing between towns urban population to total population in Haryana highlight the spatial structural characteristics is about 34.88 percent, whichis greater than the of urban system of any region. Along with the national average of 31.20 percent, but it spatial pattern, it highlights the level of occupies only 2.34 % of the total Indian Urban urbanization as larger the rural population Population. The number of urban places of served by each town in any region, lower will different size class is 154 including 74 as census be the level of urbanization of that region. In a town having population more than five same way spacing between towns also indicates thousand. The spatial and structural pattern of that larger the distance between towns has to urban places and population in Haryana is serve large area and which leads to the lower unevenly distributed, so this study focus onto level of urbanization. the measurement of the level of urbanization Need of the Study and the level of concentration or dispersion of • Haryana has recorded high pace of urban population in Haryana. urbanization in last few decades OBJECTIVE • According to census 2011, the percent · To measure the level of urbanization in share of urban population in Haryana is about Haryana at district level 34.88% greater than the national average of · To examine the spatial structural pattern 31.16% of urbanization in Haryana [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0184 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 DATABASE AND METHODOLOGY Total Rural Population in a census yr./total In the present study, the level of urbanization number of towns of (20,000+ Population) has been assessed with the help of different 4. Spacing between towns (In Kms) indicators given below. This study is based on 1.0746"A/N where A is the area in sq. km.; N the secondary sources of data extracted from is the numbers of towns of (20,000+ the statistical abstract of Haryana 2013, census Population) of India and other published sources such as 5. Density of town per 1000 sq. kms of area = book, journals. ArcGIS 10.1 software has been No. of towns/Total area × 1000 used to prepare maps of different analysis in On the basis of these indicators a ‘composite the following study. index of urbanization (CIU)’was calculated so A. Urban population decadal growth (2001-11) as to get a composite score of all indicators to B. Percent share of urban population to total examine the overall level of urbanization in any population region. Here this composite index of C. Rural population served by the towns of urbanization has been calculated at district (20,000+ population) level. The calculation of this CIU is a very simple D. Spacing between towns procedure. This method is based on the Kendall’s E. Density of town per 1000 sq. kms of area ranking method. In this method all indicatorshave givenrank according to their minimum and maximum characteristics or importance at district level. Highest rank assigned to thosedistricts which represent maximum characteristics or importance and vice-versa. Further, all ranked value was addedtogether and divided by the number of variables so as to get the composite score of each district. The data used for this was based on the secondary sources of data obtained from census and statistical abstract. CIU=”VR/N Where CIU= Composite Index of urbanization VR= Composite Rank of the variable N= is the total number of variables The highest rank as per CIU would indicate the high level of urbanization and vice-versa. Whereas to measure the concentration and Methods of calculating the Indicators Used: dispersal of urban population in the study area 1. Decadal urban growth (2001-11) = following techniques has been used: (P2011 – P2001)/P2001 ×100 A. Location Quotient 2. Percent share of urban population to B. Gini-Coefficient Method total population = C. Lorenz Curve Total Urban Population in a census yr./total Location Quotient: Population of that census yr.×100 This method is used when the proportion 3. Rural population served by the towns of of any characteristics in an area is studied in (20,000+ population) = relation to its proportion in the region; the ratio [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0185 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 used is known as location quotient. In context been used. Then the cumulative percentage of of our study area this method is used to find out one variable up to certain points plotted on a the concentration level of urban population at graph against the cumulative percentage of district level and its position in the whole region other variables up to the same points. Then these of the study area. So this method is useful in different points of variance were joined on the finding out the relative position of any area in curve using an excel graph. In our study Lorenz the study region. The value of LQ varies between curve for three decades 2011, 2001 and 1991 greater than one and vice versa. The value of has been computed. Along with these one LQ is greater than one would show high diagonal line of equality also drawn for the concentration or vice-versa. To get these values comparison. district wise percent share of the urban Figure 1: Methodological Flow Chart population have been divided by the same percentage in the region or state. LQ=Percent share of urban population to total population at district level/percent share of urban population to total population of the state Gini-Coefficient: This method is used to measure the concentration level of urban population in different size class of urban settlements. It is a ratio varies between one and zero. When the ratio is near to one it would indicate the higher concentration and vice-versa.Thus the lower value of this ratio indicates a more uniform distribution of urban population. Gini concentration has been computed by using the following formula: Gi=(“XiYi+1)-(“Xi+1Yi) Where Girefers to the Gini Concentration Xi refers to the cumulative proportion of total urban population Yi refers to the cumulative proportion of towns of different size class Lorenz Curve This method is basically used to measure the inequality in the distribution of wealth or income, but for our study purposes, this method is used to find out the concentration or dispersal of urban population in the study area. For computing this method cumulative percentage of urban population at district level to total Haryana urban population and cumulative percentage of total population at district level to total Haryana population has [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0186 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Map 2: Percentage of urban Population at people. In Rewari ‘Dharuhera’ has developed as District a industrial town where people tend to move in The above maps indicates that the percent search of job. Gurgaon is a multi-national hub share of urban population to total population and Panipat, Sonipat area major industrial town at district level is high in Gurgaon, Faridabad, of small and medium industries. Whereas, the Panipat, Ambalaand Panchkula which share more least urban growth is found in Sirsa, Bhiwani, than 42 percent of urban population to their total Yamunanagar and Faridabad. Faridabad is population. The main reason behind that are already developed more than 70 percent so their major economic activities & their multi- urban growth is less, whereas Sirsa, Bhiwani and functional characteristics, which attract people Yamunanagar don’t have major industrial from the countryside area in search of better growth, even these district lack in other life and versatile job opportunity. The district facilities which work as a push factor. Bhiwani, Fatehabad, Kaithal, Mahendragarh, State Average (2.17 lakhs) Mewat and Palwal shows least share of urban population varies between 11 to 23 percent of their total population. These districts don’t have any major source of attraction to make people to move in those districts. Whereas, Rohtak, Sonipat, Hisar, Karnal and Yamunanagar shows moderate share of urban population to their total population. State Average (44.25%)
Map 4: Rural Population Served by Towns of (20,000+ population) There is an inverse relationship between the level of urbanization and the rural population served by each town. The above map shows that in districts Bhiwani, Jind, Jhajjar, Rewari, Mahendragarh; rural population served by each town of (20,000+) population is high which indicates the low level of urbanization. On the other side in Gurgaon, Rohtak, Panipat, Map 3: Decadal Urban Growth (2001-11) Kurukshetra, Ambala and Panchkula; rural The decadal urban growth (2001-11) have population served by each town is very small been observed highest in Gurgaon (236.53 %), indicating the high level of urbanization. In Rewari (71.42%), Panchkula (50.31%), Panipat Faridabad it comes under moderate because it (41.57%) and Sonipat (41.07%) as they are major is urbanized more the 70 percent and the center of attraction for the different class of number of towns are few.
[dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0187 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 State Average (25.19 Km) Map 7: Composite Index of Urbanization A composite Index of urbanization has (CIU) been calculated to get the overall picture of urbanization by composite all the indicators using ranking method. This map of Composite Index of urbanization shows that very high level of urbanization is found in Gurgaon, Panipat, Ambala and Panchkula district, Moderate level of urbanization share by Rohtak, Hisar, Sonipat and Kurukshetra, whereas the least level of urbanization is overserved in Bhiwani, Jind, Fatehabad, Mahendragarh, Jhajjar and Mewat. State Average (60.14%) Map 5: Spacing of Towns State Average (2 Towns )
Map 6: Density of towns/1000 Sq. Km. The density of town is very high in Gurgaon, Faridabad, Panipat, Sonipat, Map 8: Percent Share of urban Population by Kurukshetra, Ambala and Panchkulawhich Class I Cities indicates that these districts are smaller in size This maps shows that the high percent of and number of towns is more. Whereas in case urban population at district level is share by of larger district such as Bhiwani, Jind, class one cities which indicates the level of Mahendragarh, Sirsa, Fatehabad showing low metropolitization in the near future. It also density of towns/1000 sq.km. area. indicates that in class one cities people tend to move to get better quality of life, services and versatile job opportunity. Table 1: Urban Settlement Structure and Population
Size of Urban settlements No. of Urban Units Population in Lakhs 1,00000 & Above 20 60.14739 50,00 0 - 99,999 11 7.06518 20,00 0 - 49,999 45 13.15126 10,00 0 - 19,999 34 5.13117 5,000 - 9, 999 36 2.61431 Les than 5000 8 0.31172 To tal 154 88.42
Source: Census 2011 [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0188 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 Figure 2: Concentration of urban Figure 3: Location Quotient Ratio of Urban Settlement and Population Population
Figure 4: Structural Pattern of Urbanization – using Gini-coefficient RatioFigure 5: Concentration of Urban Population in relation to total population These graphs show that over the period of time concentration of urban population has increased in few larger cities. But it also indicates that small and medium towns are increasing from 1981 to 2011. Table 2: Structural Pattern of Urbanization – using Gini-coefficient Ratio Proportion of cumulative Proportion of Size of No. of Populati Units Populati Units Populat XiYi+1 Xi+ Gi= (? XiYi+1)- Urban Units on (Yi) on (Xi) ion 1Yi (? Xi+1Yi) Places in000’ 1,00000 & 20 6014739 0.129 0.6802 0.1299 0.6802 0.0987 0.13 0.0382 Above 9 69 50,000 - 11 706518 0.071 0.0799 0.2013 0.7601 0.1829 0.37 0.1922 99,999 4 51 20,000 - 45 1315126 0.292 0.1487 0.4935 0.9088 0.4771 0.64 0.1720 Conclusion 49,999 2 92 10,000 - 34 513117 0.220 0.0580 0.7143 0.9668 0.7117 0.91 0.2049 • The overall analysis reveals that the level 19,999 8 66 5,000 - 36 261431 0.233 0.0296 0.9481 0.9964 0.9481 0.99 0.0483 9,999 8 64 of urbanization in Haryana is not uniform rather Less than 8 31172 0.051 0.0035 1.000 1.000 - - 0.0000 5000 9 Total 154 8842103 2.4186 3.07 0.6556 than it is more concentrated where few larger 42 cities accounts more than half of the total urban The average Gini Concentration shows that population whereas, large number of small urban population in various sizes of urban urban settlement share few proportion centers in Haryana is 0.6556.and this illustrates • The level of urbanization is very high in that the urban population of Haryana is highly Gurgaon, Panchkula, Panipat, Ambala and concentrated only in a few urban centers, Faridabad may be because of in migration whereas the other small urban centers share whereas, the least urbanization has observed only a few parts of total urban population of in the Northern western and southern part of Haryana state. the state i.e. Bhiwani, Mahendragarh, Fatehabad, Mewatetc. because of low level of industrial development, less diversified economic activities and higher concentration of agricultural labour. • It is also reveals by using Lorenz Curve analysis that after post liberalization/ [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0189 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 globalization in Haryana the level of concentration of urban population has increased 42 which shows that eventually leads our major cities towards the metropolitization. Rural settlement – A case Reference · Chandna, R. (2005). Geography of study of Mandya Taluk IN Population. New Delhi: Kalyani Publishers. KARNATAKA · Kumar, D. (2013). THE ROLE URBANISM FOR JUDICIOUS GROWTH OF HEMALATHA. H.M., URBANIZATION IN HARYANA-AN ANALYSIS. Asst, Professor , International Journal of Advanced Research Dept, of Geography, in Management and Social Sciences, 2, Government First Grade College 134-146. K R Pete, Mandya District, · Mahmood, A. (1999). Statistical Method in KARNATAKA STATE- 571 426. Geographical Studies . New Delhi. · Ramachandran, R. (1989). Urbanization and Urban System in India. New Delhi: Oxford ======***********======University Press. Introduction :- · http://censusindia.gov.in/ A rural settlement is a sparsely · http://esaharyana.gov.in/Default2. populated community that exists in the country, aspx?PName=State%20Statistical%20 away from densely populated urban Abstract%20of%20Haryana centers. ”Rural” means “of or relating to the country The study of settlements forms one of the most important themes in human Geography and human resource development. Human settlement mean the habits of built environment encompassing of rural and urban area the physical components of the habits comprise shelter which represents superstructure of different shape, size, type material created by man kind for security, privacy and protection form the elements and for is singularity within a community. Rural settlements or mains living and functional space forms and integral part of the human life. The rural settlements is primarily influenced by the environmental factors based on ecological relationship between a people grouped in to house holder and natural resources. There are actually several different types of settlements that are named for the way in which they are arranged. Rural settlements designed in a circular pattern with an open common area are known as circular rural [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0190 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 settlements. Linear rural settlements are built Patterns of rural settlement : along a main road or thoroughfare. Rural Any settlement in which most of the communities in which people live together in a people are engaged in agriculture, forestry, scattered pattern separated by homes, fields, mining and fishery is known as rural settlement. barns, animal pens and other structures are It is often called as agricultural workshop. called structured rural settlements. Dispersed rural settlements are comprised of farms that are not in close proximity to one another. Objectives :- 1. To analyses the location and distribution of the settlement in the taluk. 2. To analyses the morphology structure and function of settlement. 3. To analyses the socio- Economic condition of the taluk . Patterns: Methodology: Pattern of settlement is defined as the All the information is collected from the relationship between one house or building to secondary sources as well as books journals another. It can be identified by reading and articles, project work and websites observing a local scale map. The patterns of Study Area :- settlement deals with compact and semi- Mandya District Map compact only, as dispersed has its own shape. The socio cultural factors like caste structure or a functional need of people has a close bearing on its shape and size. The rural settlements are classified under following patterns :- 1. Rectangular pattern , 2. Linear pattern, 3. Circular, & Semi-circu-lar pattern, 4. Star-like pattern, 5. Triangular pattern , 6. Nebular Pattern. Mandya District is one of the most The settlements is linear in valleys and agriculturally prosperous districts in Karnataka. mountainous areas, rectangular in fertile The boundaries of the Mandya encompass plains, circular near the lakes and ponds, compact area 699.06 square kilometers of an triangular at cross roads and in exceptional irregular shape The Mandya district lies between cases it resembles the nebular form and on river 76° 19' and 77° 20' East Longitude and 12° 13' terraces it is star-type. and 13° 04' North Latitude. The district is 1. Rectangular Pattern:- bounded by Hassan district on the North east Over 50 per cent of the world population Bangalore district on the North west Tumakuru lives in rural settlements, and most of the people district on the North and the North east inhabit the settlements of rectangular pattern. Bangalore district on the east and Mysore Rectangular settlements mainly develop in district an the south and the south west. [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0191 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 productive alluvial plains and wide intermontane recreates, picnic goers and aesthetic beauty valleys. lovers. The lanes in the rectangular settlements 4. Star-Like Pattern:- are almost straight, meeting each other at right The star-like settlements develop on the angles. The rural settlements of the Sutlej- sites and places where several metal led or Ganga plains, especially those which developed unhealed roads converge. on the cross-roads, fall in this category. In the star-shaped settlements, houses The well-planned settlements of spread out along the sides of roads in all Germany, Russia, Central Asian Republics, direction. This pattern is common to both villages China, North and South Korea, Vietnam, and towns, and is caused mostly by new Malaysia, Israel and France also fall under this development, spreading out along the major category. roads 2. Linear Pattern:- This type of settlements is the Linear pattern is the other most characteristic of the countryside’s of North important design of settlements. In the linear West Europe, plains of Yangtzekiang, Punjab settlements, houses are arranged along either province of Pakistan and the Sutlej-Yamuna side of a road, railway line, river or canal. Such plains settlements also evolve along the edge of a 5. Triangular patterns of rural:- valley, especially in the mountainous areas, Triangular patterns of rural settlement above flood level or along the coast. generally develop at the confluence of rivers. The development of linear settlements in The lateral expansion of houses at the the hilly areas is largely controlled by terrain confluence is constrained by the rivers. and topography. Along the river banks and the Consequently, the settlement acquires a sea shore, the flood and water level influence triangular shape linear settlements. 6. Nebular Pattern:- Such settlements are numerous in the When the shape of a settlement Middle Himalayas, Alps, Rockies, Andese, resembles a nebula, it is known as a nebular Pyrenees, Pamir, Hindukush, Zagros, and Elburz settlement. The arrangement of roads is almost Siwaliks and along the roads in the plains of circular which ends at the central location or Ganga-Yamuna. the nucleus of the settlement. 3. Circular and Semi-Circular Pattern:- Generally, the size of nebular settlements The fishermen and salt producers is small and they develop around the house of develop their settlements along the sea coasts the main landlord of the village or around the and salt lakes, respectively. mosque, temple or church. There are several Since the people prefer to stay near the villages of this type in the Ganga-Yamuna doab. water, they construct their houses along the The Characteristics of Rural Settlements :- coasts. Such settlements acquire the circular or The first topic I’m going to explore is rural semi-circular shapes. In the vicinity of crater environments. The first aspect of this to discuss, lakes and on the levees of ox-bow lakes, such whatever level rural settlement is being studied settlements are found. at, is to look at / revise the characteristics of The main occupation of the people of rural settlements. So this is what I am going to circular settlements is to err their livelihood from focus this blog post on. the water either by catching fish, water-nuts, grasses, or by providing services to the [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0192 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 The study of rural settlement, in general, work considers the Industrial growth of the taluk includes: and the socio economic transformation of the · pattern people. The planning implications for rural · form (or shape) settlements, implications for future · site and situation development and level of development . · function and hierarchy References : - · change (including quality of life) 1 . Iain R Meyer and Richard Huggett – Infrastructure : - Settlements . The basic requirement of the rural 2. Majid Hussian – Human Geography settlement may be considered as protected 3. Mandya District Gazetteer. 4. Philip L Wagner and Marvin W Milkcsell -- water supply and drainage element school Reading in culture Geography. ,basic health unit power supply postal 5. D.C. Money – Introduction to human communication marketing etc… Geography. The Origin and Causes of settlement types :- 6. Andrew Gilg – An introduction to Rural In order to explain types of rural Geography. settlement are can rely according to time and place up on quite different factors the description and classification of settlement for can achieved only through study of the influences fall in to three main groups 1. Influences of Natural condition 2. Influences of Social condition 3. Influences of Agricultural economy Functions of Rural Settlement :- The people living in the rural areas, all over the world, are engaged and dependent on various primary occupations, viz., agriculture, dairying, cattle keeping, fisheries, forestry and mining. Out of these, agriculture is the most important occupation. Consequently, the functions of most of the people of rural settlements are generally agricultural. Summary and Major Findings : - The rural settlement of the Mandya taluk have had a taluk evolutionary sequence of their own most of this process is now difficult to trace exactly. However there are documents which indicate to the nature of changes in the number and composition of the rural settlement. Conclusion :- Mandya taluk is mainly Agricultural based taluk so the work also look in to the work of Irrigation on Agriculture, cropping pattern and the changed scenario of the economy. Then the [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0193 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 agroecological units for Vellore district of Tamil 43 Nadu was prepared by Rasheed er.al.,(2009). Vegetation drought index has been calculated Geospatial Technology for using NDVI values obtained from Global Disaster Management – Vegetation Index (GVI) of NOAA AVHRR data by Bhuiyan (2004) of Aravalli region for the years A case study of Meteorological 1984-2000 together with actual ground data Drought Analysis (rainfall, temperature, ground water level) for detailed drought analysis. Singh Ramesh (2003) Mahesha D B carried out a study on monitoring drought over Research Scholar India by studying VCI and TCI of NOAA AVHRR Department of Marine Geology data. Jayaseelan (2002) has described the Mangalore University, Mangalore recent trends in remote sensing applications to drought assessment and monitoring with a case study on National Agricultural Drought ======***********======Assessment and Monitoring System Introduction: (NADAMAS). Meteorological drought is defined Objective of the study: usually on the basis of the degree of dryness To assess the drought vulnerability in (in comparison to some “normal” or average Koppala district through the evaluation of amount) and the duration of the dry period. Rainfall Departure Index (DI) and Dry spell using Drought produces a complex web of impacts that South West Monsoon Rainfall data. spans many sectors of the economy and reaches well beyond the area experiencing physical drought. Direct impacts include reduced crop, rangeland, and forest productivity, increased fire hazard, reduced water levels, increased livestock and wildlife mortality rates, and damage to wildlife and fish habitat. So it’s necessary to analyze the drought regime to understand and to mitigate it. Literature review: The Spatial and temporal distribution of rainfall and impact of successive agricultural droughts in the state of Karnataka was carried out by Nageswara Rao et.al, (2005) using METEOSAT-5 thermal infrared (TIR) data. Study Area: Regression model from spatial data was run by Koppal, a district located in the northern Wipop Paengwangthong et.al., (2006) to assess interior of Karnataka, situated between 150 092 the drought risk area analysis. The model 003 to 160 032 303 North Latitude and 750 472 showed that the well soil drainage and rainfall 303 to 760 482 103 East Longitude and has an are important parameters for the determination area of 8,458 sq km. It consists of four talukas drought risk area and the technique is good Koppal, Gangavathi, Kushtagi,Yelburga. enough for using with GIS. The map of Geographically, Koppal is a stretch of rocky [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0194 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 terrain on one side and acres of dry land on the directly proportional to the cause of drought. To other where in agricultural land. The river analysis the drought vulnerability the Tungabhadhra flows along the border of Koppal meteorological parameters used in this study and Gangavathi taluk. As the district is arid zone is: area and is surrounded by hills belonging to Rainfall Deficiency Index: Yamini Mountain series. Soil in Koppal district The rainfall deviation (RFdev) which is is mainly of moderate fertility in nature. expressed in percentage terms is calculated as Fig.1: Location map of study area. below: RFdev = (RFi-RFn) / RFn) * 100 Meteorological Drought Where RFi is current rainfall for a comparable period (in mm) and RFn is the normal rainfall (at least 30 years average) for the same period (in mm).30 years of rainfall data is given for all talukas of Koppala district. Percentage departure is calculated as % Departure = Actual rainfall – Normal rainfall * 100 Normal rainfall Normal rainfall is average of 30 years seasonal rainfall Dry spell: A dry spell is a short period, usually 4weeks (up to 3weeks in case of light soils), of low rainfall or rainfall. Thus, consecutive 3-4 weeks after the due date for the onset of Monsoon with rainfall less than 50% of the normal in each of the weeks is defined as a Dry Fig.2: Flow chart of methodology. spell. This indicator is important in that it Data and Methods: quantifies the extent of intra-season rainfall Meteorological data: Precipitation and variation which is so critical for the health of Normal potential evapotranspiration concerned the crops and maintenance of soil and to Rainfall for and daily rainfall data from all hydrological regime. the 20 rain gauge stations of the district years Results and Discussion ranging from 1989 to 2018 has been obtained The South-West Monsoon rainfall varies from Karnataka State Natural Disaster between 350 to 420mm. It contributes 74% of Monitoring Center. Rainfall departure index was the normal annual rainfall of the district. Its derived. Microsoft Excel Software is used for data onset normally takes place by the first week of arrangement, statistical analysis and for June over the state. The Kharif agricultural estimation of Departure Index. Geospatial production in the state heavily depends on the analysis was carried out by using ArcGIS 10.1 timeline, quantum and distribution of the South software. – West monsoon rainfall. Drought Vulnerability Analysis Rainfall Deficiency: For the assessment of drought it requires A departure in percentage for the rainfall the calculation of certain parameters in order is calculated from its long-term averages to generate information, on the basis of which (average rainfall) and actual rainfall and should vulnerable areas can be prioritized. These be considered as a basis for declaring the parameters are basically those factors which are Drought. Rainfall Deviation: The rainfall [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0195 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 deviation (RFdev) which is expressed in percentage terms is calculated as the departure is calculate using the formula, RFdev = {(REI-RFn) /RFn} * 100. Where RFI is the Current rainfall for a comparable period (in mm). RFn is the Normal rainfall (at least 30 years average) for the same period (in mm). The IMD classification of rainfall deviation is given in table.
Fig.5.1: Dry Spell Map 2009-2018 Fig.5: Dry Spell Map of 2018. In this analysis, four layers were used those are Dry spell, Rainfall of SW Monsoon, Landuse Landcover and Soil. The weightages were assigned with respect to their behavior and ranks were assigned to their feature/category with respect their influence on the study area Fig. 3: South West Monsoon Normal Rainfall. for the identification of suitable drought Prone Fig.4 : Average Rainfall of South West Monsoon. Area. The various thematic maps are converted Weekly Percentage Departure (Dry Spell): into raster form. Therefore, each parameter is Weekly Percentage departure is the assigned a weightage depending on its influence percentage deviation of actual rainfall with on the Climatic Condition. Therefore, higher normal rainfall. To calculate percentage weightages are given to Dry Spell and Rainfall. departure, weekly data of study area is taken On the other hand, when the influence of slope for calculation, which is collected by TRG and in the area is comparatively less, lower stations. Departure of rainfall (%) = ((AR-NR)/ weightages are given to these them. After NR)*100. Where, AR= Actual Rainfall NR= assigning the Weightages to the themes and Normal Rainfall features, all the thematic layers were converted Normal rainfall is calculated by obtaining to raster format using spatial analyst tool of Arc an average amount of rainfall that had occurred GIS software. in that hobli in past 55 years. If the departure Further, different units of each theme value of the week is less than the threshold were assigned knowledge-based hierarchy of value then the week is considered as dry week, ranking from 1 to 5. On the basis of their if in an area the dry week persist for four or more significance with reference to prospects 1 consecutive dry weeks in kharif season and six denoted poor prospects and 5 denoted excellent or more consecutive weeks in rabi season, then prospect of drought prone area. the area falls under dry area or prone to drought. Meteorological Drought Map Weighted Overlay Analysis Thematic Layers This map (Fig. 6) is showing Composite for GIS Analysis drought index vulnerability taluk is in the study area. So Kustagi, Yealburga taluk’s are Mild drought areas. Gangavati taluk is Moderate drought area. In the Koppal taluk is Moderate [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF) ® April To June 2020 MAH MUL/03051/2012 Vidyawarta 0196 ISSN: 2319 9318 Peer-Reviewed International Journal Special Issue-04 drought identified except Alawandi hobli (Red receive a sufficient rainfall. Yalburga taluk receive shaded region in the SW part of Fig. 6), it is a the lowest rainfall of 560.4 mm. whereas Koppal drought-affected area in the Koppal taluk. The taluk receive the highest rainfall 665.9 mm in the map shows that the majority of area (72%) district. comes under Mild drought class, 14% of area is References under No drought class, 19% of area comes 1. Rao, P. P. & Shobha, V. & Ramesh, K. & under Moderate drought class, 4% of area is Somashekhar, R.. (2005). Satellite-based under Extreme drought class and 1% of area assessment of agricultural drought in Karnataka comes under severe drought class. State. Journal of the Indian Society of Remote Sensing. 33. 429-434. 10.1007/BF02990014. 2. Sahoo, R.N., Dutta, D., Khanna, M. et al. Drought assessment in the Dhar and Mewat Districts of India using meteorological, hydrological and remote-sensing derived indices. Nat Hazards 77, 733–751 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11069- 015-1623-z 3. Rasheed, S. & Venugopal, K.. (2009). Land suitability assessment for selected crops in Vellore district based on agro-ecological characterisation. Journal of the Indian Society of Fig 6: Meteorological drought map. Remote Sensing. 37. 615-629. 10.1007/s12524-009- Drought Class Area in sq. Km % of Area No Drought 798 14% 0060-4. Mild Drought 399 72% 4. C. Bhuiyan , R.P. Singh, F.N. Kogan, Monitoring Moderate Drought 500 9% Severe Drought 60 1% drought dynamics in the Aravalli region (India) Extreme Drought 224 4% 5. using different indices based on ground and Table 1: Meteorological drought table remote sensing data, International Journal of Conclusion Applied Earth Observation and Geoinformation Some part of Koppal district has sufficient 8 (2006) 289–302. water availability for agriculture and domestic 6. Singh, R. P., Roy, S., and Kogan, F. N., 2003., purpose. Under this study, components and Vegetation and temperature condition indices from NOAA-AVHRRA data for drought monitoring subcomponents / indicators that are relevant to over India. Int. J. Remote Sensing, 24(22), pp. drought were considered over a period and 4393-4402. analysed to develop the composite index of 7. Nageswara Rao, EE and Rao, V.R. (1984). An drought. Out of three fundamental types of approach for agricultural drought monitoring drought, study focused on the meteorological using NOAA/ AVHRR and Landsat imagery. Proc. drought. For this analysis Rainfall and Dry spell of of International Geoscience and Remote Sensing south-west monsoon is used. In four taluk’s of three Symposium, 1984,August 27-30, Strasbourg, ESA- taluk’s are under Mild drought class, SP-2 ! 5, I, 225-229. (Gangavati,Yalburga, Kustagi) and 12 hobli’s are 8. Karnataka State Natural Disaster Monitoring under Mild drought class, four hobl’s are Moderate Center State level and District level weekly, drought class, three hobli’s are under No drought monthly, seasonal and annual reports. 9. Manual for drought Management 2009. class, one hobli’s is under Extreme drought class 10. Manual of drought management, Dept. of i.e, Alawandi hobli. From this analysis it is clear agriculture, Gove. Of India that Koppal district is not prone to meteorological 11. Drought disaster challenges and mitigation in drought except one hobli. Normal rainfall is 612.8 India: strategic appraisal (mm) in the area, so this area so much area’s [dÚmdmVm©: Interdisciplinary Multilingual Refereed Journal Impact Factor 3.102 7.041 (IIJIF)